Thrane and Thrane A S AVIATOR700 Satellite transceiver for Inmarsat Swift Broadband service User Manual 98 124743

Thrane & Thrane A/S Satellite transceiver for Inmarsat Swift Broadband service 98 124743

Contents

Installation Manual

AVIATOR 700/700DInstallation & maintenance manual
AVIATOR 700/700DDocument number: 98-124743-FRelease date: 10 August 2016Installation & maintenance manual
ii 98-124743-FDisclaimerInformation in this document is subject to change without notice.The information, drawings and wiring diagrams contained in this manual are intended as a reference for engineering planning only. The drawings and wiring diagrams contained herein do not represent any specific Supplemental Type Certificate (STC). It is the installer's responsibility to compose installation drawings specific to the aircraft. This manual and the drawings and wiring diagrams contained herein may not be used as a substitute for an STC package.The newest versions of Cobham SATCOM user and installation manuals can be downloaded from www.cobham.com/cobham-satcom-service-and-support. Providers with access to the partner platform Cobham SYNC may obtain current copies of manuals and outline drawings at https://sync.cobham.com/satcom/support/downloads.Thrane & Thrane A/S is not responsible for the content or accuracy of any translations or reproductions, in whole or in part, of this manual from any other source. In the event of any discrepancies, the English version shall be the governing text.Thrane & Thrane A/S is trading as Cobham SATCOM. Copyright© 2016 Thrane & Thrane A/S. All rights reserved. Printed in Denmark.Trademark Acknowledgements•MagnaStar is a registered trademark of Raytheon Company.•Inmarsat is a registered trademark of the International Maritime Satellite Organization (IMSO) and is licensed by IMSO to Inmarsat Limited and Inmarsat Ventures plc. • Inmarsat’s product names are either trademarks or registered trademarks of Inmarsat.•Windows is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and other countries.• Other product and company names mentioned in this manual may be trademarks or trade names of their respective owners.Company web site www.cobham.com/satcomDisposalOld electrical and electronic equipment marked with this symbol can contain substances hazardous to human beings and the environment. Never dispose these items together with unsorted municipal waste (household waste). In order to protect the environment and ensure the correct recycling of old equipment as well as the re-utilization of individual components, use either public collection or private collection by the local distributor of old electrical and electronic equipment marked with this symbol. Contact the local distributor for information about what type of return system to use.
98-124743-F iiiRecord of revisionsRev. Description Release Date InitialsA Original document 28 March 2007 CCB General update 4 January 2010 UFOC The following figures have been edited: 2-5, 5-1, 6-7, 6-43, 6-45, 6-53 and 6-55. Table 2-4 added. Section 6.10.8 Remote management added.25 March 2010 UFOD The AVIATOR 700 replaces the earlier Thrane & Thrane Aero-SB+. The Aero-SDU Configuration Program replaces the earlier HSD+SB+ Configuration Program.The following sections have been added: 3.5, 5.3.6, 6.7.8, 6.7.10, 6.7.14, 6.8.8, 6.9.5, 6.9.10, 6.9.11, 6.9.12, C.2.2.The following sections have been edited:2.1.1 (p. 2-6), 2.2.2 (p. 2-12), 2.3.2, 2.3.4, 2.3.5, 3.11, 3.12, 3.13, 4.3.3 (p. 4-17), 5.3.3 (p. 5-17), 5.3.4 (p. 5-23 + 5-33), 5.3.5, 5.3.18 (p. 5-75), 5.4.6, 5.6.1 (p. 5-98), 6.2.1 - 6.2.3, 6.8.1, 6.8.2, 6.8.3, 6.7.7 (p. 6-39), 6.7.12, 6.7.13, 6.9.2, 8.2.2, 8.2.4, 8.3.2, 8.4.5, 8.5, D.4, F.3.1.The following figures have been added: C-1The following figures have been edited: 2-1, 2-3, 2-4, 2-10, 2-12, 5-1, 6-6, 6-7, 6-8, 6-9, 6-20, 6-50, 6-57, 6-59, 8-6, F-1. The following tables have been edited: 1-1, 2-4, 4-2, 5-25, 6-5, 6-6, A-1 — A-10, C-1, C-2, D-6.The following sections have been moved to the user manual: Using the call log.The following sections have been deleted: 2.3.6, 5.3.1128 January 2011UFOE The following section has been added: 6.8.9The following sections have been edited: 2.1, 4.1.3, 5.2.2, 5.2.7, 5.3.5, 5.3.9, 5.3.11, 5.3.16, 6.2.2, 6.5.2, 6.7.3, 6.9 (p. 6-72), 6.9.1, 8.1.1, 8.3, 8.4.2, C.3.1The following figure has been added: 6-4, 6-7The following figures have been edited: 3-1, 3-3, 3-4, 5-7, 5-9, 5-10, 5-15, 6-5, 6-6, 6-9, 6-16, 6-17, 6-23, 6-39, 8-6, 8-7, C-2, C-3, C-4, C-5- C-7The following table has been added: 5-32The following tables have been edited: 2-1, 4-2, 4-3, 4-4, 4-5, 5-12, 5-22, C-1, D-6, D-713 January 2012UFO
iv 98-124743-FF The manual has been rebranded to Cobham layout.Section, table and figure numbers refer to the numbers in the present updated version.The following sections have been edited: 2.1.1, 2.1.2, 2.2.2, 3.1, 3.12, 5.1.1, 5.2.6, 5.6.1, 6.2.1, 6.4.2, 6.6.2, 6.7.8, 6.7.14, 6.8.10, 6.11.1, 8.1.1, 8.2.2, 8.3, 8.4.7, 8.6, C.3.1The following sections have been added: 6.9.13, 6.9.15, 8.4The following figures have been edited: 2-1, 2-3, 2-4, 2-11, 3-1, 3-3, 3-4, 3-5, 3-8, 3-17, 3-19, 4-3, 5-7, 5-19, 6-2, 6-3, 6-4, 6-5, 6-6, 6-7, 6-8, 6-9, 6-10, 6-11, 6-12, 6-13, 6-14, 6-15, 6-16, 6-17, 6-18, 6-23, 6-24, 6-25, 6-26, 6-27, 6-28, 6-29, 6-30, 6-31, 6-32, 6-33, 6-34, 6-35, 6-36, 6-37, 6-38, 6-39, 6-40, 6-43, 6-44, 6-45, 6-46, 6-50, 6-52, 6-53, 6-54, 6-55, 6-56, 6-57, 6-58, 6-59, 6-60, 6-61, 6-62, 6-63, 6-65, 6-66, 6-68, 6-69, 6-70, 6-71, 6-80, 6-81, 8-1, 8-2, 8-3, 8-5, 8-6, 8-7, 8-11, 8-12, 8-13, 8-14, C-2, C-3, C-4, C-5, C-6, C-7, C-8, C-9The following figures have been added: 6-21, 6-72, 6-73, 6-74, 6-75, 6-76, 6-77, 6-78, 6-79, 8-8, 8-9, 8-10The following tables have been edited: 2-1, 2-3, 2-4, 2-5, 4-3, 4-13, 5-43, 5-63, D-1, D-6The following tables have been added: 5-1, 5-210 August 2016 CC
98-124743-F vTable of contentsChapter 1 About this manual1.1 Purpose .....................................................................................................................................1-11.2 Organization .........................................................................................................................1-11.3 Related documentation ...............................................................................................1-21.4 Precautions: Warnings, Cautions and Notes ................................................1-2Chapter 2 Introduction to the AVIATOR 7002.1 General description .........................................................................................................2-12.1.1 The AVIATOR 700 system ..............................................................................................2-12.1.2 AVIATOR 700 features .....................................................................................................2-92.2 Application .........................................................................................................................2-112.2.1 Minimum system ..............................................................................................................2-112.2.2 Part numbers ......................................................................................................................2-112.3 System block diagrams .............................................................................................2-152.3.1 Introduction .......................................................................................................................2-152.3.2 ARINC 741 compatible High Gain Antenna ........................................................2-162.3.3 Dual side panel antenna system ...............................................................................2-182.3.4 ARINC 781 compatible High Gain Antenna ........................................................2-192.3.5 User interfaces ..................................................................................................................2-202.4 Operation overview ......................................................................................................2-222.4.1 Configuration .....................................................................................................................2-222.4.2 Operation .............................................................................................................................2-22Chapter 3 Equipment drawings3.1 Introduction .........................................................................................................................3-13.2 TT-5035A Satellite Data Unit .................................................................................3-23.2.1 TT-5035A-001 Configuration Module (inserted in the SDU) .......................3-33.3 TT-5014A High Power Amplifier ...........................................................................3-43.4 TT-5040A SBU .....................................................................................................................3-53.4.1 TT-5040A-001 CM (inserted in the SBU) ...............................................................3-63.5 TT-5038A-002 Tx Coupler .........................................................................................3-73.6 TT-5038A-003 Rx Power Splitter .........................................................................3-83.7 TT-5013A DLNA Type F ...............................................................................................3-93.8 TT-5620A 4-Wire Handset ......................................................................................3-103.9 TT-5622A 4-Wire Cradle ..........................................................................................3-113.10 TT-5621B 2-Wire Handset ......................................................................................3-12
Table of contentsvi 98-124743-F3.11 TT-5622B 2-Wire Cradle ...........................................................................................3-133.12 SBU trays .............................................................................................................................3-143.12.1 SDU and HPA tray ............................................................................................................ 3-173.13 SDU tray connector .....................................................................................................3-183.14 HPA tray connector .....................................................................................................3-193.15 SBU tray connector ..................................................................................................... 3-203.16 Contact Assembly: Quadrax Pin size 5 special .......................................3-213.17 TT-5040A-004 WLAN antenna ............................................................................ 3-23Chapter 4 Connectors and pin-out4.1 TT-5035A Satellite Data Unit .................................................................................4-14.1.1 Connectors on SDU ...........................................................................................................4-14.1.2 SDU Maintenance front connector ............................................................................4-24.1.3 SDU rear receptacle ...........................................................................................................4-44.2 TT-5014A High Power Amplifier ........................................................................ 4-104.2.1 HPA rear receptacle ........................................................................................................ 4-104.3 TT-5040A SBU ..................................................................................................................4-124.3.1 Connectors on SBU .........................................................................................................4-124.3.2 SBU Maintenance connector .....................................................................................4-124.3.3 SBU rear receptacle .........................................................................................................4-144.4 Cradle connectors ......................................................................................................... 4-194.4.1 Connectors on 4-Wire Cradle ....................................................................................4-194.4.2 4-wire connector to SDU .............................................................................................4-204.4.3 Connectors on 2-Wire Cradle ....................................................................................4-224.4.4 2-Wire Cradle connector to SDU or SBU .............................................................4-234.5 Mating connectors in aircraft ..............................................................................4-244.5.1 Connection with SDU ....................................................................................................4-244.5.2 Connection with HPA .....................................................................................................4-254.5.3 Connection with SBU .....................................................................................................4-25Chapter 5 Installation5.1 General installation information ..........................................................................5-15.1.1 Overview ..................................................................................................................................5-15.1.2 Minimum system components ....................................................................................5-25.1.3 To upgrade your installation from Aero-HSD+ to AVIATOR 700 ................5-4
Table of contents98-124743-F vii5.2 Mounting considerations ...........................................................................................5-55.2.1 Overview ..................................................................................................................................5-55.2.2 SDU ............................................................................................................................................5-55.2.3 SBU ............................................................................................................................................5-55.2.4 Rx Power Splitter .................................................................................................................5-55.2.5 HPA ............................................................................................................................................5-65.2.6 Satcom antenna ..................................................................................................................5-65.2.7 WLAN antennas ...................................................................................................................5-85.3 Electrical installation and wiring ..........................................................................5-95.3.1 Wiring symbols .....................................................................................................................5-95.3.2 Wiring SDU to SBU .............................................................................................................5-95.3.3 Wiring power supply .......................................................................................................5-105.3.4 Wiring the satcom antenna .........................................................................................5-175.3.5 Wiring ARINC 429 interfaces .....................................................................................5-325.3.6 Wiring GPS interface ......................................................................................................5-375.3.7 Wiring ICAO address ......................................................................................................5-375.3.8 Wiring Ethernet at the SBU .........................................................................................5-405.3.9 Wiring WLAN antenna interface ............................................................................... 5-435.3.10 Wiring ISDN ........................................................................................................................ 5-455.3.11 Wiring telephone systems ...........................................................................................5-475.3.12 Wiring WH-10 handsets ...............................................................................................5-545.3.13 Discretes for WH-10 handset systems ..................................................................5-565.3.14 Wiring ICS-200 telephone system ..........................................................................5-575.3.15 Wiring 2.4GHz Cordless (4-wire) phone ................................................................5-605.3.16 Wiring Sigma7 (2-wire) handsets ..............................................................................5-635.3.17 Wiring ICG DECT Cordless Handset (2-wire) phone .......................................5-645.3.18 Wiring discretes ................................................................................................................5-655.3.19 Wiring Cockpit Voice interface .................................................................................5-695.3.20 Wiring the Maintenance interfaces and Reset ...................................................5-765.4 Recommended cables ................................................................................................5-815.4.1 Introduction .......................................................................................................................5-815.4.2 Power cables, allowed cable lengths ....................................................................... 5-815.4.3 Recommended Power cables .....................................................................................5-835.4.4 Recommended RF cables .............................................................................................5-845.4.5 Recommended cables for ARINC 429 ...................................................................5-855.4.6 Recommended cables for RS-422 SBU control interface ............................5-855.4.7 Recommended cables for Ethernet .........................................................................5-855.4.8 Cables for Discrete Signals .......................................................................................... 5-855.5 Verifying the installation .........................................................................................5-865.6 Activation of airtime services .............................................................................5-865.6.1 The 3 ID numbers for the AVIATOR 700 system .............................................5-86
Table of contentsviii 98-124743-FChapter 6 Configure the AVIATOR 700 system6.1 Configure the basic system ......................................................................................6-16.2 Aero-SDU Configuration Program for the SDU .........................................6-26.2.1 Install the Aero-SDU Configuration Program ........................................................6-26.2.2 To use the Aero-SDU Configuration Program ......................................................6-36.2.3 Basic configuration of the SDU ....................................................................................6-96.2.4 Transfer configuration data to the SDU ............................................................... 6-116.3 SBU Configuration tasks .......................................................................................... 6-126.3.1 Basic configuration of the SBU .................................................................................6-126.4 Built-in web interface for the SBU ...................................................................6-166.4.1 Topics in the SBU web interface ..............................................................................6-176.4.2 Check the connection to the web interface ....................................................... 6-176.5 Use the Dashboard .......................................................................................................6-226.5.1 Overview ...............................................................................................................................6-226.5.2 Properties .............................................................................................................................6-226.5.3 View information on calls and data sessions ...................................................... 6-236.5.4 Profiles on the dashboard ............................................................................................6-246.6 To use the phone book .............................................................................................6-256.6.1 General usage .....................................................................................................................6-256.6.2 View and edit the mobile and additional numbers ..........................................6-256.7 Set up the interfaces of the SBU ...................................................................... 6-276.7.1 The SETTINGS page .......................................................................................................6-276.7.2 Configure the LAN interface of the SBU ..............................................................6-286.7.3 WLAN interface of the SBU (option) ......................................................................6-316.7.4 Configure the Phone/Fax interface (2-Wire) of the SBU ..............................6-346.7.5 Configure the ISDN interface of the SBU ............................................................ 6-356.7.6 Set the common interface settings of the SBU ................................................6-376.7.7 Set up call services ...........................................................................................................6-386.7.8 Manage AVIATOR Wireless Handsets ....................................................................6-446.7.9 Configure the discrete I/O interfaces of the SBU ............................................ 6-476.7.10 Set the System type ....................................................................................................... 6-496.7.11 Configure RF settings of the SBU .............................................................................6-506.7.12 Set up the navigational input of the SBU .............................................................6-516.7.13 Enable system options with FLEX keys ..................................................................6-526.7.14 Tracking ................................................................................................................................6-53
Table of contents98-124743-F ix6.8 To manage LAN/WLAN network users ..........................................................6-546.8.1 Introduction .......................................................................................................................6-546.8.2 Set up the network user groups ................................................................................6-556.8.3 Manage network devices ..............................................................................................6-596.8.4 The network classification table ...............................................................................6-606.8.5 Definitions for network terms ....................................................................................6-626.8.6 NAT (Network Address Translation) ......................................................................6-636.8.7 Start and stop any data session ................................................................................6-636.8.8 Establish a PPPoE connection ....................................................................................6-646.8.9 To set up static routing .................................................................................................6-676.8.10 SNMP interface ................................................................................................................. 6-686.9 Administration of the SBU .....................................................................................6-686.9.1 Protect the SBU against unintended configuration changes ......................6-686.9.2 Access the administration settings ..........................................................................6-696.9.3 Save and load a configuration ...................................................................................6-716.9.4 Call charges ......................................................................................................................... 6-746.9.5 Log handling .......................................................................................................................6-756.9.6 Data limits ............................................................................................................................6-756.9.7 To use profiles ...................................................................................................................6-756.9.8 To use traffic flow filters ..............................................................................................6-796.9.9 SIM card access protection: SIM PIN and SIM Lock ......................................6-826.9.10 Set up user permissions ................................................................................................6-846.9.11 Remote management ....................................................................................................6-866.9.12 Remote activation of a connection using SMS .................................................6-876.9.13 Link monitoring (SwiftBroadband only) ................................................................6-876.9.14 Restricted dialing ..............................................................................................................6-886.9.15 Multi-voice (option) ........................................................................................................6-886.10 Site map of the SBU web interface .................................................................6-956.11 Configuration of 3rd party phone systems ............................................... 6-966.11.1 Sigma7 setup ......................................................................................................................6-966.11.2 ICG DECT Cordless Handset setup ..........................................................................6-966.11.3 Iridium Communication System, ICS-200 ........................................................... 6-976.12 AVIATOR 700 system ready for use ............................................................ 6-101Chapter 7 Check procedures7.1 Basic check flow ................................................................................................................7-17.1.1 Check procedures ...............................................................................................................7-17.2 Pre-Installation Check ..................................................................................................7-27.3 Functional Test, on Ground ......................................................................................7-47.3.1 Before you start ...................................................................................................................7-47.3.2 Check list for functional test on ground ..................................................................7-4
Table of contentsx98-124743-F7.4 Interference Test .............................................................................................................7-67.4.1 Introduction ..........................................................................................................................7-67.4.2 Test ............................................................................................................................................7-67.5 Functional Test, Airborne ..........................................................................................7-7Chapter 8 Maintenance and troubleshooting8.1 Continued Airworthiness ............................................................................................8-18.1.1 General .....................................................................................................................................8-18.1.2 Instructions ............................................................................................................................8-28.2 Getting support: Service log and HELPDESK ...............................................8-58.2.1 Airtime support ....................................................................................................................8-58.2.2 System support ....................................................................................................................8-58.2.3 Service Log for the SDU ...................................................................................................8-58.2.4 Help desk and diagnostic report from the SBU ....................................................8-68.3 Software update ................................................................................................................8-88.3.1 SDU .........................................................................................................................................8-108.3.2 SBU ........................................................................................................................................ 8-118.3.3 Verifying the software update ...................................................................................8-138.4 Exchanging LRUs ............................................................................................................8-158.4.1 Time consumption ..........................................................................................................8-158.4.2 Tools .......................................................................................................................................8-158.4.3 Removal and re-installation of the SDU or the SBU ........................................8-158.4.4 Removal and re-installation of the HPA ................................................................8-178.5 Troubleshooting ............................................................................................................. 8-178.5.1 Status signalling ................................................................................................................8-178.5.2 Status signalling with LEDs ..........................................................................................8-198.5.3 IP Reset (Default) button on the SBU ....................................................................8-228.5.4 Service log of the SDU .................................................................................................. 8-248.5.5 Viewing the Event list, Event log and extended status of the SBU ..........8-248.5.6 Self test of the SBU .........................................................................................................8-258.5.7 Initial troubleshooting ...................................................................................................8-268.6 Returning units for repair ........................................................................................ 8-308.7 Disposal of electrical and electronic equipment .................................. 8-30AppendicesAppendix A Equipment specificationsA.1 Introduction .........................................................................................................................A-1
Table of contents98-124743-F xiA.2 AVIATOR 700 system components ....................................................................A-2A.2.1 TT-5035A Satellite Data Unit (SDU) ..........................................................................A-2A.2.2 TT-5014A High Power Amplifier (HPA) ....................................................................A-4A.2.3 TT-5040A SwiftBroadband Unit (SBU) ....................................................................A-6A.2.4 TT-5040A-004 WLAN antenna ....................................................................................A-7A.2.5 TT-5038A-002 Tx Coupler .............................................................................................A-8A.2.6 TT-5038A-003 Rx Power Splitter ................................................................................A-9A.3 AVIATOR 700 handsets and cradles ..............................................................A-10A.3.1 TT-5620A 4-Wire Handset ..........................................................................................A-10A.3.2 TT-5622A 4-Wire Cradle ..............................................................................................A-11A.3.3 TT-5621B 2-Wire Handset ..........................................................................................A-12A.3.4 TT-5622B 2-Wire Cradle ..............................................................................................A-12Appendix B DO-160 specificationsB.1 General ......................................................................................................................................B-1B.1.1 Certifying agency ................................................................................................................B-1B.1.2 Environmental Qualification Forms ............................................................................B-1B.2 AVIATOR 700 system components ....................................................................B-2B.2.1 Satellite Data Unit ...............................................................................................................B-2B.2.2 Configuration Module for SDU ....................................................................................B-4B.2.3 High Power Amplifier ........................................................................................................B-5B.2.4 SwiftBroadband unit (SBU) ............................................................................................B-7B.2.5 Configuration Module (CM) for SBU .........................................................................B-9B.2.6 Tx Coupler and Rx Power Splitter ................................................................................B-9B.3 AVIATOR 700 handsets and cradles ..............................................................B-11B.3.1 4-Wire Handset and 4-Wire Cradle .........................................................................B-11B.3.2 2-Wire Handset and 2-Wire Cradle .........................................................................B-13Appendix C Upgrade from Aero-HSD+ to AVIATOR 700C.1 Avionics hardware needed ........................................................................................C-1C.2 Mounting and wiring considerations ................................................................C-2C.2.1 Overview ..................................................................................................................................C-2C.2.2 Wiring navigational input IRS/AHRS ..........................................................................C-4C.3 Upgrading the SDU .........................................................................................................C-4C.3.1 SDU software update to version 1.14 or higher ..................................................C-5C.3.2 Read the configuration from the SDU ......................................................................C-6C.3.3 Select the correct product: AVIATOR 700 .............................................................C-6C.3.4 Update the cable loss ........................................................................................................C-7C.3.5 Update the GES list with I-4 satellites .......................................................................C-7C.3.6 Update the known GES list .............................................................................................C-8C.3.7 Write the configuration to the SDU ...........................................................................C-8
Table of contentsxii 98-124743-FAppendix D System messagesD.1 Types of messages .......................................................................................................... D-1D.2 Cause Codes ........................................................................................................................ D-2D.2.1 H+ Cause Codes (information from I3 or I4 satellite) ...................................... D-2D.2.2 MPDS Cause Codes (from Swift64 coverage on I3) ......................................... D-6D.2.3 ISDN Cause Codes (SLCV, from Swift64 coverage on I3) ............................. D-8D.3 BITE Error codes ............................................................................................................D-15D.3.1 Definition of severity levels ........................................................................................D-15D.3.2 List of BITE codes ............................................................................................................D-16D.4 List of SBU events .........................................................................................................D-28Appendix E WLAN country codesE.1 Restrictions in WLAN use .......................................................................................... E-1E.2 Countries where the “US” country code applies ...................................... E-2Appendix F Using terminal commandsF.1 Getting started ................................................................................................................... F-1F.1.1 Connecting to the SDU ....................................................................................................F-1F.1.2 Connecting to the SBU .................................................................................................... F-2F.2 Commands for troubleshooting the SDU ...................................................... F-3F.3 Commands for troubleshooting the SBU ....................................................... F-8F.3.1 Monitoring the ARINC interfaces on the SBU ...................................................... F-8F.3.2 Description of the status report ...................................................................................F-9Appendix G ReferencesG.1 Applicable standards .....................................................................................................G-1G.2 Other references ...............................................................................................................G-2Glossary ..............................................................................................................................................................Glossary-1Index ....................................................................................................................................................................Index-1
98-124743-F xiiiList of figuresChapter 1 About this manualChapter 2 Introduction to the AVIATOR 700Figure 2-1: Communication devices for the AVIATOR 700 system (example) ..........................................2-3Figure 2-2: Satellite coverage of data and voice services...................................................................................... 2-4Figure 2-3: SwiftBroadband and classic aeronautical services coverage on I4 satellite.........................2-5Figure 2-4: Swift64 and classic aeronautical services coverage on I3 satellite .......................................... 2-6Figure 2-5: PBX functionality in SDU and SBU............................................................................................................2-7Figure 2-6: System Configuration with ARINC 741 Compatible HGA and IRS........................................ 2-16Figure 2-7: System Configuration with HGA 7000................................................................................................ 2-17Figure 2-8: System Configuration with Dual Side Panel Antenna System & IRS..................................... 2-18Figure 2-9: System Configuration with ARINC 781 Compatible HGA with IRS....................................... 2-19Figure 2-10: System Configuration showing the user interfaces....................................................................... 2-21Figure 2-11: Configuration of the SDU and SBU, overview.................................................................................. 2-22Figure 2-12: Interfaces for operating the AVIATOR 700 system...................................................................... 2-23Chapter 3 Equipment drawingsFigure 3-1: Outline Drawing: Satellite Data Unit.........................................................................................................3-2Figure 3-2: Outline Drawing: Configuration Module ................................................................................................3-3Figure 3-3: Outline Drawing: High Power Amplifier ..................................................................................................3-4Figure 3-4: Outline drawing: TT-5040A SBU................................................................................................................3-5Figure 3-5: Outline drawing: TT-5040A-001 CM, inserted in the SBU............................................................3-6Figure 3-6: Outline Drawing: Tx Coupler........................................................................................................................3-7Figure 3-7: Outline Drawing: Rx Power Splitter...........................................................................................................3-8Figure 3-8: Outline drawing: DLNA Type F.................................................................................................................... 3-9Figure 3-9: Outline Drawing: 4-Wire Handset........................................................................................................... 3-10Figure 3-10: Outline Drawing: 4-Wire Cradle............................................................................................................... 3-11Figure 3-11: Outline drawing: TT-5621B 2-Wire Handset..................................................................................... 3-12Figure 3-12: Outline drawing: TT-5622B 2-Wire Cradle......................................................................................... 3-13Figure 3-13: Outline drawing: SBU tray: ECS PO299-101...................................................................................... 3-14Figure 3-14: Outline drawing: SBU tray: EMTEQ MT4-2346-101 (page 1)................................................... 3-15Figure 3-15: Outline drawing: SBU tray: EMTEQ MT4-2346-101 (page 2)................................................... 3-16Figure 3-16: Outline Drawing: Tray for SDU and HPA............................................................................................. 3-17Figure 3-17: SDU Tray Connector: ITT Canon DPX2NA-67322-605 .............................................................. 3-18Figure 3-18: HPA Tray Connector..................................................................................................................................... 3-19Figure 3-19: Outline drawing: SBU tray connector: ITT Cannon DPX2NA-67322-606..........................3-20Figure 3-20: Contact Assembly: Quadrax Pin size 5 special: ITT Cannon 244-0011-001..................... 3-21Figure 3-21: Outline drawing: TT-5040A-004 WLAN antenna ........................................................................... 3-23
List of figuresxiv 98-124743-FChapter 4 Connectors and pin-outFigure 4-1: SDU Front Connector, Face View of Engaging End. (DB15F)...................................................... 4-2Figure 4-2: SDU Rear Receptacle and Mating Plug in Tray, Engaging End.....................................................4-4Figure 4-3: HPA Receptacle, Face View of Engaging End. Index Code is 08............................................. 4-10Figure 4-4: SBU Maintenance connector, face view of engaging end......................................................... 4-12Figure 4-5: SBU rear receptacle, engaging end (Index code: 19).................................................................... 4-14Figure 4-6: SBU rear receptacle with pin functions ............................................................................................... 4-15Figure 4-7: 4-Wire Cradle Connectors, End View of Cradle............................................................................... 4-19Figure 4-8: 4-Wire Cradle Connectors, Side View of Cradle.............................................................................. 4-19Figure 4-9: 4-Wire Cradle Connector (DB15M). View: Solder Side................................................................ 4-20Figure 4-10: 2-Wire Cradle connectors, end view of cradle................................................................................. 4-22Figure 4-11: TT-5622B 2-Wire Cradle connectors, side view of cradle ......................................................... 4-22Figure 4-12: 2-Wire Cradle connector (DB9M). View: Solder side.................................................................... 4-23Chapter 5 InstallationFigure 5-1: AVIATOR 700 minimum system................................................................................................................ 5-3Figure 5-2: Mounting the Rx Power Splitter................................................................................................................. 5-6Figure 5-3: Mounting two WLAN antennas for optimum performance......................................................... 5-8Figure 5-4: Wiring SDU power supply .......................................................................................................................... 5-10Figure 5-5: Wiring HPA power supply........................................................................................................................... 5-13Figure 5-6: Wiring SBU power supply........................................................................................................................... 5-15Figure 5-7: Wiring AMT-50 Subsystem ....................................................................................................................... 5-18Figure 5-8: Wiring ARINC 741 dual side panel antenna system......................................................................5-22Figure 5-9: Wiring ARINC 781 antenna system ...................................................................................................... 5-25Figure 5-10: Wiring HGA-7000 antenna system........................................................................................................ 5-28Figure 5-11: Wiring AHRS/IRS to SDU ............................................................................................................................ 5-32Figure 5-12: Wiring IRS to SBU .......................................................................................................................................... 5-32Figure 5-13: Wiring ACARS/AFIS/CMU .......................................................................................................................... 5-35Figure 5-14: Wiring MCDU ................................................................................................................................................... 5-36Figure 5-15: Wiring GPS Interface with Power Splitter .......................................................................................... 5-37Figure 5-16: Wiring ICAO...................................................................................................................................................... 5-38Figure 5-17: Example of wiring the fictional ICAO address 01234567.......................................................... 5-38Figure 5-18: Wiring Ethernet ............................................................................................................................................... 5-40Figure 5-19: Ethernet pin configuration for SBU....................................................................................................... 5-42Figure 5-20: Wiring WLAN antenna interfaces #1 and #2.................................................................................... 5-43Figure 5-21: Wiring ISDN ...................................................................................................................................................... 5-45Figure 5-22: ISDN RJ45 connector ................................................................................................................................... 5-46Figure 5-23: Handset interfaces, possible combinations of connected devices. ....................................... 5-49Figure 5-24: Wiring T&T 4-Wire Handset systems ................................................................................................... 5-50Figure 5-25: Wiring T&T 2-Wire Handset systems ................................................................................................... 5-52Figure 5-26: Wiring WH-10 handsets.............................................................................................................................. 5-54Figure 5-27: Wiring ICS-200 Iridium Communication System interface ...................................................... 5-57
List of figures98-124743-F xvFigure 5-28: Wiring 2.4GHz Cordless 4-wire phones............................................................................................... 5-60Figure 5-29: Wiring Sigma7 handsets.............................................................................................................................. 5-63Figure 5-30: Wiring 2.4GHz Cordless handsets........................................................................................................... 5-64Figure 5-31: Wiring discrete annunciators and Weight-on-Wheels ................................................................. 5-65Figure 5-32: Typical Cockpit Voice installation.......................................................................................................... 5-70Figure 5-33: Typical Cockpit Voice installation with unbalanced AMS audio interface......................... 5-71Figure 5-34: Wiring Maintenance PC and Reset......................................................................................................... 5-76Figure 5-35: TT 37-112940 maintenance cable for front connector on SDU and PC............................ 5-78Figure 5-36: Wiring maintenance handset ................................................................................................................... 5-79Chapter 6 Configure the AVIATOR 700 systemFigure 6-1: Line of sight when communicating with the satellite......................................................................6-1Figure 6-2: Configuration tools for SDU and SBU.....................................................................................................6-1Figure 6-3: Aero-SDU Configuration Program: View Level D and Level E certification level................ 6-3Figure 6-4: Aero-SDU Configuration Program: Start-up window.......................................................................6-4Figure 6-5: Configuration program: System selection, Aero-SDU Configuration Program...................6-6Figure 6-6: Aero-SDU Configuration Program, configuration view ..................................................................6-7Figure 6-7: SDU configuration, Information> Factory Data: View the certification level......................6-8Figure 6-8: 2 ways to access the SBU web interface........................................................................................... 6-12Figure 6-9: Basic configuration of the SBU, step 1/6............................................................................................ 6-12Figure 6-10: Basic configuration of the SBU, step 2/6............................................................................................ 6-13Figure 6-11: Basic configuration of the SBU, step 2/6............................................................................................ 6-13Figure 6-12: Basic configuration of the SBU, step 3/6............................................................................................ 6-13Figure 6-13: Basic configuration of the SBU, step 4/6............................................................................................ 6-14Figure 6-14: Basic configuration of the SBU, step 5/6............................................................................................ 6-14Figure 6-15: Basic configuration of the SBU, step 6/6............................................................................................ 6-15Figure 6-16: Topics in the SBU web interface............................................................................................................. 6-17Figure 6-17: Sections of the web interface.................................................................................................................. 6-18Figure 6-18: Web interface: Dashboard ........................................................................................................................ 6-22Figure 6-19: Web interface: Start a data connection .............................................................................................. 6-24Figure 6-20: Web interface: Phone book, mobile numbers (example, no Multi-voice)........................... 6-25Figure 6-21: Web interface: Phone book, mobile numbers (example, with Multi-voice)....................... 6-26Figure 6-22: SBU IP addresses: Local and global IP addresses, default........................................................... 6-28Figure 6-23: Web interface: Settings, LAN.................................................................................................................... 6-29Figure 6-24: Web interface: Settings, LAN, Port forwarding ................................................................................ 6-30Figure 6-25: Web interface: Settings, WLAN ............................................................................................................... 6-32Figure 6-26: Web interface: Settings, Phone/Fax...................................................................................................... 6-34Figure 6-27: Web interface: Settings, ISDN.................................................................................................................. 6-35Figure 6-28: Web interface: Settings, Common......................................................................................................... 6-37Figure 6-29: Web interface: Settings, Common, Call forward............................................................................. 6-39Figure 6-30: Web interface: Settings, Common, Call barring............................................................................... 6-40Figure 6-31: Web interface: Settings, Common, Call waiting.............................................................................. 6-41
List of figuresxvi 98-124743-FFigure 6-32: Web interface: Settings, Common, Line identification................................................................6-42Figure 6-33: Web interface: Settings, Common, Closed user group................................................................. 6-43Figure 6-34: Web interface: Settings, IP handsets .................................................................................................... 6-45Figure 6-35: Web interface: Settings, IP handsets, Call settings ........................................................................ 6-46Figure 6-36: Web interface: Settings, Discrete I/O ................................................................................................... 6-48Figure 6-37: Web interface: Settings, System Type................................................................................................. 6-49Figure 6-38: Web interface: RF settings......................................................................................................................... 6-50Figure 6-39: Web interface: Settings, External systems......................................................................................... 6-51Figure 6-40: Web interface: Settings, FLEX (example)............................................................................................ 6-52Figure 6-41: Web interface, Settings, Tracking........................................................................................................... 6-53Figure 6-42: Overview over network user groups and traffic flow filters....................................................... 6-54Figure 6-43: Web interface: Settings, LAN, Network user groups...................................................................... 6-56Figure 6-44: Web interface: Settings, LAN, Network user groups, Edit ........................................................... 6-57Figure 6-45: Web interface: Settings, LAN, Network devices .............................................................................. 6-59Figure 6-46: Web interface: Settings, LAN, Network classification table....................................................... 6-61Figure 6-47: Web interface: Settings, LAN, Network classification table, Edit or Add............................. 6-61Figure 6-48: Web interface: Settings, LAN, Network classification table, change priority..................... 6-62Figure 6-49: NAT (Network Address Translation)...................................................................................................... 6-63Figure 6-50: Web interface: Connect, to start and stop data sessions (example)..................................... 6-63Figure 6-51: Example for PPPoE connections ............................................................................................................. 6-64Figure 6-52: Web interface, Settings, LAN, PPPoE .................................................................................................... 6-65Figure 6-53: Web interface, Settings, LAN, Static route......................................................................................... 6-67Figure 6-54: Web interface, Settings, LAN, Static route, add............................................................................... 6-67Figure 6-55: Web interface: Administration................................................................................................................. 6-69Figure 6-56: Web interface: Administration, change administrator logon.................................................... 6-70Figure 6-57: Web interface: Administration, Reset administrator password................................................ 6-71Figure 6-58: Web interface: Administration, saving a configuration file ....................................................... 6-72Figure 6-59: Web interface: Administration, saving a configuration file ....................................................... 6-73Figure 6-60: Web interface: Administration, Call Charges .................................................................................... 6-74Figure 6-61: Web interface: Administration, Log Handling................................................................................... 6-75Figure 6-62: Web interface, Administration, Profiles, Example: Standard..................................................... 6-76Figure 6-63: Web interface. Administration, Profiles, select profile ................................................................ 6-77Figure 6-64: Traffic flow filters to filter traffic types............................................................................................... 6-79Figure 6-65: Web interface: Administration, Traffic flow filters ........................................................................ 6-80Figure 6-66: Web interface: Administration, Traffic flow filters, New entry................................................ 6-80Figure 6-67: Web interface: Example of two traffic flow filters......................................................................... 6-81Figure 6-68: Web interface, Administration, SIM PIN............................................................................................. 6-82Figure 6-69: Web interface, Administration, SIM LOCK......................................................................................... 6-83Figure 6-70: Web interface: Administration, User permissions .......................................................................... 6-84Figure 6-71: Web interface: Administration, Remote management ................................................................ 6-86Figure 6-72: Web interface: Administration, Link monitoring............................................................................. 6-87
List of figures98-124743-F xviiFigure 6-73: Multi-voice, call type groups (example) .............................................................................................. 6-90Figure 6-74: Multi-voice, example of directly assigned handsets (example)............................................... 6-90Figure 6-75: Multi-voice, example of unassigned handsets ................................................................................. 6-91Figure 6-76: Multi-voice, example for a configuration with Cockpit reserve. ............................................. 6-91Figure 6-77: Web interface: Administration, Multi-voice ...................................................................................... 6-92Figure 6-78: Web interface: Phone book, mobile numbers (example, Multi-voice) ................................. 6-93Figure 6-79: Web interface: Settings, IP handsets, Call settings (with Multi-voice, example)............. 6-94Figure 6-80: Web interface: Site map.............................................................................................................................. 6-95Figure 6-81: AVIATOR 700 system ready for use.................................................................................................. 6-101Chapter 7 Check proceduresChapter 8 Maintenance and troubleshootingFigure 8-1: Support tools: Service log and Helpdesk................................................................................................8-5Figure 8-2: Web interface: Help desk...............................................................................................................................8-6Figure 8-3: Web interface: Help desk, Extended status...........................................................................................8-7Figure 8-4: Software upgrade procedure for SDU and SBU .................................................................................8-8Figure 8-5: Web interface: Settings, Upload ............................................................................................................. 8-12Figure 8-6: Software identification on the SBU label, Level D and Level E................................................. 8-14Figure 8-7: Software identification on the SDU label, Level D and Level E................................................ 8-14Figure 8-8: Exchanging an LRU (example).................................................................................................................. 8-15Figure 8-9: Pull out the LRU............................................................................................................................................... 8-16Figure 8-10: Attach CM to the airframe......................................................................................................................... 8-16Figure 8-11: Function of the LEDs on the front maintenance connector..................................................... 8-21Figure 8-12: IP Reset (Default) button on SBU front............................................................................................... 8-22Figure 8-13: Web interface: Help desk, Event list ...................................................................................................... 8-24Figure 8-14: Web interface: Help desk, Self test ........................................................................................................ 8-25Figure 8-15: Initial check of LEDs (1/2).......................................................................................................................... 8-27Figure 8-16: Initial check of Ethernet, fax, 4-Wire Handsets and ISDN ......................................................... 8-28Figure 8-17: Initial check of Fax ........................................................................................................................................ 8-29App. A Equipment specificationsApp. B DO-160 specificationsApp. C Upgrade from Aero-HSD+ to AVIATOR 700Figure C-1: Upgrade overview, exchange HSU with SBU.......................................................................................C-2Figure C-2: Upgrading HSD+ to AVIATOR 700, SDU, step 1/7.............................................................................C-5Figure C-3: Upgrading HSD+ to AVIATOR 700, SDU, step 1/7, continued.....................................................C-5Figure C-4: Upgrading HSD+ to AVIATOR 700, SDU, step 2/7.............................................................................C-6Figure C-5: Upgrading HSD+ to AVIATOR 700, SDU, step 3/7, continued.....................................................C-6Figure C-6: Upgrading HSD+ to AVIATOR 700, SDU, step 4/7.............................................................................C-7Figure C-7: Upgrading HSD+ to AVIATOR 700, SDU, step 5/7.............................................................................C-7
List of figuresxviii 98-124743-FFigure C-8: Upgrading HSD+ to AVIATOR 700, SDU, step 6/7 ............................................................................C-8Figure C-9: Upgrading HSD+ to AVIATOR 700, step 7/7........................................................................................C-8App. D System messagesApp. E WLAN country codesApp. F Using terminal commandsFigure F-1: How to change shells....................................................................................................................................... F-1Figure F-2: Troubleshooting SDU, Call Log command: call -p ............................................................................. F-6App. G References
98-124743-F xixList of tablesChapter 1 About this manualTable 1-1: List of Related Documentation...................................................................................................................1-2Chapter 2 Introduction to the AVIATOR 700Table 2-1: Model and part numbers for the AVIATOR 700 system (T&T units).................................... 2-11Table 2-2: Part numbers for Klixon circuit breakers ............................................................................................. 2-13Table 2-3: Part numbers for trays and connectors ............................................................................................... 2-13Table 2-4: Installation kits, contact information ................................................................................................... 2-14Table 2-5: Basic installation kits from ECS................................................................................................................ 2-14Table 2-6: User interfaces, overview ........................................................................................................................... 2-20Chapter 3 Equipment drawingsChapter 4 Connectors and pin-outTable 4-1: Pin-out for SDU Front Connector..............................................................................................................4-3Table 4-2: Pin-out for SDU Rear Receptacle (Top Plug) ........................................................................................4-6Table 4-3: Pin-out for SDU Rear Receptacle (Bottom Plug) ................................................................................4-9Table 4-4: Pin-out for HPA Receptacle (Top Plug)................................................................................................ 4-11Table 4-5: Pin-out for HPA Receptacle (Bottom Plug) ........................................................................................ 4-11Table 4-6: Pin-out for SBU Maintenance connector (standard Ethernet)................................................. 4-13Table 4-7: Pin-out for SBU rear receptacle, top plug........................................................................................... 4-17Table 4-8: Pin-out for SBU rear receptacle, bottom plug .................................................................................. 4-18Table 4-9: Pin-out for 15 Pin Sub-D Male Connector on short cable in 4-Wire Cradle...................... 4-21Table 4-10: Pin-out for 9 pin Sub-D male connector in TT-5622B 2-Wire Cradle.................................. 4-23Table 4-11: Mating Connectors in Aircraft for SDU ............................................................................................... 4-24Table 4-12: Mating Connector in Aircraft for HPA.................................................................................................. 4-25Table 4-13: Mating connectors in aircraft for SBU ................................................................................................. 4-25Chapter 5 InstallationTable 5-1: Installation kits, contact information ...................................................................................................... 5-1Table 5-2: Wiring symbols...................................................................................................................................................5-9Table 5-3: Pins for Wiring SDU to SBU.......................................................................................................................... 5-9Table 5-4: Pins for SDU power supply ........................................................................................................................ 5-11Table 5-5: Requirements to SDU power cables...................................................................................................... 5-12Table 5-6: Pins for HPA power supply......................................................................................................................... 5-14Table 5-7: Pin for Remote HPA Power on/off by SDU ........................................................................................ 5-14Table 5-8: Requirements to HPA power cables ...................................................................................................... 5-15Table 5-9: Pins for SBU power supply......................................................................................................................... 5-16
List of tablesxx 98-124743-FTable 5-10: Requirements to SBU power cables ...................................................................................................... 5-17Table 5-11: SBU Pins for AMT-50 antenna subsystem......................................................................................... 5-19Table 5-12: SDU Pins for AMT-50 antenna subsystem......................................................................................... 5-19Table 5-13: HPA Pins for ARINC 741 antenna system .......................................................................................... 5-20Table 5-14: Requirements to RF Cables, ARINC 741 antenna systems......................................................... 5-21Table 5-15: HPA pins for dual side panel antenna system................................................................................... 5-23Table 5-16: SDU pins for dual side panel antenna system .................................................................................. 5-24Table 5-17: SBU pins for dual side panel antenna system................................................................................... 5-24Table 5-18: SBU pins for ARINC 781 antenna system.......................................................................................... 5-26Table 5-19: SDU pins for ARINC 781 antenna system.......................................................................................... 5-26Table 5-20: HPA pins for ARINC 781 antenna system.......................................................................................... 5-27Table 5-21: SBU pins for HGA 7000 antenna system............................................................................................ 5-29Table 5-22: SDU pins for HGA 7000 antenna system ........................................................................................... 5-29Table 5-23: HPA pins for HGA 7000 antenna system............................................................................................ 5-30Table 5-24: Requirements to RF cables, ARINC 781 antenna systems ......................................................... 5-31Table 5-25: SDU pins for IRS and AHARS .................................................................................................................... 5-33Table 5-26: SBU pins for input from a navigational ARINC 429 source....................................................... 5-33Table 5-27: ARINC data format for IRS ........................................................................................................................ 5-34Table 5-28: ARINC data format for AHRS.................................................................................................................... 5-34Table 5-29: SDU pins for ACARS/AFIS/CMU.............................................................................................................. 5-35Table 5-30: SBU pins for input from GPS antenna.................................................................................................. 5-37Table 5-31: SDU pins for input from GPS antenna.................................................................................................. 5-37Table 5-32: SBU Pins for 10/100BaseT Ethernet ..................................................................................................... 5-41Table 5-33: SBU pins for WLAN antenna #1 and #2.............................................................................................. 5-43Table 5-34: WLAN antenna configuration .................................................................................................................. 5-44Table 5-35: Cable requirements for WLAN ................................................................................................................. 5-44Table 5-36: SBU pins for ISDN.......................................................................................................................................... 5-45Table 5-37: SDU pins for ISDN.......................................................................................................................................... 5-46Table 5-38: SDU pins for 4-wire interface................................................................................................................... 5-51Table 5-39: SDU pins for 2-wire interface................................................................................................................... 5-53Table 5-40: SBU pins for 2-Wire interface .................................................................................................................. 5-53Table 5-41: SDU pins for WH-10 interface................................................................................................................. 5-55Table 5-42: SDU discretes for MagnaStar/WH-10 systems................................................................................ 5-56Table 5-43: SDU pins for ICS-200 interface............................................................................................................... 5-58Table 5-44: SDU pins for 2.4GHz Cordless (WH-10) interface.......................................................................... 5-61Table 5-45: SDU pins for discrete annunciators....................................................................................................... 5-65Table 5-46: SBU pins for discrete annunciators ....................................................................................................... 5-66Table 5-47: SDU Pin for Chime/Lamps Inhibit input .............................................................................................. 5-67Table 5-48: SBU pin for Chime/Lamps Inhibit input............................................................................................... 5-67Table 5-49: SDU pins for WOW........................................................................................................................................ 5-67Table 5-50: SBU pins for discrete inputs...................................................................................................................... 5-68
List of tables98-124743-F xxiTable 5-51: Specification of discrete types................................................................................................................ 5-68Table 5-52: Northern Airborne Technology (NAT) part numbers.................................................................... 5-69Table 5-53: Universal Interface Amplifier model 270-16 settings..................................................................5-72Table 5-54: Universal Interface Amplifier model AA34-300 settings............................................................ 5-73Table 5-55: SDU pins for Cockpit Voice interface................................................................................................... 5-74Table 5-56: SDU pins for RS-232 PC interface.......................................................................................................... 5-77Table 5-57: SBU pins for Maintenance interface..................................................................................................... 5-78Table 5-58: SDU pins for Maintenance handset interface .................................................................................. 5-80Table 5-59: Allowed lengths for SDU power cables................................................................................................ 5-81Table 5-60: Allowed lengths for HPA power cables................................................................................................ 5-82Table 5-61: Allowed lengths for HPA chassis cable................................................................................................. 5-82Table 5-62: Allowed lengths for SBU power cables ................................................................................................ 5-83Table 5-63: List of Recommended RF Cables............................................................................................................. 5-84Table 5-64: Allowed lengths for WLAN cables .......................................................................................................... 5-84Table 5-65: ID numbers in the Inmarsat network.................................................................................................... 5-86Chapter 6 Configure the AVIATOR 700 systemTable 6-1: Configuration related menu commands................................................................................................6-5Table 6-2: Menu commands for configuration data transfer.......................................................................... 6-11Table 6-3: Web interface: Icons .................................................................................................................................... 6-19Table 6-4: PPPoE connection, service names and descriptions......................................................................6-66Table 6-5: PPPoE connection, service names and descriptions for custom APN................................... 6-66Table 6-6: Multi-voice, number of calls...................................................................................................................... 6-88Chapter 7 Check proceduresTable 7-1: Check Sheet: Installation Check Before Inserting LRUs..................................................................7-2Table 7-2: Check Sheet: Functional Test, on Ground .............................................................................................7-4Table 7-3: Check Sheet: Functional Test, Airborne ................................................................................................. 7-7Chapter 8 Maintenance and troubleshootingTable 8-1: Function of SDU Power LED ..................................................................................................................... 8-19Table 8-2: Function of SDU Logon LED...................................................................................................................... 8-19Table 8-3: Function of SDU Fail/Pass LED................................................................................................................. 8-19Table 8-4: Function of HPA Power LED...................................................................................................................... 8-20Table 8-5: Function of HPA Fail/Pass LED ................................................................................................................. 8-20Table 8-6: Function of the SBU Power LED.............................................................................................................. 8-20Table 8-7: Function of the SBU Logon LED.............................................................................................................. 8-21Table 8-8: Function of the SBU Fail/Pass LED......................................................................................................... 8-21Table 8-9: How to reset the IP address or the terminal software to default settings..........................8-23Table 8-10: Initial troubleshooting ................................................................................................................................. 8-26
List of tablesxxii 98-124743-FApp. A Equipment specificationsTable A-1: General specifications for SDU...................................................................................................................A-2Table A-2: General specifications for HPA ...................................................................................................................A-4Table A-3: Equipment specifications for TT-5040A SBU .....................................................................................A-6Table A-4: Equipment specifications for WLAN antenna .....................................................................................A-7Table A-5: General specifications for Tx Coupler.....................................................................................................A-8Table A-6: General specifications for Rx Power Splitter........................................................................................A-9Table A-7: General specifications for 4-Wire Handset........................................................................................A-10Table A-8: General specifications for 4-Wire Cradle............................................................................................A-11Table A-9: Equipment specifications for 2-Wire Handset.................................................................................A-12Table A-10: Equipment specifications for 2-Wire Cradle.....................................................................................A-12App. B DO-160 specificationsTable B-1: RTCA/DO-160D Change Numbers, SDU ................................................................................................ B-2Table B-2: Environmental Qualification Form for SDU.......................................................................................... B-2Table B-3: RTCA/DO-160D Change Numbers, HPA................................................................................................. B-5Table B-4: Environmental Qualification Form for HPA.......................................................................................... B-5Table B-5: Environmental Qualification Form for SBU .......................................................................................... B-7Table B-6: RTCA/DO-160D Change Numbers, Tx Coupler and Rx Power Splitter....................................B-9Table B-7: Environmental Qualification Form for Tx Coupler and Rx Power Splitter .............................B-9Table B-8: RTCA/DO-160C Change Numbers, 4-Wire Handset and Cradle.............................................. B-11Table B-9: Environmental Qualification Form for 4-Wire Handset and Cradle....................................... B-11Table B-10: Environmental Qualification Form for 2-Wire Handset and Cradle....................................... B-13App. C Upgrade from Aero-HSD+ to AVIATOR 700Table C-1: Items needed for upgrading to AVIATOR 700 Level E or AVIATOR 700D (Level D) .......C-1Table C-2: Items needed for upgrading for different antenna types .............................................................C-1Table C-3: Upgrade to AVIATOR 700, mounting and wiring considerations..............................................C-2Table C-4: Upgrade, wiring navigational input...........................................................................................................C-4App. D System messagesTable D-1: List of H+ Logon Reject Cause Codes ......................................................................................................D-2Table D-2: List of H+ Call Reject Cause Codes............................................................................................................D-3Table D-3: List of MPDS Layer 2 Reason Codes.........................................................................................................D-6Table D-4: List of ISDN Cause Codes (SLCV) ..............................................................................................................D-8Table D-5: Definition of severity levels for BITE codes ......................................................................................D-15Table D-6: List of BITE codes...........................................................................................................................................D-16Table D-7: SBU events ........................................................................................................................................................D-28App. E WLAN country codesTable E-1: Countries that accept the country code “US” for WLAN indoor operation.......................... E-2
List of tables98-124743-F xxiiiApp. F Using terminal commandsTable F-1: “list” Commands................................................................................................................................................. F-3Table F-2: “slog” Commands .............................................................................................................................................. F-4Table F-3: “call_log” Commands....................................................................................................................................... F-6Table F-4: “flight” Commands............................................................................................................................................ F-7Table F-5: Status ARINC driver, overview..................................................................................................................F-10Table F-6: Purpose of the states for receivers .........................................................................................................F-10Table F-7: Purpose of the states for the antenna modem.................................................................................F-10Table F-8: Status for all mandatory labels on the interface in question.....................................................F-11Table F-9: Status ARINC driver: Source.......................................................................................................................F-11Table F-10: Receiver: Header line for the table..........................................................................................................F-11Table F-11: Status for label types.....................................................................................................................................F-12App. G References
List of tablesxxiv 98-124743-F
98-124743-F 1-1Chapter 1About this manual 11.1 PurposeThe purpose of this manual is to provide information for installation, maintenance and troubleshooting of the AVIATOR 700 system. This manual covers AVIATOR 700 and AVIATOR 700D.1.2 Organization•Introduction. A short overview of the AVIATOR 700 system and services.•Equipment DrawingsOutline drawings of the units, trays and connectors of the AVIATOR 700 system.•ConnectorsDrawings and pin-out for the connectors, and a description of the required mating connectors.•InstallationWiring drawings and detailed installation and wiring requirements.•ConfigurationAn introduction to the Aero-SDU Configuration Program and the SwiftBroadband Unit’s web interface, and a description of how to configure the AVIATOR 700 system. A short description of how to configure some of the 3rd party handsets.•Check Procedures. An overview of the recommended check procedures and checklists.•Maintenance and TroubleshootingDescriptions of Airworthiness, help desk, software update, LEDs, BITE test and how to return units for repair. Also flow charts how to perform initial troubleshooting.•AppendicesEquipment specifications, DO-160 Forms, procedure to upgrade an HSD+ system to AVIATOR 700, lists of error messages, WLAN country codes, SIP setup for Wifi enabled phones and a list of applicable standards.ImportantThe information, drawings and wiring diagrams contained in this manual are intended as a reference for engineering planning only. The drawings and wiring diagrams contained herein do not represent any specific Supplemental Type Certificate (STC). It is the installer's responsibility to compose installation drawings specific to the aircraft. This manual and the drawings and wiring diagrams contained herein may not be used as a substitute for an STC package.
Related documentation1-2 Chapter 1: About this manual 98-124743-F1.3 Related documentation1.4 Precautions: Warnings, Cautions and NotesText marked with “Warning”, “Caution”, “Note” or “Important” show the following type of data:•Warning: A Warning is an operation or maintenance procedure that, if not obeyed, can cause injury or death, or jeopardize the flight safety on the aircraft. •Caution: A Caution is an operation or maintenance procedure that, if not obeyed, can cause damage to the equipment.•Note: A Note gives information to help the reader.•Important: A text marked Important gives information that is important to the user, e.g. to make the system work properly. This text does not concern damage on equipment, flight safety nor personal safety.General precautionsAll personnel who operate equipment or do maintenance as specified in this manual must know and follow the safety precautions. The warnings and cautions that follow apply to all parts of this manual.Part number Description98-130578 AVIATOR 700 User Manual98-130554 AVIATOR 700 Quick Guide98-129599 AVIATOR Wireless Handset and Cradle User Manual98-129600 AVIATOR Wireless Handset and Cradle Installation & Maintenance Manual98-132721 Swift64 and H+ Data Service, Supplement to AVIATOR 700 and Aero-HSD+ User Manual (available for download)Table 1-1: List of Related DocumentationWARNING! Before using any material, refer to the manufacturers’ material safety data sheets for safety information. Some materials can be dangerous.CAUTION! The AVIATOR 700 system contains items that are electrostatic discharge sensitive. Use approved industry precautions to keep the risk of damage to a minimum when you touch, remove or insert parts or assemblies.
98-124743-F 2-1Chapter 2Introduction to the AVIATOR 700 22.1 General descriptionThis Installation manual describes the administrative and technical aspects, features, functions and components of the AVIATOR 700 system. All comments or recommendations regarding the installation, acceptance or operation of the system or its accessories and components should be directed to Cobham SATCOM.The AVIATOR 700 system is available in two versions: • AVIATOR 700 approved to RTCA specification DO- 178B level E and DO-254 level E• AVIATOR 700D approved to RTCA specification DO-178B level D and DO-254 level D.In general descriptions the nomenclature AVIATOR 700 covers both versions. Where necessary, the Level D system is specified as AVIATOR 700D.2.1.1 The AVIATOR 700 systemImportant for AVIATOR 700 (Level E)!The design of the system is not intended to support flight communication for safety purposes, in particular for Air Traffic Services (ATS) or Aeronautical Operational Control (AOC), during flight time. The software used to control the unit operation complies with RTCA specification DO-178B level E application software. The firmware used to control the unit operation complies with RTCA specification DO-254 level E firmware.The Satellite Data Unit (SDU), the SwiftBroadband Unit (SBU) and the High Power Amplifier (HPA) must all be level E approved. No mismatch is allowed.Important for AVIATOR 700D (Level D)!The design of the system is intended to support flight communication for safety purposes, including Air Traffic Services (ATS) and Aeronautical Operational Control (AOC), during flight time. The software used to control the unit operation complies with RTCA specification DO-178B level D application software. The firmware used to control the unit operation complies with RTCA specification DO-254 level D firmware.The Satellite Data Unit (SDU), the SwiftBroadband Unit (SBU) and the High Power Amplifier (HPA) must all be level D approved. No mismatch is allowed.NoteImportantImportantImportantImportant
General description2-2 Chapter 2: Introduction to the AVIATOR 700 98-124743-FNon-Safety interfaces for AVIATOR 700 (Level E)The following interfaces in the AVIATOR 700 system are strictly for non-safety usage:• Cockpit voice• ACARS/AFIS/CMU (information and management systems)• MCDU (Multifunction Control and Display Unit)Safety interfaces for AVIATOR 700D (Level D)The following interfaces in the AVIATOR 700D system are approved for safety usage:• Cockpit voice• ACARS/AFIS/CMU (information and management systems)• MCDU (Multifunction Control and Display Unit)When wiring safety interfaces for voice and data from a unit to cockpit equipment, you must make sure that you do not wire other interfaces of the same unit to equipment located in the cabin. Use another unit for wiring non-safety interfaces to equipment located in the cabin.Wiring safety interfacesImportant
General description98-124743-F Chapter 2: Introduction to the AVIATOR 700 2-3Overview of the AVIATOR 700 systemThe AVIATOR 700 system offers the classical aeronautical communications services and the SwiftBroadband service. The TT-5035A Satellite Data Unit (SDU) provides multi-channel voice and fax and data (Swift 64), while the SwiftBroadband Unit (SBU) provides access to SwiftBroadband, the aeronautical BGAN service. The SDU is the controlling unit of the system and the SBU works as a slave unit to the SDU. The data services available depend on the satellite coverage, read more about satellite coverage at Services on page 2-4.The AVIATOR 700 system provides a wide range of user interfaces: several 4-wire and 2-wire interfaces, ISDN, WLAN and Ethernet interfaces available on the SDU and SBU.The following drawing shows the AVIATOR 700 cabin installation with connected communication devices and available options: Figure 2-1: Communication devices for the AVIATOR 700 system (example)
General description2-4 Chapter 2: Introduction to the AVIATOR 700 98-124743-FThe basic units in the AVIATOR 700 system are: •TT-5035A SDU• TT-5035A-001 Configuration Module (inserted in the SDU)• TT-5014A HPA•TT-5040A SBU• TT-5040A-001 Configuration Module (inserted in the SBU)The SBU Configuration Module holds permanently installed SIM card, which provides access to the BGAN network.• TT-5040A-005 SDU to SBU Software InterfaceServicesIn the AVIATOR 700 system the classic aeronautical communication services H+ and Swift64 are combined with the aeronautical BGAN service, SwiftBroadband. To see how the AVIATOR 700 system handles the communication with Inmarsat’s satellites I4 and I3 that support these services see the following figure.Figure 2-2: Satellite coverage of data and voice services• The SwiftBroadband service provides a channel dedicated to high-speed data using the BGAN service, operated on Inmarsat’s I4 satellites. SwiftBroadband allows for IP-based data transfer up to 432 kbps with an HGA (Class 6) and Integrated Services Digital Network (ISDN @ 64 kbps) circuit-switched data. The SwiftBroadband service may also be used for speech or 3.1 kHz audio, it accommodates simultaneous voice and data. You 6'8 6%8,VDWHOOLWH ,VDWHOOLWH5RXWHUH[WHUQDOXQLW,6'10'36(WKHUQHW /$16ZLIW%URDGEDQG&ODVVLFDHURVHUYLFHV&ODVVLFDHURVHUYLFHV6ZLIW9RLFH$0%(,3GDWD4XDOLW\RI6HUYLFH6ZLIW,6'10'36[+YRLFH[&RFNSLW,6'1
General description98-124743-F Chapter 2: Introduction to the AVIATOR 700 2-5can use the AVIATOR 700 cabin installation for IP background data, IP data streaming at 8/16/32/64/128 kbps and X-stream full-channel streaming > 250 kbps, and standard AMBE 2 voice.•The Aero-H+ classic services provide two channels for global voice, fax or PC modem data and one low-speed channel for cockpit communication.• The Swift64 service provides a 64 kbps backup channel for areas where there is no I4 satellite coverage. The Swift64 channel may operate using ISDN or packet data mode, it may also be used for speech or for 3.1 kHz audio e.g. for fax.The following figures show the coverage maps for SwiftBroadband, Swift64 and classic services available worldwide.Inmarsat’s I4 satellite coverage (AMER, Alphasat, MEAS, APAC)Figure 2-3: SwiftBroadband and classic aeronautical services coverage on I4 satellite0°10°20°30°40°50°60°70°80°90°10°20°30°40°50°60°70°80°90°0°20°40°60°80°100°120°140°160°180° 20° 40° 60° 80° 100° 120° 140° 160° 180°Combined I-4 and Alphasat coverageI-4 Asia-PacificI-4 Americas Alphasat I-4 MEAS This map depicts Inmarsat’s expectations of coverage following the commercial introduction of Inmarsat’s fourth L-band region, scheduled for the end of 2015. It does not represent a guarantee of service. The availability of service at the edge of coverage areas pXFWXDWHVGHSHQGLQJRQYDULRXVFRQGLWLRQV6ZLIW%URDGEDQGFRYHUDJH'HFHPEHU
Figure 2-4: Swift64 and classic aeronautical services coverage on I3 satelliteGeneral description2-6 Chapter 2: Introduction to the AVIATOR 700 98-124743-FSwift64 and Classic aeronautical services coverage (IOR, POR, AORE, AORW)The maps show Inmarsat's expectations of coverage but do not represent a guarantee of service. The availability of service at the edge of coverage areas fluctuates depending on various conditions.This map depicts Inmarsat’s expectations of coverage, but does not represent a guarantee of service. The availability of service DWWKHHGJHRIFRYHUDJHDUHDVpXFWXDWHVGHSHQGLQJRQYDULRXVconditions. Classic Aero and Swift 64 coverage December 2015.0°10°20°30°40°50°60°70°80°90°10°20°30°40°50°60°70°80°0°20°40°60°80°100°120°140°160°180° 20° 40° 60° 80° 100° 120° 140° 160° 180°Atlantic Ocean Region-EastAero H services are provided in thefull footprint of the global beamsSwift 64, Aero H+,Aero I coveragePacific Ocean Region Atlantic Ocean Region-WestIndian Ocean Region
General description98-124743-F Chapter 2: Introduction to the AVIATOR 700 2-7PBX telephone exchangeThe AVIATOR 700 system has two built-in PBX units: One in the SDU and one in the SBU, making the AVIATOR 700 capable of connecting in total four 4-wire handsets and four 2-wire devices.Figure 2-5: PBX functionality in SDU and SBUThe built-in PBX of the SDU connects up to four 4-wire handsets, two direct 2-wire POTS interfaces for faxes, PC modems, auxiliary phones, headset interface boxes etc. and one ISDN interface for ISDN phones, fax machines or Secure communication. The built-in PBX of the SBU connects two direct 2-wire POTS interfaces for faxes, auxiliary phones, headset interface boxes etc., as well as an ISDN interface for ISDN phones, fax machines or Secure communication. The built-in PBX of the SBU can route VoIP calls that are terminated in the SIP server of the SBU.There is no routing between the PBX of the SDU and the PBX of the SBU.Configuration Modules (CM)There are two Configuration Modules in the AVIATOR 700 system:• SDU Configuration Module• SBU Configuration ModuleThe Configuration Module (CM) for the SDU contains system and user settings for easy replacement of the Satellite Data Unit (SDU). To access these settings use the Aero-SDU Configuration Program. For further information on the configuration program, see Configure the basic system on page 6-1. Different layers of write protection protect the CM contents; this includes hardware protection of installation settings and optional pin code protection of user data. The SDU Configuration Module is designed as a “plug-in” Note,6'1/$1/$1/$1/$1/$1:LUH:/$1%:/$1$566ZLIW%URDGEDQG8QLW6%80&8$HUR+6'6'80&8$),6$&$56$),6$&$560&'8:6&,0&'8:6&,&RFNSLW9RLFH$QDORJXH&RFNSLW9RLFH$QDORJXH&RFNSLW9RLFH'LVFUHWHV&RFNSLW9RLFH'LVFUHWHV:LUH+DQGVHW:LUH+DQGVHW$QQXQFLDWRU([W5LQJHU&RQILJ0RGXOH&RQILJ0RGXOH:LUH,QWHUIDFH:LUH,QWHUIDFH+&&KDQQHO9RLFH)D['DWD+357&RFNSLW'DWD+&&KDQQHO9RLFH)D['DWD:LUHOHVV/$1$QWHQQDV([LVWLQJ:+DQGVHWVFDQEHUHXVHG:LUH)$;77$:+DQGVHW7KUDQH7KUDQH77$:+DQGVHW7KUDQH7KUDQH$XGLR0DQDJHPHQW6\VWHP&KDQQHO0&'8($6\&RFNSLW0&'8($6\&RFNSLW)06&08)06&083&:LUHOHVV/$13&¶VDQGKDQGVHWVFDQDOVREHZLUHG$QQXQFLDWRU+68)DLOXUH$QQXQFLDWRU+68/RJHG2Q6%8HQDEOH,56$+56,56$+56:R:&DOO$QQXQFLDWRU)$;$QQXQFLDWRU6HUYLFH$YDLODEOH&KLPH:LUH6,*0$6,*0$,3:/$1+DQGVHW,3:/$1+DQGVHW,3:/$1+DQGVHW,3:/$1+DQGVHW,3:/$1+DQGVHW+DQGWHWV:LUHOHVV/$1/$37233&/$37233&/$37233&/$37233&:/$1/$37233&,&*&RUGOHVV%DVHVWDWLRQ:LUH,QWHUIDFH,&*&RUGOHVV%DVHVWDWLRQ6,*0$6,*0$,&*&RUGOHVV,&*&RUGOHVV,&*&RUGOHVV,&*&RUGOHVV,&*&RUGOHVV,&*&RUGOHVV,&*&RUGOHVV,&*&RUGOHVV6ZLIW%URDGEDQG0RGXOH/$1
General description2-8 Chapter 2: Introduction to the AVIATOR 700 98-124743-Fmodule for the SDU, making it easier to replace the SDU while retaining all system and user settings.The Configuration Module (CM) for the SBU is inserted in the SBU and holds system and user settings for easy replacement of the SwiftBroadband Unit (SBU). Different layers of write protection protect the CM contents; this includes hardware protection of installation settings and optional pin code protection of user data. It is designed as a “plug-in” module for the SBU, so the SBU can be replaced while retaining all SBU and user settings. The SBU CM contains a permanently built-in SIM card for access to the SwiftBroadband services.Configuration of the AVIATOR 700 systemThe AVIATOR 700 system is configured with two tools: • The Aero-SDU Configuration Program to set up and configure the SDU.• SBU web interface to set up and configure the SBU.Use the Aero-SDU Configuration Program to access the SDU and antenna settings that must be configured. The configuration settings are stored in the CM of the SDU. To set up or change a configuration you must connect a PC to the connector marked Maintenance on the SDU front plate. For further information how to install the configuration program see Aero-SDU Configuration Program for the SDU on page 6-2.Use the built-in web interface of the SBU to access the SBU configuration settings in the CM of the SBU. A subset of the configuration settings are stored in a write-protected area of the CM. This subset contains the physical settings for the antenna, cabling and other external input.To set up or change the settings of the write-protected area you must connect a PC to the connector marked Maintenance on the SBU front plate. You can view all SBU settings from any LAN or WLAN interface. For further information on the web interface, see SBU Configuration tasks on page 6-12.The TT-5040A-005 SDU to SBU Software Interface is part of the basic AVIATOR 700 system. It activates the software code that enables the interface between the SDU and the SBU. The SDU to SBU Software Interface is pre-configured at the factory when ordering the basic AVIATOR 700 system.Satcom antenna systemsThe AVIATOR 700 system can be used with a wide range of satcom antennas. An AVIATOR 700 system must only be used with satcom antennas that have received type approval by Inmarsat.The following ARINC 781 compatible antennas from Cobham SATCOM have received Inmarsat type approval:• HGA-6000•HGA-6500•HGA-7000•HGA-7001
General description98-124743-F Chapter 2: Introduction to the AVIATOR 700 2-9Built-in router and Wireless (WLAN) optionThe AVIATOR 700 system offers a built-in router as an option. With this option multiple users and applications can use the system simultaneously. Without this option only the first device that connects to the SBU will be allowed on the Internet. The system also offers a built-in WLAN option for wireless communication devices and a WLAN antenna approved for aeronautical use. This includes full WLAN routing functionality.If ordered, this option is enabled in the AVIATOR 700 from the factory. If these options are not included from the start, the system can be upgraded at a later stage. Then you receive the FLEX key for the purchased options and enter it in the AVIATOR 700 web interface.Built-in Multi-voice option1The AVIATOR 700 system offers a built-in Multi-voice option. With this option multiple calls can be made to and from the system simultaneously. Normally, the BGAN system only supports one call at a time. With the built-in, optional Multi-voice service enabled in your system, you can make multiple calls. The maximum number of concurrent calls is 1+ 8. If ordered, this option is enabled in the AVIATOR 700 from the factory. If this option is not included from the start, the system can be upgraded at a later stage. Then you receive the FLEX key for the purchased options and enter it in the AVIATOR 700 web interface.You must have Multi-voice in your airtime subscription, AVIATOR Wireless Handset software version minimum 1.03 and SBU software version minimum AVIATOR 700 (Level E): 1.07, AVIATOR 700D (Level D): 2.01, in order to support the Multi-voice function.For information on how to set up Multi-voice, see Multi-voice (option) on page 6-88.Interface to MCDUThe Multifunction Control and Display Unit (MCDU) can be used to control and operate the SATCOM equipment from the cockpit. The MCDU has the same menus and functions as the 4-wire cabin handsets. Using the cockpit voice interface which connects to the pilot headset via the cockpit Audio Management System the pilot can then make satcom calls from the cockpit without using a handset. He can also read status messages of the AVIATOR 700 system in the MCDU display.2.1.2 AVIATOR 700 featuresThe AVIATOR 700 system has the following features:Unique multi-channel solution, combining the Inmarsat Aero-H+, Swift64 and SwiftBroadband services with the following channels available:• one spot beam SwiftBroadband channel, providing access to the BGAN system with data rates up to 432 kbps.• one spot beam High Speed Data (HSD) channel (Backup ISDN)1. Supported from software version 1.07 for AVIATOR 700 (Level E) and 2.01 for AVIATOR 700D (Level D).Note
General description2-10 Chapter 2: Introduction to the AVIATOR 700 98-124743-F• two CS (circuit switched) mode H+ channels for voice, G3 fax or PC modem data for global or spot beam operation.•one global H+ packet data channel for cockpit communicationsFull duplex, single or multi-user.Automatic satellite selection.Built-in PBX in the SDU interfacing to four 4-wire and two 2-wire connections and one ISDN connection.Built-in PBX in the SBU interfacing to two 2-wire connections, one ISDN interface and WLAN in the SBU, and integrated SIP server for VOIP telephony.Standard voice.3.1 kHz audio for modems, G3 fax, 14.4 kbps high quality voice etc.ISDN voice for Secure communication, G4 fax etc.ISDN data for video conferences etc.Built-in Router option in the SBU with DHCP, NAT for six Ethernet interfaces.Built-in Wireless option (WLAN) IEEE 802.11 b/g in the SBU.Built-in Multi-voice option, up to 1+8 concurrent callsAccess to built-in web interface for daily use using SBU LAN and WLAN.Aero-SDU Configuration ProgramBuilt-in web interface for SBU configuration using the Maintenance connector on the SBU front plate.ARINC 741 and ARINC 781 antenna compatibilityHGA-7000 antenna compatibility
Application98-124743-F Chapter 2: Introduction to the AVIATOR 700 2-112.2 Application2.2.1 Minimum systemA minimum working system has at least:•one TT-5035A SDU•one TT-5035A-001 CM• one TT-5014A HPA• one TT-5040A SBU• one TT-5040A-001 CM• one TT-5040A-005 SDU to SBU Software interface•one TT-5038A-002 Tx Coupler•one TT-5038A-003 Rx Power Splitter• one handset and cradle, e.g. a TT-5620A 4-Wire Handset and a TT-5622A 4-Wire Cradle (optional)• one antenna system with TT-5013A DNLA type F. As antenna system, use either an ARINC 741 or ARINC 781 antenna system.The minimum wiring required for an AVIATOR 700 system is described in the section Minimum system drawing on page 5-3.2.2.2 Part numbersApplicable model- and part numbersThis installation manual is for the AVIATOR 700 system and is applicable to the model and part numbers below:Part number Model number Description405035A TT-5035A Satellite Data Unit (SDU) [without CM] AVIATOR 700405035A-THD TT-5035A Satellite Data Unit (SDU) [without CM] AVIATOR 700D405035A-001 TT-5035A-001 Configuration Module (CM) for SDU for AVIATOR 700 and AVIATOR 700D405040A TT-5040A SwiftBroadband Unit (SBU) [without CM] for AVIATOR 700405040A-THD TT-5040A SwiftBroadband Unit (SBU) [without CM] for AVIATOR 700DTable 2-1: Model and part numbers for the AVIATOR 700 system (T&T units)
Application2-12 Chapter 2: Introduction to the AVIATOR 700 98-124743-F405040A-001 TT-5040A-001 Configuration Module (CM) for SBU (no key and no options)405040A-002 TT-5040A-002 Built-in Router option405040A-003 TT-5040A-003 Built-in Wireless option405040A-004 TT-5040A-004 WLAN Antenna, optional (2 pieces recommended)405040A-010 TT-5040A-010 Built-in Multi-voice option405040A-005 TT-5040A-005 SDU to SBU Software Interface405040A-835 TT-5040A-835 405040A-001 CM, preprogrammed with:405040A-005, SDU to SBU Software Interface405040A-825 TT-5040A-825 405040A-001 CM, preprogrammed with:405040A-005, SDU to SBU Software Interface405040A-002, Built-in Router Option405040A-815 TT-5040A-815 405040A-001 CM, preprogrammed with:405040A-005, SDU to SBU Software Interface405040A-003, Built-in WiFi Option405040A-805 TT-5040A-805 405040A-001 CM, preprogrammed with:405040A-005, SDU to SBU Software Interface405040A-002, Built-in Router Option405040A-003, Built-in WiFi Option405038A-002 TT-5038A-002 Tx Coupler405038A-003 TT-5038A-003 Rx Power Splitter405014A TT-5014A High Power Amplifier (HPA) AVIATOR 700405014A-THD TT-5014A High Power Amplifier (HPA) AVIATOR 700D405013A TT-5013A DLNA Type F 405620A-THW TT-5620A 4-Wire Handset (white)405620A-THR TT-5620A 4-Wire Handset (black)405622A-THW TT-5622A 4-Wire Cradle (white)405622A-THR TT-5622A 4-Wire Cradle (black)405621B-THW TT-5621B 2-Wire Handset (white)405621B-THR TT-5621B 2-Wire Handset (black)405622B-THW TT-5622B 2-Wire Cradle (white)Part number Model number DescriptionTable 2-1: Model and part numbers for the AVIATOR 700 system (T&T units) (Continued)
Application98-124743-F Chapter 2: Introduction to the AVIATOR 700 2-13The Satellite Data Unit (SDU), the SwiftBroadband Unit (SBU) and the High Power Amplifier (HPA) must all be level E or level D approved. No mismatch is allowed.Circuit breakersTrays and connectors405622B-THR TT-5622B 2-Wire Cradle (black)TT 37-112940 Maintenance Cable(SDU Front Connector Maintenance to PC)TT 83-119958 CD with Aero-SDU Configuration ProgramPart number Model number DescriptionTable 2-1: Model and part numbers for the AVIATOR 700 system (T&T units) (Continued)Part number Recommended aircraft circuit breakers2TC2-4 Klixon 2TC series, 4 A current rating (SDU)2TC2-7.5 Klixon 2TC series, 7.5 A current rating (SBU)2TC2-20 Klixon 2TC series, 20 A current rating (HPA)Table 2-2: Part numbers for Klixon circuit breakersPart number Approved trayPO299-101 ECS Tray Assembly 1/4-size ATR (for SBU)MT4-2346-101 EMTEQ Tray Assembly 1/4-size ATR (for SBU)200-86686-101 ECS Tray Assembly 3/8-size ATR (for HPA and SDU)MT4-3300-110 EMTEQ Tray Assembly 3/8-size ATR (for HPA and SDU)Part Number Required Connector Kit for SDU TrayDPX2NA-67322-605 (old number:DPX2NA-67322-463)ITT Cannon Connector, Dual Plug, contact arrangement top:33C4, bottom:106.Part Number Required Connector Kit for HPA Tray616 697 173 RADIALL Dual Plug Connector, contact arrangement top: MC2, bottom: 32C2.DPX2NA-67322-606(old number:DPX2NA-67322-500)Required Connector Kit for SBU tray: ITT Cannon Connector, Dual Plug, contact arrangement top: 33C4, bottom: 33C4.Table 2-3: Part numbers for trays and connectors
Application2-14 Chapter 2: Introduction to the AVIATOR 700 98-124743-FInstallation kitsFor installation kits for the AVIATOR 700 system contact:Table 2-4: Installation kits, contact informationECS offers two installation kits, one for AVIATOR 700 (ECS part number: 120-14973-101) and one for the SBU (ECS part number: 120-14973-102).ECS, a Carlisle IT company, USAPhone (Franklin, WI): +1 800-327-9473Phone (Kent, WA): +1 800-227-5953E-mail: sales@CarlisleIT.comHome page: www.CarlisleIT.comEMTEQ (B/E Aerospace)Home page: www.emteq.comContact info: www.emteq.com/contact-us.phpItem in installation kit AVIATOR 700 Upgrade from HSD+ to AVIATOR 700 ARINC connector, SBU (DPX2NA-67322-500 or DPX2NA-67322-606)11Tray Assembly, SBU, 1/4-size ATR W/DPX2 (P0299-101)11ARINC connector, SDU (DPX2NA-67322-463 or DPX2NA-67322-605)1—ARINC connector, HPA (616697173) 1 —Tray Assembly, HPA and SDU, 3/8-size ATR W/DPX2 (200-86686-101)2—Table 2-5: Basic installation kits from ECS
System block diagrams98-124743-F Chapter 2: Introduction to the AVIATOR 700 2-152.3 System block diagrams2.3.1 IntroductionOverviewThe following block diagrams and the wiring diagrams in section 5.3.3 show examples of satcom antennas that can be connected to the AVIATOR 700 system.In order to use the satcom antenna with the AVIATOR 700 system, the specific antenna type and the AVIATOR 700 system must be Type Approved by Inmarsat as a combined system. AVIATOR 700 systems will be Inmarsat Type Approved with more antennas as requested by market requirements. Contact your Cobham SATCOM sales/support representative for the latest status on Inmarsat Type Approvals for satcom antennas for the AVIATOR 700 system. The following block diagrams show the basic system component interconnection.The first diagrams show the wiring differences according to antenna choice and antenna steering source. The following system block diagrams show the user interfaces and the system interface to the MagnaStar system PBX communication.Selection of DLNAImportantWhether the antenna system is ARINC 741 or ARINC 781, the DLNA must be ARINC 781 Type F compliant and contain extra TX-filtering for protection of the GNSS and Iridium band.
System block diagrams2-16 Chapter 2: Introduction to the AVIATOR 700 98-124743-F2.3.2 ARINC 741 compatible High Gain AntennaThe AVIATOR 700 system supports ARINC 741 compatible antenna systems, such as a HGA-6000 antenna or an HGA-7000 antenna with an HGA-7000 BSU.NoteIn an AVIATOR 700 system, there are extra requirements to the DLNA. For further information, see Selection of DLNA on page 2-15.Figure 2-6: System Configuration with ARINC 741 Compatible HGA and IRS$5,1&$QWHQQD$&8%68+3$$5,1&$QWHQQD6XEV\VWHP'/1$$5,1&7\SH)FRPSDWLEOH6'8,56&08VHU,QWHUIDFHV7[5[6%8 8VHU,QWHUIDFHV7[5[5[3RZHU6SOLWWHU7[&RXSOHU&0$9,$7256\VWHP
System block diagrams98-124743-F Chapter 2: Introduction to the AVIATOR 700 2-17You can also configure the system with AHRS/GPS.Figure 2-7: System Configuration with HGA 7000+*$$QWHQQD+3$+*$$QWHQQD6XEV\VWHP$5,1&7\SH)'/1$6'8,56$+56>@&08VHU,QWHUIDFHV7[5[6%8 8VHU,QWHUIDFHV7[5[5[3RZHU6SOLWWHU7[&RXSOHU&0$9,$7256\VWHP*36>@>@$+56FDQRQO\EHXVHGZKHQ*36VLJQDOLVURXWHGIURPWKH%68%68*363RZHU6SOLWWHU
System block diagrams2-18 Chapter 2: Introduction to the AVIATOR 700 98-124743-F2.3.3 Dual side panel antenna systemAn ARINC 741 dual side panel antenna system may be installed, in order to improve the view to the satellite.NoteIn an AVIATOR 700 system, there are extra requirements to the DLNA. For further information, see Selection of DLNA on page 2-15.Figure 2-8: System Configuration with Dual Side Panel Antenna System & IRS+*$3RUW+3$'/1$3RUW6'8,568VHU,QWHUIDFHV+35'/1$67%2%683RUW%6867%2+*$67%2&RPELQHU$5,1&'XDO6LGH3DQHO$QWHQQD6\VWHP7[5[6%87[&RXSOHU5[3RZHU6SOLWWHU&07[7[7[5[5[8VHU,QWHUIDFHV&0
System block diagrams98-124743-F Chapter 2: Introduction to the AVIATOR 700 2-192.3.4 ARINC 781 compatible High Gain AntennaThe AVIATOR 700 system supports ARINC 781 compatible antenna systems.Figure 2-9: System Configuration with ARINC 781 Compatible HGA with IRSYou can also configure the system with AHRS/GPS.NoteIn an AVIATOR 700 system, there are extra requirements to the DLNA. For further information, see Selection of DLNA on page 5-17.$5,1&$QWHQQD+3$'/1$$5,1&7\SH)FRPSDWLEOH6'8&08VHU,QWHUIDFHV7[5[6%8 8VHU,QWHUIDFHV7[5[5[3RZHU6SOLWWHU7[&RXSOHU&0$9,$7256\VWHP,56$5,1&$QWHQQD6XEV\VWHP
System block diagrams2-20 Chapter 2: Introduction to the AVIATOR 700 98-124743-F2.3.5 User interfacesThe AVIATOR 700 system has the following user interfaces:Table 2-6: User interfaces, overviewInterfaces SDU SBU4-wire PBX interfacesThis interface can be used e.g. for the TT-5620A 4-Wire Handset and TT-5622A 4-Wire Cradle.For additional information on the use of the 4-wire interfaces see Wiring telephone systems on page 5-47.4 02-wire POTS interfaceThis interface can be used for the TT-5621B 2-Wire Handset and TT-5622B 2-Wire Cradle or other POTS handsets.The TT-5622B 2-Wire Cradle has an RJ11 connector to which additional 2-wire terminals can be connected, e.g. for fax or modem data.2 210/100BaseT Ethernet interfaces for connecting IP equipment. Note that the SBU has a Built-in Router option.The SBU has an additional Ethernet interface for system configuration (Maintenance connector on the SBU front plate, not shown in the following figure)1 6Built-in Wireless Option with two WLAN antenna interfaces for diversity operation to connect WiFi-enabled equipment like lap tops, Smart phones or VOIP handsets.0 1Euro ISDN S-bus interface for PC, Fax or STE) 1 1aa. Without DC power support.ARINC 429 interfaces for e.g. ACARS/AFIS/CMU (2 x) or MCDU (2 x). 4 0Discrete outputs for annunciators 3 4
System block diagrams98-124743-F Chapter 2: Introduction to the AVIATOR 700 2-21The following figure shows most of the possible user interfaces. Figure 2-10: System Configuration showing the user interfaces77$6'8*)D[678&08$),6$&$560&'8ZLUH5-$5,1&:&UDGOHZLUH:+DQGVHW:&UDGOH :+DQGVHW$QQXQFLDWRUV'LVFUHWH2XWSXWV77$6%8,3(TXLSPHQW,6'1(WKHUQHW$QQXQFLDWRUV'LVFUHWH2XWSXWV*)D[:&UDGOH :+DQGVHW56,6'1:/$1DQWHQQD :LUHOHVV,3HTXLSPHQWZLUH5-:/$1560'36,RQO\,6'1SKRQH*)D[3&5RXWHU9LGHRSKRQH,6'1SKRQH*)D[,RQO\3&5RXWHU,RQO\9LGHRSKRQH,RQO\
Operation overview2-22 Chapter 2: Introduction to the AVIATOR 700 98-124743-F2.4 Operation overview2.4.1 ConfigurationThere are two configuration tools for the AVIATOR 700 system:• Aero-SDU Configuration Program for the SDUThe configuration tool for the SDU is the Aero-SDU Configuration Program. It is launched from a standard PC connected to the front connector of the SDU (RS232) with the maintenance cable (see TT 37-112940 maintenance cable for front connector on SDU and PC on page 5-78). For further information, see Configure the basic system on page 6-1.• Web interface for the SBUThe configuration tool for the SBU is the built-in web interface, which can be accessed from a standard PC connected to the Maintenance connector of the SBU. Note that the configuration settings can only be accessed from the Maintenance connector (Ethernet) on the front of the SBU. For further information, see SBU Configuration tasks on page 6-12.2.4.2 OperationThe core components of the AVIATOR 700 System are the SDU with the classic aero services and the SBU providing SwiftBroadband services. These two units share the same satcom antenna and HPA. When installing the system you must bear in mind at which unit the handsets and PC equipment are connected, so you prepare the installation for the future use of various handsets and computers in the cabin.Figure 2-11: Configuration of the SDU and SBU, overview3&ZLWKFRQILJXUDWLRQSURJUDPDQGZHEEURZVHU0DLQWHQDQFHFDEOH56/$1FDEOH:LUH+DQGVHW0&'8$5,1&:LUHLQWHUIDFH
Operation overview98-124743-F Chapter 2: Introduction to the AVIATOR 700 2-23You can operate the AVIATOR 700 System from several user interfaces:• A 4-Wire Handset connected to the SDU. The display and keypad of the handset give access to the menu system of the SDU.• The MCDU connected to the SDU. The display and keys of the MCDU give access to a menu system to control the SDU.• The web interface of the SBU. It is used to for Internet access, e-mail, IP streaming and FTP services. It gives also access the SBU phone book, call log and SBU settings. used for daily operation of the SBU. The settings can be accessed from any of the LAN interfaces, including WLAN.Figure 2-12: Interfaces for operating the AVIATOR 700 systemRefer to the AVIATOR 700 User Manual for detailed operating procedures. The AVIATOR 700 User Manual introduces and explains system capabilities and features, handset controls and functions, placing and receiving calls, accessing the Internet, streaming sessions and use of the menu system.77$6'80&'8$5,1&ZLUH:&UDGOH :+DQGVHW77$6%8,3(TXLSPHQW(WKHUQHW:/$1DQWHQQD :LUHOHVV,3HTXLSPHQW:/$156
Operation overview2-24 Chapter 2: Introduction to the AVIATOR 700 98-124743-F
98-124743-F 3-1Chapter 3Equipment drawings 33.1 IntroductionThe following pages show copies of outline drawings of important system units relevant for an installation.For equipment drawings of the AVIATOR Wireless Handset and Cradle see AVIATOR Wireless Handset and Cradle Installation & Maintenance Manual (98-129600). ImportantThe drawings in this manual are for reference only. If you have access to the partner platform Cobham SYNC, you can get copies of the outline drawings at: https://sync.cobham.com/satcom/support/downloads. You can download the drawings as PDF files. There are also 3D models of selected units.Note
TT-5035A Satellite Data Unit3-2 Chapter 3: Equipment drawings 98-124743-F3.2 TT-5035A Satellite Data UnitFigure 3-1: Outline Drawing: Satellite Data Unit
TT-5035A Satellite Data Unit98-124743-F Chapter 3: Equipment drawings 3-33.2.1 TT-5035A-001 Configuration Module (inserted in the SDU)Figure 3-2: Outline Drawing: Configuration Module
TT-5014A High Power Amplifier3-4 Chapter 3: Equipment drawings 98-124743-F3.3 TT-5014A High Power AmplifierFigure 3-3: Outline Drawing: High Power Amplifier
TT-5040A SBU98-124743-F Chapter 3: Equipment drawings 3-53.4 TT-5040A SBUFigure 3-4: Outline drawing: TT-5040A SBU
TT-5040A SBU3-6 Chapter 3: Equipment drawings 98-124743-F3.4.1 TT-5040A-001 CM (inserted in the SBU)Figure 3-5: Outline drawing: TT-5040A-001 CM, inserted in the SBU
TT-5038A-002 Tx Coupler98-124743-F Chapter 3: Equipment drawings 3-73.5 TT-5038A-002 Tx CouplerFigure 3-6: Outline Drawing: Tx Coupler
TT-5038A-003 Rx Power Splitter3-8 Chapter 3: Equipment drawings 98-124743-F3.6 TT-5038A-003 Rx Power SplitterNoteIf the Rx Power Splitter is to be mounted on a flat surface, mount it on a 3 mm mounting plate to provide enough space for mounting of the connectors. For further information see Rx Power Splitter on page 5-5.Figure 3-7: Outline Drawing: Rx Power Splitter
TT-5013A DLNA Type F98-124743-F Chapter 3: Equipment drawings 3-93.7 TT-5013A DLNA Type FOriginal Manufacturer P/N: COMDEV 173628-101Figure 3-8: Outline drawing: DLNA Type F111405013A DLNA Type-F Outline drawingSHEET NO.MATERIAL AREV STATUSOF SHEETSREV LTR USED ON NEXT ASSY405013A DESCRIPTIONREVISIONSLTR DATE APPROVALA ORIGINAL 28-01-2010 HNB mm [ inches ] indication swoped 01-12-2010 HNC 405013A OEM from comdev 14-08-2015 JCJAPPLICATIONSHEET 1 OF 1DRAWING NO. TT94-130854CODE IDENT NO.94-130854-C.VSD SIZE A4FIRSTANGLEPROJECTIONDR. Hans Norring 28-01-10 TITLETelecommunications Engineering Copenhagen DenmarkSCALE 2:1CH. BMA 28-01-10AP. BMA 28-01-10AP. PT 21-09-11A/SUNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIEDDIMENSIONS ARE IN MILLIME-TRES AND TOLERANCES ARE INACCORDANCE WITH DS 22768.ANGLESLIN.DIM.405013APlacement of Thrane (Cobham) S/N LabelABCDEGJKHFA=10.350 [262.90]B= 9.550 [242.57]C= 8.464 [215.00]D= 7.764 [197.20]E= 9.852 [250.24]F=11.099±0.04 [281.51]±0.013G= 3.960 [100.50]H= 2.000 [50.79] MAXJ= 2.180 [55.30]K= 0.860 [21.90] Dimentions are in inches/[mm]Tolerances: ± 0.020/[0.5]Unless otherwise stated.CG [y,x,z]= 2,4[60.9], 5.09[129.3],0.70 [17.8].0Finish: mil-prf-85285 type 1, polyurethane #37038, cannoflage blackSurface roughness [1.6 micron] 63 microinchZ axisY axisX axisThe 405013A DLNA is identical to the COMDEV 173628-101 Type-F DLNA and the COMDEV 173628-101 MOD 01 Type-F DLNA.B C
TT-5620A 4-Wire Handset3-10 Chapter 3: Equipment drawings 98-124743-F3.8 TT-5620A 4-Wire HandsetFigure 3-9: Outline Drawing: 4-Wire Handset
TT-5622A 4-Wire Cradle98-124743-F Chapter 3: Equipment drawings 3-113.9 TT-5622A 4-Wire CradleFigure 3-10: Outline Drawing: 4-Wire Cradle
TT-5621B 2-Wire Handset3-12 Chapter 3: Equipment drawings 98-124743-F3.10 TT-5621B 2-Wire HandsetFigure 3-11: Outline drawing: TT-5621B 2-Wire Handset
TT-5622B 2-Wire Cradle98-124743-F Chapter 3: Equipment drawings 3-133.11 TT-5622B 2-Wire CradleFigure 3-12: Outline drawing: TT-5622B 2-Wire Cradle
SBU trays3-14 Chapter 3: Equipment drawings 98-124743-F3.12 SBU traysThe comment OBSOLETE refers to the -102 assembly.Figure 3-13: Outline drawing: SBU tray: ECS PO299-101Note
Figure 3-14: Outline drawing: SBU tray: EMTEQ MT4-2346-101 (page 1)SBU trays98-124743-F Chapter 3: Equipment drawings 3-15
Figure 3-15: Outline drawing: SBU tray: EMTEQ MT4-2346-101 (page 2)SBU trays3-16 Chapter 3: Equipment drawings 98-124743-F
SBU trays98-124743-F Chapter 3: Equipment drawings 3-173.12.1 SDU and HPA trayFigure 3-16: Outline Drawing: Tray for SDU and HPA.
SDU tray connector3-18 Chapter 3: Equipment drawings 98-124743-F3.13 SDU tray connectorFor correct index pin codes for the SDU see Figure 4-2: SDU Rear Receptacle and Mating Plug in Tray, Engaging End.Figure 3-17: SDU Tray Connector: ITT Canon DPX2NA-67322-605Export Administration Regulations (15 CFR 730, et seq.). Any transfer of this data to non-US persons or to any location outside the United States must be in compliance with the Export Administration Regulations.This document contains technical data that is subject to export controls under the Export Administration Act andEXPORT CODE C
HPA tray connector98-124743-F Chapter 3: Equipment drawings 3-193.14 HPA tray connectorFor correct index pin codes for the HPA see Figure 4-3: HPA Receptacle, Face View of Engaging End. Index Code is 08.Figure 3-18: HPA Tray Connector
SBU tray connector3-20 Chapter 3: Equipment drawings 98-124743-F3.15 SBU tray connectorFor correct index pin codes for the SBU see Figure 4-5: SBU rear receptacle, engaging end (Index code: 19).Figure 3-19: Outline drawing: SBU tray connector: ITT Cannon DPX2NA-67322-606Export Administration Regulations (15 CFR 730, et seq.). Any transfer of this data to non-US persons or to any location outside the United States must be in compliance with the Export Administration Regulations.This document contains technical data that is subject to export controls under the Export Administration Act andEXPORT CODE C
Contact Assembly: Quadrax Pin size 5 special98-124743-F Chapter 3: Equipment drawings 3-213.16 Contact Assembly: Quadrax Pin size 5 specialFigure 3-20: Contact Assembly: Quadrax Pin size 5 special: ITT Cannon 244-0011-001
Contact Assembly: Quadrax Pin size 5 special3-22 Chapter 3: Equipment drawings 98-124743-FFigure 3-20: Contact Assembly: Quadrax Pin size 5 special: ITT Cannon 244-0011-001 (Continued)
TT-5040A-004 WLAN antenna98-124743-F Chapter 3: Equipment drawings 3-233.17 TT-5040A-004 WLAN antennaOriginal Manufacturer P/N: VT Miltope 901167-2.Figure 3-21: Outline drawing: TT-5040A-004 WLAN antennaMeasures are in inches.
TT-5040A-004 WLAN antenna3-24 Chapter 3: Equipment drawings 98-124743-F
98-124743-F 4-1Chapter 4Connectors and pin-out 44.1 TT-5035A Satellite Data Unit4.1.1 Connectors on SDUThere are three connectors on the SDU:• Maintenance (front connector):Interface to PC and Handset for configuration and maintenance purposes. A 15 pin Female Sub-D Filter connector•ARINC 404 (rear connector):Interfaces to Aircraft and SATCOM interconnections. An ARINC 404 Shell Size 2 Receptacle.• Configuration Module (rear, inside connector):A 9 pin Sub-D Female Connector. This is an internal connector used only as interface to the Configuration Module.
TT-5035A Satellite Data Unit4-2 Chapter 4: Connectors and pin-out 98-124743-F4.1.2 SDU Maintenance front connectorConnector drawingFunctionsThe front connector is a 15 pin Female Sub-D Filter connector, and contains the following interfaces:• EIA/TIA-232-E PC port to connect to PC with Aero-SDU Configuration Program• 4-Wire Thrane & Thrane Handset• RS-485 Data interface for T&T Handset•+12 V DC for powering the Handset• Write Enable Input for Configuration Module.Figure 4-1: SDU Front Connector, Face View of Engaging End. (DB15F)
TT-5035A Satellite Data Unit98-124743-F Chapter 4: Connectors and pin-out 4-3Pin-out for SDU front connectorPin. No. Pin NameFP1 Maintenance Handset Audio In HiFP2 Maintenance Handset Audio In LoFP3 Maintenance Handset Audio Out HiFP4 Maintenance Handset Audio Out LoFP5 Signal Ground SGNDFP6 Maintenance Handset RS-485 Data AFP7 Maintenance Handset RS-485 Data BFP8 +12 V DC/120 mA FP9 GND, Power Return (for +12 V DC)FP10 PC EIA/TIA-232-E RxD OutputFP11 PC EIA/TIA-232-E TxD InputFP12 PC EIA/TIA-232-E CTS OutputFP13 PC EIA/TIA-232-E RTS InputFP14 GNDFP15 Configuration Module Write Enable InTable 4-1: Pin-out for SDU Front Connector
TT-5035A Satellite Data Unit4-4 Chapter 4: Connectors and pin-out 98-124743-F4.1.3 SDU rear receptacleConnector drawingFunctions, top plugThe Top Plug (TP) connects the following signals:Power, RF Interfaces and Antenna Modem:•+28 V DC Power + chassis ground•+28 V DC/600 mA 4-wire handset supply• Remote ON/OFF (nON)• RF Tx signal to HPA•RF Rx signal from DLNA• GPS/Antenna modem interfaceHandset interfaces (analog):• Four analog 4-wire interfaces for Thrane & Thrane Handsets Systems (including +28 V DC handset supply with nON/OFF power supply control)Voice/Fax/Modem interfaces:• Two Voice/Fax/Modem/STU-III, analog 2-wire standard POTS interfacesFigure 4-2: SDU Rear Receptacle and Mating Plug in Tray, Engaging End$$$$     7RS3OXJ73,QVHUW%RWWRP3OXJ%3,QVHUW,QGH[3LQ&RGH/LJKWDUHDVDUHNH\KROHV9LHZ(QJDJLQJ(QG4XDGUD[(WKHUQHW,QVHUWLQ$$ $$ $6'85HDU5HFHSWDFOH 0DWLQJ3OXJLQ7UD\
TT-5035A Satellite Data Unit98-124743-F Chapter 4: Connectors and pin-out 4-5Functions, bottom plugThe Bottom Plug (BP) connects the following signals:Aircraft Avionics Interfaces:• 24 bit discrete hardwire strapped ICAO address•Two high speed ARINC 429 Inertial Reference System (IRS) or•Two high or low speed ARINC 429 Attitude and Heading Reference System (AHRS)•Two high or low ARINC 429 Communication Management Units (ACARS/AFIS/CMU)• Three high or low speed ARINC 429 MCDU (1 output, 2 inputs)• Two Discrete inputs for “Weight On Wheels”• Discrete Inputs/Outputs for WH-10/MagnaStar AIU control or Cockpit VoiceSATCOM Interfaces:• One RS-422 SBU control interface• One RS-422 Multi Control HPA Interface (Tx)• One RS-422 BITE/Status HPA Interface (Rx)• One Discrete HPA Remote nON/OFF outputMaintenance Interfaces:• One Discrete SDU Hardware ResetHandset interfaces (digital):• Four RS-485 data interfaces for Thrane & Thrane HandsetsOther interfaces:• Three Annunciators: #1 “Call”, #2 “Fax” and #3 “Service Available”• Three ATE pins (Automatic Test Equipment) - Do not connect!
TT-5035A Satellite Data Unit4-6 Chapter 4: Connectors and pin-out 98-124743-FPin-out for SDU rear receptacle (top plug)Table 4-2: Pin-out for SDU Rear Receptacle (Top Plug)Pin No. Pin NameTP A1 RF Rx input from power splitterTP A2 RF Tx output to coupler (Coax)TP A3.1Tx + 10BaseT Ethernet (Swift64 MPDS)TP A3.2Rx + 10BaseT Ethernet (Swift64 MPDS)TP A3.3Tx - 10BaseT Ethernet (Swift64 MPDS)TP A3.4Rx - 10BaseT Ethernet (Swift64 MPDS)TP A4 GPS/Antenna Modem Interface (Coax)TP1 +28 V DC PowerTP2 GND, Power ReturnTP3 Chassis Ground and Handset Power ReturnTP4 +28 V DC/600 mA Handset SupplyTP5 Remote ON/OFF (nON)TP6 2-Wire Voice/Fax/Modem #5 (Ring)TP7 2-Wire Voice/Fax/Modem #6 (Ring)TP8 2-Wire Voice/Fax/Modem #6 (Tip)TP9 Not ConnectedTP10 Handset #1 Audio In Hi / Cockpit Voice Audio #1 In HiTP11 Handset #1 Audio In Lo / Cockpit Voice Audio #1 In LoTP12 Handset #1 Audio Out Hi / Cockpit Voice Audio #1 Out HiTP13 Handset #1 Audio Out Lo / Cockpit Voice Audio #1 Out LoTP14 Not ConnectedTP15 Handset #2 Audio In Hi / Cockpit Voice Audio #2 In HiTP16 Handset #2 Audio In Lo / Cockpit Voice Audio #2 In LoTP17 Handset #2 Audio Out Hi / Cockpit Voice Audio #2 Out HiTP18 Handset #2 Audio Out Lo / Cockpit Voice Audio #2 Out LoTP19 2-Wire Voice/Fax/Modem #5 (Tip)TP20 AGNDTP21 Handset #3 Audio In HiTP22 Handset #3 audio In LoTP23 Handset #3 audio Out HiTP24 Handset #3 audio Out LoTP25 Do not connect! (+12 V DC / 25 mA) TP26 Handset #4 audio In HiTP27 Handset #4 audio In LoTP28 Handset #4 audio Out HiTP29 Handset #4 audio Out LoPin No. Pin Name
TT-5035A Satellite Data Unit98-124743-F Chapter 4: Connectors and pin-out 4-7Pin-out for SDU rear receptacle (bottom plug)Pin No. Pin NameBP1 ICAO Address Bit #1 (MSB)BP2 ICAO Address Bit #2BP3 ICAO Address Bit #3BP4 ICAO Address Bit #4BP5 ICAO Address Bit #5BP6 ICAO Address Bit #6BP7 ICAO Address Bit #7BP8 ICAO Address Bit #8BP9 ICAO Address Bit #9BP10 ICAO Address Bit #10BP11 ICAO Address Bit #11BP12 ICAO Address Bit #12BP13 ICAO Address Bit #13BP14 ICAO Address Bit #14BP15 ICAO Address Bit #15BP16 ICAO Address Bit #16BP17 ICAO Address Bit #17BP18 ICAO Address Bit #18BP19 ICAO Address Bit #19BP20 ICAO Address Bit #20BP21 ICAO Address Bit #21BP22 ICAO Address Bit #22BP23 ICAO Address Bit #23BP24 ICAO Address Bit #24BP25 ICAO Address CommonBP26 Data from primary IRS 429 A / Data from primary AHRS 429 ABP27 Data from primary IRS 429 B / Data from primary AHRS 429 BBP28 Data from second IRS 429 A / Data from second AHRS 429 ABP29 Data from second IRS 429 B / Data from second AHRS 429 BBP30 Data bus from MCDU #2 input 429 ABP31 Data bus from MCDU #2 input 429 BBP32 Spare #1 429 A BP33 Spare #1 429 B BP34 Spare #1 429 A BP35 Spare #1 429 B BP36 Spare #2 429 ABP37 Spare #2 429 BBP38 Spare #2 429 ABP39 Spare #2 429 BBP40 Data bus from ACARS / AFIS / CMU #1 429 ABP41 Data bus from ACARS / AFIS / CMU #1 429 BBP42 Data bus to ACARS / AFIS / CMU #1 & #2 429 ABP43 Data bus to ACARS / AFIS / CMU #1 & #2 429 BBP44 Data bus from ACARS / AFIS / CMU #2 429 ABP45 Data bus from ACARS / AFIS / CMU #2 429 BPin No. Pin Name
TT-5035A Satellite Data Unit4-8 Chapter 4: Connectors and pin-out 98-124743-FPin No. Pin NameBP46 Data bus from MCDU #1 429 ABP47 Data bus from MCDU #1 429 BBP48 Data bus to MCDU #1 & #2 429 ABP49 Data bus to MCDU #1 & #2 429 BBP50 Reserved for Weight-On-Wheels Input #1BP51 Reserved for Weight-On-Wheels Input #2BP52 CP Voice Chime Signal Contact #1; Current from ChimeBP53 CP Voice Chime Signal Contact #2; Current to ChimeBP54 MagnaStar/ICS-200: Satcom Service UnavailableBP55 WH-10/MagnaStar Hook switch #3 orICS-200 Ringer Input #3BP56 SBU Enable outputBP57 HPA remote nON/OFF outputBP58 Spare TxD-B RS-422 (I)BP59 Spare TxD-A RS-422 (I)BP60 Spare RxD-B RS-422 (O)BP61 Spare RxD-A RS-422 (O)BP62 Spare RTS-B RS-422 (I)BP63 Spare RTS-A RS-422 (I)BP64 Spare CTS-B RS-422 (O)BP65 Spare CTS-A RS-422 (O)BP66 ISDN RxP (c)BP67 ISDN TxP (d)BP68 ISDN TxN (e)BP69 ISDN RxN (f)BP70 Data bus output to SBU; Output B, RS-422BP71 Data bus output to SBU;Output A, RS-422BP72 Data bus input from SBU;Input B, RS-422BP73 Data bus input from SBU;Input A, RS-422BP74 ATE 1 Do not connect!BP75 ATE 2 Do not connect! BP76 ATE 3 Do not connect!BP77 SDU Reset, Active LowBP78 HPA Control Output A, RS-422BP79 HPA Control Output B, RS-422BP80 HPA Data/BITE Input A, RS-422BP81 HPA Data/BITE Input B, RS-422BP82 WH-10/MagnaStar Hook Switch #1 or ICS-200 Ringer Input #1 orCP Voice Call Cancel Input #1 (Discrete I)BP83 WH-10/MagnaStar Ringer Output A1 or ICS-200 Chan avail orCP Voice Mic On Input #1 (Discrete I/O)BP84 WH-10/MagnaStar Ringer Output B1 or ICS-200 Hook Switch Output #1 orCP Voice Call Light Output #1 (Discrete O)BP85 WH-10/MagnaStar Hook Switch #2 or ICS-200 Ringer Input #2 orCP Voice Call Cancel Input #2 (Discrete I)BP86 WH-10/MagnaStar Ringer Output A2 orICS-200 Chan avail orCP Voice Mic On Input #2 (Discrete I/O)Pin No. Pin Name
TT-5035A Satellite Data Unit98-124743-F Chapter 4: Connectors and pin-out 4-9Table 4-3: Pin-out for SDU Rear Receptacle (Bottom Plug)Pin No. Pin NameBP87 WH-10/MagnaStar Ringer Output B2 or ICS-200 Hook Switch Output #2 orCP Voice Call Light Output #2 (Discrete O)BP88 Chime/ Lamps Inhibit Input (Discrete I)BP89 WH-10/MagnaStar Ringer Output A3 orICS-200 Chan avail orAnnunciator #3 (Discrete I/O)BP90 WH-10/MagnaStar Ringer Output B3 orICS-200 Hook Switch Output #3BP91 CP Voice Chime Reset Input #1 (Discrete I)BP92 Annunciator #1 (Discrete I/O)BP93 Annunciator #2 (Discrete Output)BP94 4-Wire Handset #1 RS-485 Data ABP95 4-Wire Handset #1 RS-485 Data BBP96 4-Wire Handset #2 RS-485 Data ABP97 4-Wire Handset #2 RS-485 Data BBP98 4-Wire Handset #3 RS-485 Data ABP99 4-Wire Handset #3 RS-485 Data BBP100 4-Wire Handset #4 RS-485 Data ABP101 4-Wire Handset #4 RS-485 Data BBP102 Spare DTR-B RS-422 (I)BP103 Spare DTR-A RS-422 (I)BP104 Spare DCD-B RS-422 (O)BP105 Spare DCD-A RS-422 (O)BP106 Port 1 GNDPin No. Pin Name
TT-5014A High Power Amplifier4-10 Chapter 4: Connectors and pin-out 98-124743-F4.2 TT-5014A High Power Amplifier4.2.1 HPA rear receptacleThe HPA has one connector: An ARINC 404, shell size 2, rear receptacle, used for connection to the antenna system and the SDU.Connector drawingFunctionsThe Top Plug connects the following signals:• RF Tx signal to DLNA• RF Tx signal from SDUThe Bottom Plug connects the following signals:•+28 V DC Power (Aircraft Power Bus)•Chassis ground•ARINC 429 Tx and Rx connections for interfacing to ARINC 741 antennas• Remote ON/OFF (nON) from SDU• RS-422 data interface to SDUFigure 4-3: HPA Receptacle, Face View of Engaging End. Index Code is 08Index pin code 08Light areas are key holesTop plug (TP)Bottom plug (BP)HPA Rear Receptacle Mating Plug in Tray
TT-5014A High Power Amplifier98-124743-F Chapter 4: Connectors and pin-out 4-11Pin-out for HPA receptacleTable 4-5: Pin-out for HPA Receptacle (Bottom Plug)Top Pin Pin NameTP1 RF Tx output to DLNATP2 RF Tx input from couplerTable 4-4: Pin-out for HPA Receptacle (Top Plug)Bottom Pin Pin NameBP A1 +28 V DC PowerBP A2 GND, Power ReturnBP1 ATE 1 Do not connect!BP2 ATE 2 Do not connect!BP3 ATE 3 Do not connect!BP4 ATE 4 Do not connect!BP5 SpareBP6 nONBP7 SpareBP8 A429 Tx1 ABP9 A429 Tx1 BBP10 A429 Tx2 ABP11 A429 Tx2 BBP12 SpareBP13 A429 Rx1 ABP14 A429 Rx1 BBP15 A429 Rx2 ABP16 A429 Rx2 BBP17 HPA Mute 1 ABP18 HPA Mute 1 BBP19 HPA Mute 2 ABP20 HPA Mute 2 BBP21 SpareBP22 SpareBP23 SpareBP24 SpareBP25 RS-422 Tx A, HPA Data/BITE Output A, from HPA to SDUBP26 RS-422 Tx B, HPA Data/BITE Output B, from HPA to SDUBP27 RS-422 Rx A, HPA Control Input A, from SDU to HPABP28 RS-422 Rx B, HPA Control Input B, from SDU to HPABP29 SpareBP30 ChassisBottom Pin Pin Name
TT-5040A SBU4-12 Chapter 4: Connectors and pin-out 98-124743-F4.3 TT-5040A SBUThe TT-5040A SBU provides interfaces for configuration, Aircraft and satcom interconnections and for the CM.4.3.1 Connectors on SBUThere are three connectors on the SBU:• SBU Maintenance connector (front):Interface to PC for configuration and maintenance purposes. A 10/100BaseT Ethernet connector with two LED indicators, RJ45 female.• SBU rear receptacle (top plug and bottom plug): Interface to Aircraft and satcom interconnections. An ARINC 404 Shell Size 2 Receptacle.• Connector for CM (rear, inside connector): Internal connector used only as interface to the CM.A female 9-pin Sub-D Connector.4.3.2 SBU Maintenance connectorConnector drawingFigure 4-4: SBU Maintenance connector, face view of engaging endYellow LEDActivityGreen LEDLink
TT-5040A SBU98-124743-F Chapter 4: Connectors and pin-out 4-13Connector functionsThe front Maintenance interface is 10/100BaseT Ethernet, IEEE802.3.Use this interface for the following purposes:• AVIATOR 700 system configuration• Maintenance•System software upgradeUse a standard straight network cable.For instructions how to configure the AVIATOR 700 system see SBU Configuration tasks on page 6-12.Pin-out for SBU Maintenance connectorImportantFor systems without the Built-in Router option enabled, i.e. the basic version or the version with Wireless option: To use the SBU Maintenance connector disconnect or switch off any PC connected to another LAN interface of the SBU.Pin no. Pin NameFP1 TxD+ inputFP2 TxD- inputFP3 RxD+ outputFP4 Not UsedFP5 Not UsedFP6 RxD- outputFP7 Not UsedFP8 Not Used Table 4-6: Pin-out for SBU Maintenance connector (standard Ethernet)
TT-5040A SBU4-14 Chapter 4: Connectors and pin-out 98-124743-F4.3.3 SBU rear receptacleConnector drawingThe following drawing shows the SBU rear receptacle and mating plug.Figure 4-5: SBU rear receptacle, engaging end (Index code: 19)7RS3OXJ73,QVHUW%RWWRP3OXJ%3,QVHUW,QGH[3LQ&RGH/LJKWDUHDVDUHNH\KROHV$$$$    $ $$ $$ $$ $$$$$    9LHZ(QJDJLQJHQG6%85HDU5HFHSWDFOH 0DWLQJ3OXJLQ7UD\4XDGUD[(WKHUQHW,QVHUWLQ$4XDGUD[(WKHUQHW,QVHUWLQ$DQG$
TT-5040A SBU98-124743-F Chapter 4: Connectors and pin-out 4-15Connector drawing with functionsThe following drawing shows the SBU rear receptacle with pin functions. For wiring details of this interface see Electrical installation and wiring on page 5-9.Figure 4-6: SBU rear receptacle with pin functions$5)5;$:/$1$5)7;$:/$1    $QQXQFLDWRUV ,6'1,6'1 566%8&RQWURO6SDUH,2:/$1(QDEOH$7(,6'15HVHUYHG::6%8(QDEOH6%8Q21*1'91RWXVHG/DPSVLQKLE5LQJ 5LQJ7,3 7,3 7[5[7[5[  6%8$(WKHUQHW$*36$(WKHUQHW$(WKHUQHW%$%$1$9 1$9(WKHUQHW(WKHUQHW(WKHUQHW&KDVVLV63$5(,2$QQXQFLDWRU63$5(,27[7[5[5[5[5[5[5[7[7[7[7[ $7[5[5[7[7[5[5[7[5[7[7[5[$%$%%68,1 %682877[5[7[5[,Q$,Q%2XW%2XW$1RFRQQHFW6LJQDO*1'
TT-5040A SBU4-16 Chapter 4: Connectors and pin-out 98-124743-FConnector functions, top plugThe top plug of the SBU rear receptacle connects the following signals:Power & RF Interfaces:•+28 V DC and GND, Power return• RF Tx signal to 405038A-002 HSU Tx Coupler• RF Rx signal from 405038A-003 HSU Rx Power Splitter• Two RF WLAN antenna connectors (2.4 GHz)User Interfaces:• One ISDN, 4-wire connection• Two analogue 2-wire standard POTS interfaces for Voice/Fax/Modem/secure voice Control & Maintenance Interfaces:• RS-422 SBU Control Interface• Discrete SBU nON input• Discrete SBU Enable input• Discrete WLAN Enable input• Discrete Chime/Lamps Inhibit Input• 4 configurable Annunciators: #1 (“Incoming call”), #2 (“SBU Failed”) and #3 (“Service Available”), #4 (“Message received)• Two ATE Discrete inputs for factory use - Do not connect•One Discrete Spare I/O•ISDN #2, Reserved - Do not connectConnector functions, bottom plugThe bottom plug of the SBU rear receptacle connects the following signals:Power & RF Interfaces:• GPS antenna input•Chassis groundUser Interfaces:• Six 10/100BaseT EthernetAircraft interfaces:• Two high or low speed ARINC 429 navigational inputControl & Maintenance Interfaces:•Two Discrete Spare I/O• 1 Discrete Output: Message received
TT-5040A SBU98-124743-F Chapter 4: Connectors and pin-out 4-17Pin-out for SBU rear receptacle (top plug)Table 4-7: Pin-out for SBU rear receptacle, top plugPin FunctionTP A1 RF TX output to 405038A-002 HSU TX CouplerTP A2 WLAN antenna #1 (coax)TP A3 RF RX input from 405038A-003 HSU RX Power SplitterTP A4 WLAN antenna #2 (coax)TP1 SBU +28 V DC PowerTP2 SBU GND, Power ReturnTP3 SBU nON, Discrete InputTP4 Not usedTP5 WLAN Enable, Discrete Input TP6 2-Wire Voice/Fax/Modem #1 (Ring)TP7 2-Wire Voice/Fax/Modem #2 (Ring)TP8 SBU Enable, Discrete Input (active low)TP9 ATE #1, for factory use - Do not connect! TP10 ATE #2, for factory use - Do not connect! TP11 2-Wire Voice/Fax/Modem #1 (Tip)TP12 2-Wire Voice/Fax/Modem #2 (Tip)TP13 Chime/Lamps Inhibit Input, (Discrete I/O)TP14 Spare I/O, (Discrete I/O)TP15 ISDN #2 Tx+ (c) output (TE) Do not connect!TP16 ISDN #2 Rx+ (d) input (TE) Do not connect!TP17 ISDN #2 Rx- (e) input (TE) Do not connect!TP18 ISDN #2 Tx- (f) output (TE) Do not connect!TP19 Data bus output to SDU; Output B, RS-422 TP20 Data bus output to SDU; Output A, RS-422 TP21 Data bus input from SDU; Input B, RS-422 TP22 Data bus input from SDU; Input A, RS-422 TP23 ISDN #1 Rx+ (c) input (NT)TP24 ISDN #1 Tx+ (d) output (NT)TP25 ISDN #1 Tx- (e) output (NT)TP26 ISDN #1 Rx- (f) input (NT)TP27 Annunciator #3, (Discrete I/O, Service available)TP28 Annunciator #1, (Discrete I/O, Incoming call)TP29 Annunciator #2, (Discrete I/O, SBU fail)Pin Function
TT-5040A SBU4-18 Chapter 4: Connectors and pin-out 98-124743-FPin-out for SBU rear receptacle (bottom plug)Table 4-8: Pin-out for SBU rear receptacle, bottom plugPin no. Pin nameBP A1.1 Tx+ 10/100BaseT Ethernet #1 (Quadrax pin 1, Input)BP A1.2 Rx+ 10/100BaseT Ethernet #1 (Quadrax pin 2, Output)BP A1.3 Tx- 10/100BaseT Ethernet #1 (Quadrax pin 3, Input)BP A1.4 Rx- 10/100BaseT Ethernet #1 (Quadrax pin 4, Output)BP A2.1 Tx+ 10/100BaseT Ethernet #2 (Quadrax pin 1, Input)BP A2.2 Rx+ 10/100BaseT Ethernet #2 (Quadrax pin 2, Output)BP A2.3 Tx- 10/100BaseT Ethernet #2 (Quadrax pin 3, Input)BP A2.4 Rx- 10/100BaseT Ethernet #2 (Quadrax pin 4, Output)BP A3.1 Tx+ 10/100BaseT Ethernet #3 (Quadrax pin 1, Input)BP A3.2 Rx+ 10/100BaseT Ethernet #3 (Quadrax pin 2, Output)BP A3.3 Tx- 10/100BaseT Ethernet #3 (Quadrax pin 3, Input)BP A3.4 Rx- 10/100BaseT Ethernet #3 (Quadrax pin 4, Output)BP A4 GPS antenna input (coax), Modem, DC out (SBU stand-alone)BP1 Annunciator #4 (Discrete I/O, Message received)BP2 Spare I/O, (Discrete I/O)BP3 SBU Chassis GroundBP4 Spare I/O, (Discrete I/O)BP5 Data from primary ARINC429 navigational input, ABP6 Rx- 10/100BaseT Ethernet #4, (Output)BP7 Data from secondary ARINC429 navigational input, ABP8 Data from primary ARINC429 navigational input, BBP9 Data from BSU or CMU, reserved, ARINC 429 ABP10 Tx+ 10/100BaseT Ethernet #4, (Input)BP11 Tx- 10/100BaseT Ethernet #4, (Input)BP12 Data to BSU or CMU, reserved, ARINC 429 ABP13 Data from secondary ARINC429 navigational input, BBP14 Data from BSU or CMU, reserved, ARINC 429 BBP15 Common Signal GND for EthernetBP16 Rx+ 10/100BaseT Ethernet #4, (Output)BP17 Common Signal GND for EthernetBP18 Data to BSU or CMU, reserved, ARINC 429 BBP19 Rx- 10/100BaseT Ethernet #5, (Output)BP20 Tx- 10/100BaseT Ethernet #5, (Input)BP21 Common Signal GND for EthernetBP22 Common Signal GND for EthernetBP23 Rx- 10/100BaseT Ethernet #6, (Output)BP24 Tx- 10/100BaseT Ethernet #6, (Input)BP25 Tx+ 10/100BaseT Ethernet #5, (Input)BP26 Rx+ 10/100BaseT Ethernet #5, (Output)BP27 Common Signal GND for EthernetBP28 Tx+ 10/100BaseT Ethernet #6, (Input)BP29 Rx+ 10/100BaseT Ethernet #6, (Output)Pin no. Pin name
Cradle connectors98-124743-F Chapter 4: Connectors and pin-out 4-194.4 Cradle connectors4.4.1 Connectors on 4-Wire CradleThere are four connectors on the 4-Wire Cradle, two on the side of the cradle and two at the end:Figure 4-8: 4-Wire Cradle Connectors, Side View of CradleFigure 4-7: 4-Wire Cradle Connectors, End View of Cradle4-Wire Handset connectionSDU connection2-Wire Voice/Fax/Modem connectionHeadset connection
Cradle connectors4-20 Chapter 4: Connectors and pin-out 98-124743-F4.4.2 4-wire connector to SDUConnector drawingFunctionsThe 15 pin Sub-D male connector on the short cable at the end of the 4-Wire Cradle connects the following signals on the SDU:Handset interface (analog):• analog 4-wire interface (including +28 V DC Handset supply)Handset interface (digital):• RS-485 data interfaceVoice/Fax/Modem interface:• Voice/Fax/Modem/STU-III, analog 2-wire standard POTS interfaceORMaintenance handset interface:• Maintenance 4-wire handset connection to SDU front connectorFigure 4-9: 4-Wire Cradle Connector (DB15M). View: Solder Side9LHZ6ROGHUVLGH'%0DOH
Cradle connectors98-124743-F Chapter 4: Connectors and pin-out 4-21Pin-out for DB15 connectorThe 4-Wire Cradle connector for connection to the SDU has the following pin-out:Table 4-9: Pin-out for 15 Pin Sub-D Male Connector on short cable in 4-Wire CradlePin Function12-Wire Tip (Fax/PC_modem/Auxiliary)22-Wire Ring (Fax/PC_modem/Auxiliary)3GND4+28 V DC5 GND, Power Return6SDU Audio in +7SDU Audio in - 8GND9GND10 RS-485 Data A11 RS-485 Data B12 GND13 SDU Audio out +14 SDU Audio out -15 NCPin Function
Cradle connectors4-22 Chapter 4: Connectors and pin-out 98-124743-F4.4.3 Connectors on 2-Wire CradleThere are three connectors on the 2-Wire Cradle, one at the side and two at the end:Figure 4-10: 2-Wire Cradle connectors, end view of cradleFigure 4-11: TT-5622B 2-Wire Cradle connectors, side view of cradle2-Wire Handset connectionSDU connection2-Wire Voice/Fax/Modem/secure voice connection
Cradle connectors98-124743-F Chapter 4: Connectors and pin-out 4-234.4.4 2-Wire Cradle connector to SDU or SBUConnector drawingConnector functionsThe 9 pin Sub-D male connector on the short cable at the end of the 2-Wire Cradle connects the following signals on the SDU or SBU:• Analogue 2-wire standard POTS interface for Voice/Fax/Modem/secure voice.Pin-out for 2-Wire Cradle connector to SBUThe 2-Wire Cradle connector to connect to the SDU has the following pin-out:The other two connectors are standard POTS RJ11 connectors.Figure 4-12: 2-Wire Cradle connector (DB9M). View: Solder side9LHZ6ROGHUVLGH'%0DOHPin Function1 Auxiliary Tip2 Auxiliary Ring3Shield4 Not connected5 Not connected6 Not connected7 Not connected8 Not connected9 Not connectedTable 4-10: Pin-out for 9 pin Sub-D male connector in TT-5622B 2-Wire Cradle
Mating connectors in aircraft4-24 Chapter 4: Connectors and pin-out 98-124743-F4.5 Mating connectors in aircraft4.5.1 Connection with SDUThe installation requires the following mating connectors in the aircraft. Note that the SDU tray holds the mating connector for the SDU rear connector.Connector Mating Connector TypeFront Panel Connector15 pin SUB-D maleRear Connector ARINC 404 shell size 2 plug with the following contact arrangements:Insert A (Top Plug): 33C4• 4 #16 pin socket contacts•25 #20HD socket contacts• 3 #5 coax socket contacts•1 #5 Quadrax socket contactInsert B (Bottom Plug): 106• 106 #22 pin contactsITT Cannon Part number DPX2NA-67322-605Table 4-11: Mating Connectors in Aircraft for SDU
Mating connectors in aircraft98-124743-F Chapter 4: Connectors and pin-out 4-254.5.2 Connection with HPAThe installation tray for the HPA is equipped with the following connector:4.5.3 Connection with SBUNote that the SBU tray holds the mating connector for the SBU rear connector.Table 4-13: Mating connectors in aircraft for SBUSBU Maintenance connector(on front panel)RJ45 maleSBU rear receptacle (rear connector in the SBU tray)ARINC 404 shell size 2 plug with the following contact arrangements:Insert A (Top Plug): 33C4•4 #16 socket contacts•25 #20 socket contacts• 4 #5 coax socketsInsert B (Bottom Plug): 33C4•4 #16 socket contacts•25 #20 socket contacts• 1 #5 coax sockets•3 #5 quadrax socketsPart number: DPX2NA-67322-606Size 5 coax contacts fit for cable type RG-142. For other cable types you must order suitable contact inserts. For part numbers see Table 5-63 on page 5-84 and Table 5-64 on page 5-84.Connector Mating Connector TypeRear ConnectorARINC 404 shell size 2 plug with the following contact arrangements:Insert A (Top Plug): MC2• 2 #1 coax socket contacts for RG214Insert B (Bottom Plug): 32C2• 2 #5 socket contacts for AWG 8-10• 30 #20 HD socket contacts for AWG 20-24Radiall part number 616 697 173Table 4-12: Mating Connector in Aircraft for HPAConnector Mating connector type
Mating connectors in aircraft4-26 Chapter 4: Connectors and pin-out 98-124743-F
98-124743-F 5-1Chapter 5Installation 55.1 General installation information5.1.1 OverviewThis chapter contains considerations and recommendations for installation of the AVIATOR 700 System. Interconnect harness wiring and physical mounting must satisfy all applicable regulations.For installation kits for the AVIATOR 700 system contact:Table 5-1: Installation kits, contact informationThe Installation chapter is organized in the following sections:•Mounting considerations.This section provides guidelines for the mechanical installation of the units in the AVIATOR 700 system.•Electrical installation and wiring.This section provides wiring drawings and guidelines for the electrical installation of the AVIATOR 700 system. It also lists the requirements to the cables.•Recommended cables.This section provides lists of recommended cables and maximum cable lengths.•Activation of airtime servicesThis section provides information how to activate airtime service and details about the system’s SIM card.The information, drawings and wiring diagrams contained in this manual are intended as a reference for engineering planning only. The drawings and wiring diagrams contained herein do not represent any specific STC. It is the installer’s responsibility to compose installation drawings specific to the aircraft. This manual and the drawings and wiring diagrams contained herein may not be used as a substitute for an STC.To ensure optimal performance from the AVIATOR 700 system, you must maintain strict adherence to the installation guidelines in this chapter.NoteInstallation kits including wiring can be obtained through ECS (Electronic Cable Specialists, Inc.) or EMTEQ Inc. For details and order numbers see Installation kits on page 2-14.ECS, a Carlisle IT company, USAPhone (Franklin, WI): +1 800-327-9473Phone (Kent, WA): +1 800-227-5953E-mail: sales@CarlisleIT.comHome page: www.CarlisleIT.comEMTEQ (B/E Aerospace)Home page: www.emteq.comContact info: www.emteq.com/contact-us.phpNote
General installation information5-2 Chapter 5: Installation 98-124743-F5.1.2 Minimum system componentsA minimum working system has at least:•one TT-5035A SDU• one TT-5035A-001 CM• one TT-5014A HPA•one TT-5040A SBU• one TT-5040A-001 CM• one TT-5040A-005 SDU to SBU Software interface• one TT-5038A-002 Tx Coupler• one TT-5038A-003 Rx Power Splitter• one handset and cradle, e.g. a TT-5620A 4-Wire Handset and a TT-5622A 4-Wire Cradle (optional)• one antenna system with DNLA type F. As antenna system, use either an ARINC 741 or ARINC 781 compatible system or an HGA-6000, HGA-6500 or HGA-7000 antenna system.The following drawing shows the minimum installation required in the AVIATOR 700 system.
General installation information98-124743-F Chapter 5: Installation 5-3Minimum system drawingThis drawing is an overview of which units to connect as a minimum.For information on other satcom antenna types supported and wiring of the individual antenna types, refer to the appropriate section of Electrical installation and wiring on page 5-9 and onwards.Figure 5-1: AVIATOR 700 minimum systemFor navigational input we recommend to use input from an IRS/AHRS navigation system. Note77$6'85;3RZHU6SOLWWHU77$73$5)5;%3,&$206%%3%3%3%3%3%3%3%3%3%3%3%3%3%3%3%3%3%3%3%3%3%3%3,&$2/6%%3,&$2FRPPRQ6WUDSSHG,&$2$GGUHVV73*1'3RZHU5HWXUQ739'&$LUFUDIW3RZHU6XSSO\73739'&3RZHU&KDVVLV*URXQGDQG+DQGVHW3RZHU5HWXUQ5HPRWH212))Q2177$+3$9'&$LUFUDIW3RZHU6XSSO\%3$9'&3RZHU%3$*1'3RZHU5HWXUQ%3&KDVVLV%3%3%3%3+3$Q21%3 %3%3%3%3%3+3$&21752/'DWD%,7(7;&RXSOHU77$6'8+3$+685)7;5)7;7373$77$6%8567373737373566%8(QDEOH%3%3%3%3%35)7;73$5)5;73$'/1$$5,1&7\SH)$&8$QWHQQD$5,1&%3%3%3%3$7[+6$5[/69'&$LUFUDIW3RZHU6XSSO\73736%8*1'%36%8&KDVVLV5)5;5)7;736%8Q2173+686'8'/1$,56$+56$$%3,56$+56$%%3,56$+56$$%3,56$+56$%%3 ,5677$+$1'6(77373$%3%%3+L73/R73+L73/R73)XOO)HDWXUH+DQGVHW56'DWD&KDVVLV*URXQGDQG+DQGVHW3RZHU5HWXUQ9'&P$+DQGVHW6XSSO\+DQGVHW$XGLR2XW&RFNSLW9RLFH$XGLR2XW+DQGVHW$XGLR,Q&RFNSLW9RLFH$XGLR,Q73731&77$&5$'/(7ZRZLUHID[PRGHP 7LS5LQJNoteThis example includes an ARINC 741 antenna system, but the antenna system may as well be e.g. an ARINC 781 system or an HGA-7000 antenna.
General installation information5-4 Chapter 5: Installation 98-124743-F5.1.3 To upgrade your installation from Aero-HSD+ to AVIATOR 700The Aero-HSD+ system can be upgraded to an AVIATOR 700 system. To make the upgrade you replace the HSU with an SBU. The upgrade procedure is described in detail in the appendix Upgrade from Aero-HSD+ to AVIATOR 700 on page C-1.NoteFor easy access to the system configuration and troubleshooting it is recommended to connect a Thrane & Thrane 4-Wire Handset.
Mounting considerations98-124743-F Chapter 5: Installation 5-55.2 Mounting considerations5.2.1 OverviewFor optimum system performance, some guidelines on where to install or mount the components of the AVIATOR 700 system must be followed. Mounting and placement details are included in this section.For information on requirements to cables, see the individual sections in Electrical installation and wiring on page 5-9. For information on recommended cable types and lengths, see Recommended cables on page 5-81.5.2.2 SDUForced cooling is not required and not recommended.• Installation in temperature controlled areas and inside or outside pressurized locations (e.g. avionics bay). • Mount the SDU where the cooling air holes are not blocked. Note that cooling air holes in the SDU are placed outside the recommended area for ARINC 404A 3/8 ATR short units.•Mount the SDU in an ARINC 404A 3/8 ATR short tray with oval cut-out as shown in Figure 3-16: Outline Drawing: Tray for SDU and HPA.• AVIATOR 700D: For safety reasons do not install the 4-wire handset in the cabin. see also Wiring safety interfaces on page 2-2. Control of the AVIATOR 700D system is done with the MCDU or via the 4-wire handset installed in the cockpit. It is possible to log-off the AVIATOR 700D system or change the satellite etc. using the 4-wire handset. Hereby it is possible to disable the cockpit Data2 functionality using the 4-wire handset.5.2.3 SBUForced cooling is not required and not recommended.• Install the SBU in temperature controlled areas and inside or outside pressurized locations (e.g. avionics bay).• Mount the SBU in an ARINC 404A 1/4 ATR short tray as shown in Figure 3-13: Outline drawing: SBU tray: ECS PO299-101 or see SBU trays on page 3-14 for allowed SBU trays.5.2.4 Rx Power SplitterIf the Rx Power Splitter is to be mounted on a flat surface, mount it on a 3 mm mounting plate to provide enough space for mounting of the connectors.NoteWhen mounting the units, allow enough space to provide a sufficient bend radius for the cables. See the cable data sheet for minimum bend radius.
Mounting considerations5-6 Chapter 5: Installation 98-124743-F5.2.5 HPAThe HPA can be installed in a non-temperature controlled area. The HPA is designed with built-in forced cooling (fans). Internal temperature monitoring prevents damage caused by overheating.• Mount the HPA vertically on a panel to ensure maximum cooling. Mount the HPA in an ARINC 404A 3/8 ATR short tray with oval cut-out as shown in Figure 3-16: Outline Drawing: Tray for SDU and HPA.• Install the HPA as close to the DLNA as possible. The cable between the HPA and the DLNA must be a special low-loss coax cable. See Wiring the satcom antenna on page 5-17 and the wiring drawings on page 5-18 and page 5-25.5.2.6 Satcom antennaIn order to steer the satcom antenna towards the satellite, the AVIATOR 700 system needs to know the position and attitude of the aircraft. Several methods are available to achieve this.About satcom antenna steering•IRSIf IRS is used, the antenna positioning data is computed from the IRS data alone. All necessary data is available from the IRS. The IRS signal must be connected to both the SBU and the SDU.•AHRS & GPSAHRS does not include all the necessary data, therefore a GPS RF signal must also be sent to the SBU/SDU. A GPS module is built into the SBU/SDU, it computes the necessary position and speed information. AHRS must be connected only to the SDU.In case the HGA-7000 antenna is used, a GPS antenna is built into the antenna, and the GPS-RF signal can be fed to the SBU/SDU via the Chelton BSU. See Figure 5-10: Wiring HGA-7000 antenna system on page 5-28If another satcom antenna is used, the GPS RF signal may be obtained from a GPS antenna already installed on the aircraft. Figure 5-2: Mounting the Rx Power SplitterImportantRespect the minimum clearance of 25 mm from top and bottom.
Mounting considerations98-124743-F Chapter 5: Installation 5-7Satcom antenna types supportedFor a list of Cobham SATCOM antenna types supported in the AVIATOR 700 system see Satcom antenna systems on page 2-8. An AVIATOR 700 system must only be used with satcom antennas that have received type approval by Inmarsat.General mounting considerationsRefer to the satcom antenna manual for instructions and details on mounting the antenna. Make sure all requirements in the antenna mounting instructions are met.Place the antenna with unobstructed view to the satellite.Distance between GPS or Glonass antenna and satcom antennaMake sure the GPS or Glonass antenna is installed with sufficient distance to the satcom antenna. For requirements to the radiation distance, refer to the manual for the GPS or Glonass system.However, always keep the following distance between the satcom antenna and the GPS or Glonass antenna:5.1 m (200 inches)If the existing GPS or Glonass antenna on board the aircraft does not provide sufficient filtering of the satcom antenna signal to give a usable GPS or Glonass signal, you must replace the existing GPS or Glonass antenna with a GPS or Glonass antenna that has a satcom filter.Cables between TT-5014A HPA and satcom antennaWe recommend to keep the cable length as short as possible.Do not bend the cables to a radius smaller than the minimum bend radius stated for the cables. For further information on cables, see Wiring the satcom antenna on page 5-17 and Recommended cables on page 5-81.WARNING! Keep a safety distance of minimum 1.2 m for HGA to the antenna when the system is transmitting, unless the antenna manual or the specific system configuration presents different requirements. This safety distance ensures that a maximum radiation power density of maximum 10 W/m2 is not exceeded (Recommended by the American National Standards Institute, ANSI/LEEE C95.1-1992).NoteThe antenna installation must be in accordance with the aircraft manufacturers requirements and/or FAA AC 43.13 - 1B/2A and approved by the appropriate Civil Aviation Authorities.Important
Mounting considerations5-8 Chapter 5: Installation 98-124743-F5.2.7 WLAN antennasThe recommended WLAN antenna to use with the AVIATOR 700 system is the TT5040A-004 Wireless Antenna. The WLAN antenna is PMA approved by VT Miltope (P/N 901167-2). You may also use other WLAN antennas approved for aeronautical use.Cobham SATCOM recommends to use 2 WLAN antennas to get optimum performance on board.1. Mount the WLAN-antennas in the aircraft cabin. Install the 2 WLAN antennas in the same plane (surface). 2. Install the two WLAN antennas with a distance of minimum 12.5 cm (5 inches) between the two antennas.3. For optimum performance mount the two antennas at an angle of 90° to each other.:/$1DQWHQQD:/$1DQWHQQD0LQLPXPGLVWDQFHFPLQFKHVFigure 5-3: Mounting two WLAN antennas for optimum performanceMake sure the cable loss requirements are met, for further details see in the section Wiring WLAN antenna interface on page 5-43.Operating with one WLAN antennaYou can also use a single WLAN antenna. For details how to wire a single WLAN antenna see Wiring WLAN antenna interface on page 5-43.Note
Electrical installation and wiring98-124743-F Chapter 5: Installation 5-95.3 Electrical installation and wiring5.3.1 Wiring symbolsThroughout the wiring section these common symbols are used:5.3.2 Wiring SDU to SBUCoaxShieldGround (fuselage)TwistedTwisted and shieldedTable 5-2: Wiring symbolsImportantEach wiring drawing in this chapter only shows the connections referred to in that particular section. Other connections may be required for the system to work properly.SDU pin SBU pin Description with reference to SDUBP56 TP8 SBU EnableBP73 TP20 Data bus input from SBU; Input A, RS422BP72 TP19 Data bus input from SBU; Input B, RS422BP71 TP22 Data bus output to SBU; Output A, RS422BP70 TP21 Data bus output to SBU; Output B, RS422Table 5-3: Pins for Wiring SDU to SBU
Electrical installation and wiring5-10 Chapter 5: Installation 98-124743-F5.3.3 Wiring power supplyWiring the Satellite Data UnitThe Aircraft Power Bus provides the electric power required to operate the SDU, and a chassis connection to the aircraft chassis and the installation tray. The +28 V DC Power wire must include a circuit breaker capable of carrying the required current continuously under the required environmental conditions.The following drawing shows the wiring of the SDU power supply.Requirements to the wiring are stated in the notes on the drawing and in the section Cable requirements, SDU power supply on page 5-12. ImportantDo not use the same 20 A circuit breaker for both the HPA and the SDU/SBU. Use a separate circuit breaker for each unit as described in this section, and with the current rating stated here.Figure 5-4: Wiring SDU power supply77$6'8>@ 73*1'3RZHU5HWXUQ739'&$LUFUDIW3RZHU%XV>@7RWDOUHVLVWDQFHPD[P2KPLQFO&LUFXLW%UHDNHU>@7RWDOUHVLVWDQFHPD[P2KP>@'LUHFWO\WR$LUFUDIWFKDVVLVPD[PFDEOHOHQJWKWRSUHYHQW(0&SUREOHPVDQGPD[P2KP>@5HFRPPHQGHGFLUFXLWEUHDNHU.OL[RQ7&VHULHV$FXUUHQWUDWLQJ>@,I6$7&202Q2IIVZLWFKLVUHTXLUHG73LVURXWHGWRDQH[WHUQDOVZLWFKWRJURXQG73739'&3RZHU&KDVVLV*URXQGDQG+DQGVHW3RZHU5HWXUQ5HPRWH212))Q21>@$>@$:*>@>@
Electrical installation and wiring98-124743-F Chapter 5: Installation 5-11Pins for SDU power supplyThe following list shows the pins used for the SDU power supply.Description of SDU power supply+28 V DC Power (TP1)It is essential to keep the line impedance below the specified limits. See Cable requirements, SDU power supply on page 5-12.Reverse polarity protection is only guaranteed if the suggested circuit breaker is used.Required current capability for the Circuit Breaker: 48 W @ 17.3 V DC which equals 2.8 A DC at the required environmental conditions. A suitable circuit breaker would be Klixon 2TC series with 4 A current rating.Chassis Ground / Handset Power Return (TP3)The Chassis connection makes sure that the HPA cabinet and the installation tray has the same potential, and that there is a connection from the wiring shields to the cabinet for EMC purposes.Connect the wire directly to the installation tray, and to aircraft chassis.TP3 also connects to the Handset Power Return.Remote On/Off (nON) input (TP5)The nON input is used to turn the SDU on and off. Connection of this input to ground turns on the SDU and all units powered by the SDU.The electrical specifications are defined like the discrete WOW input type. Please refer to Discrete type and description: on page 5-68.Note that when you switch off the SDU, the SBU is indirectly also switched off.SDU pin Name DescriptionTP1 +28 V DC Power +28 V DC Power input from Aircraft power bus.TP2 GND, Power Return Aircraft Ground connectionTP3 Chassis Ground and Handset Power ReturnChassis connection, connected to installation tray and Aircraft chassis.Also used for handset power return. TP5 Remote ON/OFF (nON) Power On/Off for the SDU and handsets.Table 5-4: Pins for SDU power supplyImportantUse a separate 4 A circuit breaker for the SDU.
Electrical installation and wiring5-12 Chapter 5: Installation 98-124743-FCable requirements, SDU power supplyCableaa. The cable numbers refer to the numbers stated on the wiring drawing in the section Wiring the Satellite Data Unit on page 5-10.Max. Resistance Other Requirements[1](+28 V DC)200 m,incl. circuit breaker[2](GND, Power Return)25 mThe cable should be as short as possible.[3](Chassis Ground)25 mConnect directly to aircraft chassis.Table 5-5: Requirements to SDU power cablesNoteMaximum cable lengths are calculated and listed in the section Power cables, allowed cable lengths on page 5-81.
Electrical installation and wiring98-124743-F Chapter 5: Installation 5-13Wiring the High Power AmplifierThe Aircraft power bus provides the electric power required to operate the HPA, and a chassis connection to the aircraft chassis and the installation tray. The +28 V DC Power wire must include a circuit breaker capable of carrying the required current continuously under the required environmental conditions.The following drawing shows the wiring of the HPA power supply.Requirements to the wiring are stated in the notes on the drawing and in the section Cable requirements, HPA power supply on page 5-15.Figure 5-5: Wiring HPA power supply77$+3$>@ %3$*1'3RZHU5HWXUQ9'&$LUFUDIW3RZHU%XV>@7RWDOUHVLVWDQFHPD[P2KPLQFO&LUFXLW%UHDNHU>@7RWDOUHVLVWDQFHPD[P2KP>@'LUHFWO\WR$LUFUDIWFKDVVLVPD[PFDEOHOHQJWK$:*WRSUHYHQW(0&SUREOHPVDQGPD[UHVLVWDQFHP2KP>@5HFRPPHQGHGFLUFXLWEUHDNHU.OL[RQ7&VHULHV$FXUUHQWUDWLQJ>@0XVWEHVKLHOGHGWRSUHYHQW(0&SUREOHPV%3&KDVVLV%3$9'&3RZHU%3Q21>@$>@>@77$6'8 %3 >@
Electrical installation and wiring5-14 Chapter 5: Installation 98-124743-FPins for HPA power supplyThe following list shows the pins used for the HPA power supply.Description of HPA power supplyThis section describes the installation requirements for HPA power supply interface. The connection from the HPA to the Aircraft power bus normally goes through the tray connector. The connector also supports other signals. For information on pin-out, please refer to TT-5014A High Power Amplifier on page 4-10.+28 V DC PowerIt is essential to keep the line impedance below the specified limits. See Cable requirements, HPA power supply on page 5-15. Reverse polarity protection is only guaranteed if the suggested circuit breaker is used.Required current capability for the Circuit Breaker: 235 W @ 15.7 V DC, which equals 15 A DC, at the required environmental conditions.A suitable circuit breaker would be Klixon 2TC series with 20 A current rating.Use a separate 20 A circuit breaker for the HPA.Chassis (BP30)The Chassis connection makes sure that the HPA cabinet and the installation tray has the same potential, and that there is a connection from the wiring shields to cabinet for EMC purposes.Connect the wire directly to the installation tray, and to aircraft chassis.nON (BP6)The nON input is used by the SDU (BP57) to turn the HPA on and off. The SDU connects this input to ground to turn on the HPA.HPA pin Name DescriptionBP A1 +28 V DC Power +28 V DC Power input from Aircraft power bus.BP A2 GND, Power Return Aircraft ground connection.BP30 Chassis Chassis connection, connected to installation tray and Aircraft chassis.BP6 nON HPA power on/off controlled by the SDU.Table 5-6: Pins for HPA power supplySDU pin Name DescriptionBP57 HPA remote nON/OFF output Power On/Off control for the HPA.Table 5-7: Pin for Remote HPA Power on/off by SDU Important
Electrical installation and wiring98-124743-F Chapter 5: Installation 5-15Cable requirements, HPA power supplyWiring the SwiftBroadband UnitThe Aircraft power bus interfaces supply the electric power required to operate the SBU. They also supply a chassis connection to the aircraft chassis and the installation tray for EMC purposes. The +28 V DC Power wire must include a circuit breaker capable of carrying the required current continuously under the required environmental conditions.The following drawing shows the wiring of the SBU to the Aircraft Power Bus.SBU maximum power consumptionIn the AVIATOR 700 system the SBU does not supply power for neither the HPA nor external satcom antennas. See Table A-3 on page A-6 for the total power consumption of the SBU (including CM).Cableaa. The cable numbers refer to the numbers stated on the wiring drawing in the section Wiring the High Power Amplifier on page 5-13.Max. Resistance Other Requirements[1] (+28 V DC Power) 100 m,incl. circuit breaker[2] (GND, Power Return) 25 m[3] (Chassis) 25 mConnect directly to aircraft chassis.[5] (nON) - Must be shielded to avoid EMC problems.Table 5-8: Requirements to HPA power cablesNoteMaximum cable lengths are calculated and listed in the section Power cables, allowed cable lengths on page 5-81.Figure 5-6: Wiring SBU power supply77$6%8>@ 73*1'3RZHU5HWXUQ9'&$LUFUDIW3RZHU%XV>@7RWDOUHVLVWDQFHPD[P2KPLQFO&LUFXLW%UHDNHU>@'LUHFWO\WR$LUFUDIW*URXQGZLWKOHVVWKDQPFDEOH7RWDOUHVLVWDQFHPD[P2KP>@'LUHFWO\WRLQVWDOODWLRQWUD\DQGDLUFUDIWFKDVVLVPD[P2KPUHVLVWDQFH>@5HFRPPHQGHGFLUFXLWEUHDNHU.OL[RQ7&VHULHV$FXUUHQWUDWLQJ>@,I6$7&202Q2IIVZLWFKLVUHTXLUHG73LVURXWHGWRDQH[WHUQDOVZLWFKWRJURXQG%3739'&3RZHU&KDVVLV*URXQG>@$>@>@73 6%8Q21212))>@
Electrical installation and wiring5-16 Chapter 5: Installation 98-124743-FPins for SBU power supplyThe following list shows the pins used for the SBU power supply.Description of SBU power supply+28 V DC PowerIt is essential to keep the line impedance below the specified limits. See Cable requirements, SBU power supply on page 5-17. Reverse polarity protection is only guaranteed if the suggested circuit breaker is used. A suitable circuit breaker with sufficiently low resistance would be Klixon 2TC series with 7.5 A current rating.Use a separate 7.5 A circuit breaker for the SBU. Chassis Ground (BP3)The Chassis connection ensures that the SBU cabinet and the installation tray have the same potential, and that there is a connection from the cable shields to the cabinet to comply with EMC requirements.Connect the wire directly to the installation tray and to aircraft chassis.Remote ON/OFF - SBU nON, Discrete Input (TP3)The nON input is used to turn the SBU on and off. Connection of this input to ground turns on the SBU and all units powered by the SBU.The electrical specifications are defined in Description of the discrete types on page 5-68.SBU pin Name DescriptionTP1 +28 V DC Power +28 V DC Power input from Aircraft power bus.TP2 GND, Power Return Aircraft Ground connectionBP3 Chassis Ground Chassis connection, connected to installation tray and Aircraft chassis.TP3 SBU nOn, Discrete Input Power On/Off for the SBU and units powered by the SBUTable 5-9: Pins for SBU power supplyImportant
Electrical installation and wiring98-124743-F Chapter 5: Installation 5-17Cable requirements, SBU power supply5.3.4 Wiring the satcom antennaCable lossesSelection of DLNAUse the 405013A DLNA Type F.The DLNA used in the AVIATOR 700 system must contain improved Tx-filtering for protection of the GNSS and Iridium band. Cableaa. The cable numbers refer to the numbers stated on the wiring drawing in the section Figure 5-6: Wiring SBU power supply.Max. resistance Other requirements[1] (+28 V DC Power) 250 m, incl. circuit breaker[2] (GND, Power Return) 25 mThe cable should be as short as possible, max. 1 m.[3] (Chassis Ground) 25 mConnect directly to aircraft chassis.Table 5-10: Requirements to SBU power cablesNoteFor maximum allowed cable lengths, see Power cables, allowed cable lengths on page 5-81.NoteDuring installation, measure and write down the cable loss of the RF cables. You need these values later on for the SDU in the Aero-SDU Configuration Program and for the SBU in the web interface during configuration of the system. For further details see Basic configuration of the SDU on page 6-9 or the online help in the Aero-SDU Configuration Program and Configure RF settings of the SBU on page 6-50.Important
Electrical installation and wiring5-18 Chapter 5: Installation 98-124743-FWiring ARINC 741 antenna systemsAn example of an ARINC 741 antenna system is the AMT-50 system. The following drawing shows the wiring for an AVIATOR 700 system using an AMT-50 antenna.NoteIn an AVIATOR 700 system, the DLNA must be ARINC 781 Type F compatible and contain extra TX-filtering for protection of the GNSS and Iridium band.Figure 5-7: Wiring AMT-50 Subsystem7;&RXSOHU77$>@77$6'8$07$QWHQQD$5,1&7\SH)'/1$3RZHU6SOLWWHUG%#*+]+686'8'/1$5;3RZHU6SOLWWHU77$77$6%86%8&RQWURO56%3%3%3%3%373737373736%8&RQWURO566%8(QDEOH73$73$6'8RXW+3$LQ+687377$+3$73%3%3%3%3+3$Q21%3 %3%3%3%3%3+3$&21752/'DWD%,7(73$73$5)5;&2$;>@>@5)5;&2$;>@: >@5)7;&2$;>@5)7;&2$;>@>@ 5)7;&2$;>@5)5;&2$;>@$07$&8$%*+:>@>@%3%3%3%3$7[+6$5[/6$076XEV\VWHP:D:E:F:F:D :E>@7KHFDEOHORVVRI:EHWZHHQ'/1$DQGDQWHQQDPXVWEH WRG%#*+]>@7KHWRWDOFDEOHORVVRI:'/1$ORVV:PXVWEH WRG%#*+]>@7KHWRWDOFDEOHORVVRI:D6SOLWWHUORVV:EPXVWEH WRG%#*+]>@7KHWRWDOFDEOHORVVRI:D6SOLWWHUORVV:FPXVWEH WRG%#*+]>@7KHWRWDOFDEOHORVVRI:D:EPXVWEH WRG%#*+]>@7KHFDEOHORVVHVRI:DDQG:FPXVWEHHTXDOZLWKLQG%#*+]>@1RWHWKDWLQDQGRXWDUHZLUHGLQYHUVH
Electrical installation and wiring98-124743-F Chapter 5: Installation 5-19Pins for ARINC 741 antenna systemThe following lists show the SBU, SDU and HPA pins in the AVIATOR 700 system used for connecting an ARINC 741 antenna system.SBU pin DescriptionTP A1 RF Tx output to Tx Coupler (HSU port)TP A3 RF Rx input from Rx Power Splitter (HSU port)TP8 SBU Enable input (active low)TP19 Data bus output to SDU; Output B, RS-422TP20 Data bus output to SDU; Output A, RS-422TP21 Data bus input from SDU; Input B, RS-422TP22 Data bus input from SDU; Input A, RS-422Table 5-11: SBU Pins for AMT-50 antenna subsystemSDU pin DescriptionTP A1 RF Rx input from Rx Power Splitter (SDU port)TP A2 RF Tx output to Tx Coupler (SDU port)BP70 Data bus output to SBU; Output B, RS-422BP71 Data bus output to SBU; Output A, RS-422BP72 Data bus input from SBU; Input B, RS-422BP73 Data bus input from SBU; Input A, RS-422BP56 SBU Enable outputBP57 HPA remote nOn/Off outputBP78 HPA Control Output A, RS-422BP79 HPA Control Output B, RS-422BP80 HPA Data/BITE Input A, RS-422BP81 HPA Data/BITE Input B, RS-422Table 5-12: SDU Pins for AMT-50 antenna subsystem
Electrical installation and wiring5-20 Chapter 5: Installation 98-124743-FDescription of control interfacesSBU control interface (TP19-TP22)The RS-422 control interface on SBU pins TP19-TP22 is used by the SDU to control the SBU. The SBU operates as a slave to the SDU. HPA ARINC 429 interface (BP8, BP9, BP13, BP14 on HPA)An ARINC 429 high speed Tx interface and an ARINC 429 low speed Rx interface is used for communication between the HPA and the AMT-50 ACU.SBU Enable (TP8)The SDU uses the SBU Enable input to reset and inhibit the transmitter output signal from the SBU. The electrical specification is defined as for the discrete Weight-On-Wheels input type. If TP8 is not connected to the SDU pin, the SBU stays in reset state.HPA pin DescriptionTP1 RF Tx output to DLNATP2 RF Tx input from Tx CouplerBP6 Remote nOn/Off input from SDUBP8 A429 Tx A output to ACU/BSUBP9 A429 Tx B output to ACU/BSUBP13 A429 Rx1 A input from ACU/BSUBP14 A429 Rx1 B input from ACU/BSUBP25 Tx Data/BITE Output A, RS-422, to SDUBP26 Tx Data/BITE Output B, RS-422, to SDUBP27 Rx Control Input A, RS-422, from SDUBP28 Rx Control Input B, RS-422, from SDUTable 5-13: HPA Pins for ARINC 741 antenna system
Electrical installation and wiring98-124743-F Chapter 5: Installation 5-21RF cable requirements, ARINC 741 antenna systemARINC 429 cable and RS-422 SBU control interface cable requirementsThe cables for these interfaces must be twisted and shielded and conform to the standards for aeronautical use.For recommended cable types, see Recommended cables for ARINC 429 on page 5-85 and Recommended cables for RS-422 SBU control interface on page 5-85.Cableaa. The “W” cable numbers refer to the numbers stated on the wiring drawing in Figure 5-7: Wiring AMT-50 Subsystem.Min. Cable Loss @1.6 GHz Max. Cable Loss@1.6 GHzW3(DLNA to Antenna)0 dB 0.3 dBW3 + DLNA loss + W4 0 dB Total: 2.6 dBW5a + Splitter loss + W5b 6 dB 29 dBW5a + Splitter loss + W5c 6 dB 25 dBW6a + W6b 0 dB 11 dBW6a, W6c The cable losses of W6a and W6c must be equal within ±2.5 dBTable 5-14: Requirements to RF Cables, ARINC 741 antenna systems
Electrical installation and wiring5-22 Chapter 5: Installation 98-124743-FWiring ARINC 741 dual side panel antenna systemThe following drawing shows the wiring of an ARINC 741 dual side panel antenna system.Figure 5-8: Wiring ARINC 741 dual side panel antenna system77$+3$$5[$%3$5[%%3$7[$%3$7[%%3+3$0XWH$%3+3$0XWH%%3%6867%2$5[$%3$5[%%3$7[$%3$7[%%3+3$0XWH$%3+3$0XWH%%3%683RUW:;78*+:;78*+'/1$3RUW$QW+357[ 5['/1$67%2$QW7[ 5[5)7[RXWSXW73+*$3RUW+*$67%277$6'873$$9,$7256\VWHP%3%3%3%3+3$Q21%3 %3%3%3%3%3+3$&21752/'DWD%,7(73$73 5)7[5)5[&RPELQHU$5,1&'XDO6LGH3DQHO$QWHQQD6\VWHP77$6%85[3RZHU6SOLWWHU77$7[&RXSOHU77$5)7[5)5[5)5[5)7[6%8&RQWURO5673737373736%8&RQWURO566%8(QDEOH%3%3%3%3%3>@1RWHWKDWLQDQGRXWDUHZLUHGLQYHUVHLQ RXW >@73$73$ImportantRemember to select ARINC741 Dual Panel Antenna in the Configuration program under Installation > RF > Antenna > Type, and to write down the cable losses. See Cable losses on page 5-17.
Electrical installation and wiring98-124743-F Chapter 5: Installation 5-23Pins for Dual Side Panel antenna systemThe following list shows the pins in the AVIATOR 700 system used for connecting a Dual Side Panel antenna system.HPA pin Name/DescriptionTP1 RF Tx output to HPR TP2 RF Tx input from SDU BP6 Remote nOn/Off input from SDUBP8 A429 Tx A output to BSU (Port)BP9 A429 Tx B output to BSU (Port)BP10 A429 Tx A output to BSU (STBO)BP11 A429 Tx B output to BSU (STBO)BP13 A429 Rx1 A input from BSU (Port)BP14 A429 Rx1 B input from BSU (Port)BP15 A429 Rx2 A input from BSU (STBO)BP16 A429 Rx2 B input from BSU (STBO)BP17 HPA Mute 1 A input from BSU (Port)BP18 HPA Mute 1 B input from BSU (Port)BP19 HPA Mute 2 A input from BSU (STBO)BP20 HPA Mute 2 B input from BSU (STBO)BP25 Tx Data/BITE Output A, RS-422, to SDUBP26 Tx Data/BITE Output B, RS-422, to SDUBP27 Rx Control Input A, RS-422, from SDUBP28 Rx Control Input B, RS-422, from SDUTable 5-15: HPA pins for dual side panel antenna system
Electrical installation and wiring5-24 Chapter 5: Installation 98-124743-FSDU pin Name/DescriptionTP A1 RF Rx input from RX Power Splitter (SDU port)TP A2 RF Tx output to Tx Coupler (SDU port)BP56 SBU Enable output (active low)BP57 HPA remote nOn/Off outputBP70 Data bus output to SBU; Output B, RS-422BP71 Data bus output to SBU; Output A, RS-422BP72 Data bus input from SBU; Input B, RS-422BP73 Data bus input from SBU; Input A, RS-422BP78 HPA Control Output A, RS-422BP79 HPA Control Output B, RS-422BP80 HPA Data/BITE Input A, RS-422BP81 HPA Data/BITE Input B, RS-422Table 5-16: SDU pins for dual side panel antenna systemSBU pin DescriptionTP A1 RF Tx output to Tx Coupler (HSU port)TP A3 RF Rx input from Rx Power Splitter (HSU port)TP8 SBU Enable inputTP19 Data bus output to SDU; Output B, RS-422TP20 Data bus output to SDU; Output A, RS-422TP21 Data bus input from SDU; Input B, RS-422TP22 Data bus input from SDU; Input A, RS-422Table 5-17: SBU pins for dual side panel antenna system
Electrical installation and wiring98-124743-F Chapter 5: Installation 5-25Wiring ARINC 781 antenna systemsThe following drawing shows the wiring for an AVIATOR 700 system using an ARINC 781 antenna system.Requirements to the cables are stated on the drawing and in the next section RF cable requirements, ARINC 781 antenna systems.Figure 5-9: Wiring ARINC 781 antenna system7;&RXSOHU77$>@77$6'8$5,1&$QWHQQD$5,1&7\SH)'/1$3RZHU6SOLWWHUG%#*+]+686'8 '/1$5;3RZHU6SOLWWHU77$77$6%86%8&RQWURO56%3%3%3%3%373737373736%8&RQWURO566%8(QDEOH73$73$6'8RXW>@+3$LQ+687377$+3$73%3%3%3%3+3$Q21%3 %3%3%3%3%3+3$&21752/'DWD%,7(73$73$5)5;&2$;>@>@5)5;&2$;>@: >@5)7;&2$;>@5)7;&2$;>@>@ 5)7;&2$;>@5)5;&2$;>@>@7KHFDEOHORVVRI:EHWZHHQ'/1$DQGDQWHQQDPXVWEH WRG%#*+]>@7KHWRWDOFDEOHORVVRI:'/1$ORVV:PXVWEH WRG%#*+]>@7KHWRWDOFDEOHORVVRI:D6SOLWWHUORVV:EPXVWEH WRG%#*+]>@7KHWRWDOFDEOHORVVRI:D6SOLWWHUORVV:FPXVWEH WRG%#*+]>@7KHWRWDOFDEOHORVVRI:D:EPXVWEH WRG%#*+]>@7KHFDEOHORVVHVRI:DDQG:FPXVWEHHTXDOZLWKLQG%#*+]>@1RWHWKDWLQDQGRXWDUHZLUHGLQYHUVH:>@>@:E :D:F:F:D :E%3%3%3%3$7[+6$5[/6 
Electrical installation and wiring5-26 Chapter 5: Installation 98-124743-FPins for ARINC 781 antenna systemThe following lists show the SBU, SDU and HPA pins in the AVIATOR 700 system used for connecting an ARINC 781 antenna system.SBU pin DescriptionTP A1 RF Tx output to Tx Coupler (SBU port)TP A3 RF Rx input from Rx Power Splitter (SBU port)TP8 SBU Enable input (active low)TP19 Data bus output to SDU; Output B, RS-422TP20 Data bus output to SDU; Output A, RS-422TP21 Data bus input from SDU; Input B, RS-422TP22 Data bus input from SDU; Input A, RS-422Table 5-18: SBU pins for ARINC 781 antenna systemSDU pin DescriptionTP A1 RF Rx input from Rx Power Splitter (SDU port)TP A2 RF Tx output to Tx Coupler (SDU port)BP70 Data bus output to SBU; Output B, RS-422BP71 Data bus output to SBU; Output A, RS-422BP72 Data bus input from SBU; Input B, RS-422BP73 Data bus input from SBU; Input A, RS-422BP56 SBU Enable outputBP57 HPA remote nOn/Off outputBP78 HPA Control Output A, RS-422BP79 HPA Control Output B, RS-422BP80 HPA Data/BITE Input A, RS-422BP81 HPA Data/BITE Input B, RS-422Table 5-19: SDU pins for ARINC 781 antenna system
Electrical installation and wiring98-124743-F Chapter 5: Installation 5-27HPA pin DescriptionTP1 RF Tx output to DLNATP2 RF Tx input from Tx Coupler (HPA port)BP6 Remote nOn/Off input from SDUBP8 A429 Tx A output to ARINC 781 antennaBP9 A429 Tx B output to ARINC 781 antennaBP13 A429 Rx1 A input from ARINC 781 antennaBP14 A429 Rx1 B input from ARINC 781 antennaBP25 Tx Data/BITE Output A, RS-422, to SDUBP26 Tx Data/BITE Output B, RS-422, to SDUBP27 Rx Control Input A, RS-422, from SDUBP28 Rx Control Input B, RS-422, from SDUTable 5-20: HPA pins for ARINC 781 antenna system
Electrical installation and wiring5-28 Chapter 5: Installation 98-124743-FWiring HGA 7000 antenna systemFigure 5-10: Wiring HGA-7000 antenna system7;&RXSOHU77$77$6'8%68$5,1&7\SH)'/1$3RZHU6SOLWWHU5;G%#*+]+686'8 '/1$5;3RZHU6SOLWWHU77$77$6%86%8&RQWURO56%3%3%3%3%373737373736%8&RQWURO566%8(QDEOH73$73$6'8RXW+3$LQ+687377$+3$73%3%3%3%3+3$Q21%3 %3%3%3%3%3+3$&21752/'DWD%,7(73$73$5)5;&2$;>@>@5)5;&2$;>@:>@5)7;&2$;>@5)7;&2$;>@>@ 5)7;&2$;>@5)5;&2$;>@>@ 7KHFDEOHORVVRI:EHWZHHQ'/1$DQGDQWHQQDPXVWEH WRG%#*+]>@ 7KHWRWDOFDEOHORVVRI:'/1$ORVV:PXVWEH WRG%#*+]>@ 7KHWRWDOFDEOHORVVRI:D6SOLWWHUORVV:EPXVWEH WRG%#*+]>@ 7KHWRWDOFDEOHORVVRI:D6SOLWWHUORVV:FPXVWEH WRG%#*+]>@ 7KHWRWDOFDEOHORVVRI:D:EPXVWEH WRG%#*+]>@ 7KHFDEOHORVVHVRI:DDQG:FPXVWEHHTXDOZLWKLQG%#*+]>@ *36FDEOHV:E:FDQG:GPXVWEHZLUHGLI$+56LVXVHGLQVWHDGRI,56&DEOH:DPXVWEHZLUHGLQERWKFDVHV7KHWRWDOFDEOHORVVHVRI:D:E:FPXVWEH WRG%#*+] 7KHWRWDOFDEOHORVVHVRI:D:E:GPXVWEH WRG%#*+]:>@>@:E:D:F:F:D :E%3%3%3%3$7[+6$5[/6:; +---%+--/Y$177;+*$5;3RZHU6SOLWWHU*36G%#*+]+686'8 '/1$5;3RZHU6SOLWWHU77$ :D:E>@:F>@-EOXH -UHG:G>@73$%3$ILQ>@
Electrical installation and wiring98-124743-F Chapter 5: Installation 5-29Pins for HGA-7000 antenna systemThe following lists show the SBU, SDU and HPA pins in the AVIATOR 700 system used for connecting an HGA 7000 antenna system.SBU pin DescriptionTP A1 RF Tx output to Tx Coupler (SBU port)TP A3 RF Rx input from Rx Power Splitter (SBU port)TP8 SBU Enable input (active low)TP19 Data bus output to SDU; Output B, RS-422TP20 Data bus output to SDU; Output A, RS-422TP21 Data bus input from SDU; Input B, RS-422TP22 Data bus input from SDU; Input A, RS-422BP A4 Input from Power Splitter (GPS) (HSU port)Table 5-21: SBU pins for HGA 7000 antenna systemSDU pin DescriptionTP A1 RF Rx input from Rx Power Splitter (SDU port)TP A2 RF Tx output to Tx Coupler (SDU port)BP70 Data bus output to SBU; Output B, RS-422BP71 Data bus output to SBU; Output A, RS-422BP72 Data bus input from SBU; Input B, RS-422BP73 Data bus input from SBU; Input A, RS-422BP56 SBU Enable outputBP57 HPA remote nOn/Off outputBP78 HPA Control Output A, RS-422BP79 HPA Control Output B, RS-422BP80 HPA Data/BITE Input A, RS-422BP81 HPA Data/BITE Input B, RS-422Table 5-22: SDU pins for HGA 7000 antenna system
Electrical installation and wiring5-30 Chapter 5: Installation 98-124743-FDescription of control interfacesSBU control interface (TP19-TP22)The RS-422 control interface on SBU pins TP19-TP22 is used by the SDU to control the SBU. The SBU operates as a slave to the SDU. HPA ARINC 429 interface (BP8, BP9, BP13, BP14 on HPA)An ARINC 429 high speed Tx interface and an ARINC 429 low speed Rx interface is used for communication between the HPA and the internal BSU of the ARINC 781 antenna.SBU Enable (TP8)The SDU uses the SBU Enable input to reset and inhibit the transmitter output signal from the SBU. The electrical specification is defined as for the discrete Weight-On-Wheels input type. If TP8 is not connected to the SDU pin, the SBU stays in reset state.HPA pin DescriptionTP1 RF Tx output to DLNATP2 RF Tx input from Tx Coupler (HPA port)BP6 Remote nOn/Off input from SDUBP8 A429 Tx A output to ARINC 781 antennaBP9 A429 Tx B output to ARINC 781 antennaBP13 A429 Rx1 A input from ARINC 781 antennaBP14 A429 Rx1 B input from ARINC 781 antennaBP25 Tx Data/BITE Output A, RS-422, to SDUBP26 Tx Data/BITE Output B, RS-422, to SDUBP27 Rx Control Input A, RS-422, from SDUBP28 Rx Control Input B, RS-422, from SDUTable 5-23: HPA pins for HGA 7000 antenna system
Electrical installation and wiring98-124743-F Chapter 5: Installation 5-31RF cable requirements, ARINC 781 antenna systemsARINC 429 cable and RS-422 SBU control interface cable requirementsThe cables for these interfaces must be twisted and shielded and conform to the standards for aeronautical use.For recommended cable types, see Recommended cables for ARINC 429 on page 5-85 and Recommended cables for RS-422 SBU control interface on page 5-85.RF GPS input on SBU (for use with HGA7000)Systems without IRS data can use AHRS data instead. In that case the RF GPS input (BPA4) must be connected to the BSU7100 J2 via Rx Power Splitter (see Figure 5-10: Wiring HGA-7000 antenna system).Cableaa. The “W” cable numbers refer to the numbers stated on the wiring drawing in Figure 5-9: Wiring ARINC 781 antenna system.Min. Cable Loss @1.6 GHz Max. Cable Loss@1.6 GHzW3(DLNA to Antenna)0 dB 0.3 dBW3 + DLNA loss + W4 0 dB Total: 2.6 dBW5a + Splitter loss + W5b 6 dB 29 dBW5a + Splitter loss + W5c 6 dB 25 dBW6a + W6b 0 dB 11 dBW6a, W6c The cable losses of W6a and W6c must be equal within ±2.5 dBTable 5-24: Requirements to RF cables, ARINC 781 antenna systems
Electrical installation and wiring5-32 Chapter 5: Installation 98-124743-F5.3.5 Wiring ARINC 429 interfacesWiring an ARINC 429 source systemThe SDU has two ARINC 429 input interfaces for 2 NAV sources. The SBU has two ARINC 429 input interfaces for two navigational inputs.For instructions how to install and set up the IRS or AHRS system see the respective installation manual.The following drawing shows the wiring of a navigational input. Requirements to the cables are stated in the section Cable requirements, ARINC 429 on page 5-36.Figure 5-11: Wiring AHRS/IRS to SDUFigure 5-12: Wiring IRS to SBUFor more information on AHRS/IRS see About satcom antenna steering on page 5-6.NoteThe source for navigational data over ARINC 429 can be either an IRS, AHRS or another navigational input compatible with the requirements in this section.Important$+56,56+6/6$5,1&5;$+56,56+6/6$5,1&5;77$6'8%3%3%3%3,56+6/6$5,1&5;,56 +6/6$5,1&5;77$6%8%3%3%3%3
Electrical installation and wiring98-124743-F Chapter 5: Installation 5-33Pins for AHRS/IRS for SDUThe following list shows the pins used for AHRS or IRS:Pins for input from ARINC 429 sources for SBUThe pins for navigational input are located in the bottom plug of the SBU rear receptacle.Description of the interface for navigational inputFor SDU: When the system is configured with the Aero-SDU Configuration Program, the Configuration Module will contain the information of:• Which navigational input is selected: IRS or AHRS.• Whether primary or secondary input or both are installed.•ARINC 429 Speed (High or Low). The primary and secondary AHRS/IRS inputs can individually be set to high or low speed, depending on your configuration.For SBU: When the system is configured with the web interface, the CM contains the information:• Which navigational input is selected: IRS or GPS.• Whether primary or secondary input or both are installed.If primary and secondary ARINC 429 navigational input are both installed, they must be of the same type (IRS, AHRS, NPI or GNSS).SDU Pin Name/DescriptionBP26 Data from primary IRS 429 A /Data from primary AHRS 429 ABP27 Data from primary IRS 429 B /Data from primary AHRS 429 BBP28 Data from secondary IRS 429 A /Data from secondary AHRS 429 ABP29 Data from secondary IRS 429 B /Data from secondary AHRS 429 BTable 5-25: SDU pins for IRS and AHARSSBU pin Name/descriptionBP5 Data from primary ARINC 429 navigational input ABP8 Data from primary ARINC 429 navigational input BBP7 Data from secondary ARINC 429 navigational input ABP13 Data from secondary ARINC 429 navigational input BTable 5-26: SBU pins for input from a navigational ARINC 429 sourceNoteIf #1 and #2 are both installed, they must be of the same type (IRS or AHRS).NoteAHRS can only be used with the HGA 7000 antenna, which contains a built-in GPS antenna.Note
Electrical installation and wiring5-34 Chapter 5: Installation 98-124743-F•ARINC 429 Speed (High or Low). The primary and secondary navigational inputs can individually be set to high or low speed, depending on your configuration.ARINC data format for IRSThe required ARINC data format for IRS is listed in the following table:ARINC data format for AHRSThe required ARINC data format for AHRS is listed in the following table:Label (octal) Name Minimum Update rate150 UTC Time (optional)a1 Hz260 UTC Date (optional)a1 Hz310 Latitude 1 Hz311 Longitude 1 Hz312 Ground speed 1 Hz313 Track angle True 1 Hz314 True heading 10 Hz324 Pitch angle 10 Hz325 Roll angle 10 Hz361 Altitude Inertial (optional)aa. The labels marked optional do not have an effect on the operation of the AVIATOR 700 system, but may increase precision in the antenna pointing and time management.1 HzTable 5-27: ARINC data format for IRS Label (octal) Name Minimum update rate320 Magnetic heading 10 Hz324 Pitch angle 10 Hz325 Roll angle 10 Hz336 Inertial pitch rate (optional)aa. The labels marked optional do not have an effect on the operation of the AVIATOR 700 system, but may increase precision in the antenna pointing.10 Hz337 Inertial roll rate (optional)a10 HzTable 5-28: ARINC data format for AHRS
Electrical installation and wiring98-124743-F Chapter 5: Installation 5-35Wiring ACARS/AFIS/CMUThe SDU has ARINC 429 interfaces for 2 high or low speed (HS/LS) ACARS/AFIS/CMU including one output port and 2 input ports.The following drawing shows the wiring of ACARS/AFIS/CMU. Requirements to the cables are stated in the section Cable requirements, ARINC 429 on page 5-36.Pins for ACARS/AFIS/CMUThe following list shows the pins used for an Airborne Communications Addressing and Reporting System (ACARS), Airborne Flight Information System (AFIS) or a Communications Management Unit (CMU):The data speed can be configured to high or low (HS/LS), defined by the Configuration Module. Wiring MCDUThe SDU has interfaces prepared for two high or low speed ARINC 429 interfaces for communication with MCDU #1 and MCDU #2. One common output and two inputs. The following drawing shows the wiring of MCDU. Requirements to the cables are stated in the section Cable requirements, ARINC 429 on page 5-36.Figure 5-13: Wiring ACARS/AFIS/CMU$&$56&08+6/6$5,1&7;+6/6$5,1&5;$&$56&08+6/6$5,1&5;77$6'8%3%3%3%3%3%3SDU Pin Name/DescriptionBP40 Data bus from ACARS/AFIS/CMU #1 429 ABP41 Data bus from ACARS/AFIS/CMU #1 429 BBP42 Data bus to ACARS/AFIS/CMU #1 & #2 429 ABP43 Data bus to ACARS/AFIS/CMU #1 & #2 429 BBP44 Data bus from ACARS/AFIS/CMU #2 429 ABP45 Data bus from ACARS/AFIS/CMU #2 429 BTable 5-29: SDU pins for ACARS/AFIS/CMU
Electrical installation and wiring5-36 Chapter 5: Installation 98-124743-FThe Configuration Module contains information if the MCDU is installed, and which data rate is used (high or low). Cable requirements, ARINC 429The cables for the ARINC 429 interfaces must be twisted and shielded. They must conform to the standards for aeronautical use.For recommended cable types, see Recommended cables for ARINC 429 on page 5-85.Figure 5-14: Wiring MCDU77$6'80&'8+6/6$5,1&5;0&'8+6/6$5,1&5; %3%3%3%3%3%3+6/6$5,1&7;
Electrical installation and wiring98-124743-F Chapter 5: Installation 5-375.3.6 Wiring GPS interfaceWiring the GPS antennaThe following figure shows the wiring of the GPS interface when using a power splitter. You can use the power splitter shown in TT-5038A-003 Rx Power Splitter on page 3-8. Pins for input from the GPS antenna5.3.7 Wiring ICAO addressStrapped ICAO addressA unique aircraft identification code (ICAO address) must be assigned at installation. The national authority of aeronautical identification coordinates assignment of the code.The ICAO address must be entered in the Configuration Module, using the Aero-SDU Configuration Program.Figure 5-15: Wiring GPS Interface with Power Splitter'&%/2&.*36$QWHQQD3RZHU6SOLWWHUG%#*+=*36DQWHQQD/DEHOWH[W'/1$6%8/DEHOWH[W6'877$6%8%3$*36LQ77$6'873$*36LQ/DEHOWH[W+687KHODEHOWH[WRQWKH3RZHU6SOLWWHULVPLVOHDGLQJSBU pin Name/descriptionBP A4 GPS antenna input (coax), modem, DC outTable 5-30: SBU pins for input from GPS antennaSDU pin Name/descriptionTP A4 GPS/Antenna modem interface (coax)Table 5-31: SDU pins for input from GPS antenna
Electrical installation and wiring5-38 Chapter 5: Installation 98-124743-FThe SDU obtains the ICAO address from the 24 bit discrete address (must be hardware strapped using the 24 discrete inputs on the SDU).The strapped ICAO address is compared to the ICAO address entered in the Configuration Module of the SDU. If they do not match, the AVIATOR 700 system suspends all RF communication.Wiring ICAO addressThe following drawing shows the wiring of the 24 bit discrete ICAO address.Figure 5-17: Example of wiring the fictional ICAO address 0123456700000101001110010111011101}}}BIN DEC2}}}}}34567Wiring 24 bit discrete ICAO addressThe SDU has 24 discrete inputs used to encode the 24-bit ICAO address, in which the SDU is installed. Each ICAO address consists of eight digits, and each digit value is determined by strapping 3 bits (octal).Do as follows to strap the ICAO address:1. Leave pins assigned to the binary “one” state open (internal pull up). Binary “one” (open circuit) is 100 k2. Strap pins assigned to the binary “zero” state to BP25 (ICAO Address Common) on the airframe side of the connector. Figure 5-16: Wiring ICAO77$6'8ELW,&$2DGGUHVVGLVFUHWH,&$2$''5(66%,706%,&$2$''5(66%,7/6%,&$2$''5(66&20021%3%3%3NoteThe Aero-SDU Configuration Program shows which pins to connect if you type in the wanted ICAO address in the Config Module field in the Identification window.
Electrical installation and wiring98-124743-F Chapter 5: Installation 5-39Binary “zero” (strapped to BP25) is 10 .3. Enter the ICAO address in the Aero-SDU Configuration Program. If the aircraft uses a US N-type registration number, the Aero-SDU Configuration Program can calculate the ICAO address from this number. Use the US N-Type Calculator button in the Identification window of the Aero-SDU Configuration Program.When the system is powered, the SDU reads the strapped ICAO address from the SDU rack connector and compares it to the ICAO address entered in the Configuration Module. If the SDU does not detect or recognize the strapped ICAO address, the AVIATOR 700 system suspends all RF communication until the error is corrected.
Electrical installation and wiring5-40 Chapter 5: Installation 98-124743-F5.3.8 Wiring Ethernet at the SBUOverviewThe SBU has six 10/100BaseT Ethernet interfaces, plus the interface on the front of the SBU described in Wiring the Maintenance interfaces and Reset on page 5-76.The following drawing shows the wiring of the rear SBU Ethernet interfaces.The RJ45 Ethernet interfaces match a standard straight network cable. You can freely select which of the Ethernet connections you want to use.The supported cable length is up to 100 meters (328 feet).Figure 5-18: Wiring Ethernet77$6%87[%DVH7(WKHUQHWLQSXW%3$7[%DVH7(WKHUQHWLQSXW%3$5[%DVH7(WKHUQHWRXWSXW%3$5[%DVH7(WKHUQHWRXWSXW%3$%3$VKLHOG7[%DVH7(WKHUQHWLQSXW%3$7[%DVH7(WKHUQHWLQSXW%3$5[%DVH7(WKHUQHWRXWSXW%3$5[%DVH7(WKHUQHWRXWSXW%3$%3$VKLHOG7[%DVH7(WKHUQHWLQSXW%3$7[%DVH7(WKHUQHWLQSXW%3$5[%DVH7(WKHUQHWRXWSXW%3$5[%DVH7(WKHUQHWRXWSXW%3$%3$VKLHOG7[%DVH7(WKHUQHWLQSXW%37[%DVH7(WKHUQHWLQSXW%35[%DVH7(WKHUQHWRXWSXW%35[%DVH7(WKHUQHWRXWSXW%37[%DVH7(WKHUQHWLQSXW%37[%DVH7(WKHUQHWLQSXW%35[%DVH7(WKHUQHWRXWSXW%35[%DVH7(WKHUQHWRXWSXW%37[%DVH7(WKHUQHWLQSXW%37[%DVH7(WKHUQHWLQSXW%35[%DVH7(WKHUQHWRXWSXW%35[%DVH7(WKHUQHWRXWSXW%35-)HPDOH&RQQHFWRU5-)HPDOH&RQQHFWRU5-)HPDOH&RQQHFWRU5-)HPDOH&RQQHFWRU5-)HPDOH&RQQHFWRU5-)HPDOH&RQQHFWRU&RPPRQ6LJQDO*1'%3&RPPRQ6LJQDO*1'%3&RPPRQ6LJQDO*1'%3&RPPRQ6LJQDO*1'%3&RPPRQ6LJQDO*1'%3&RPPRQ6LJQDO*1'%3
Electrical installation and wiring98-124743-F Chapter 5: Installation 5-41Pins for 10/100BaseT EthernetThe following list shows the pins used for the Ethernet interface.SBU pin Name Description RJ45 pin (F) NameBP A1.1 Tx+ 10/100BaseT Ethernet #1 Input 1 TxD+BP A1.2 Rx+ 10/100BaseT Ethernet #1 Output 3 RxD+BP A1.3 Tx- 10/100BaseT Ethernet #1 Input 2 TxD-BP A1.4 Rx- 10/100BaseT Ethernet #1 Output 6 RxD-BP A2.1 Tx+ 10/100BaseT Ethernet #2 Input 1 TxD+BP A2.2 Rx+ 10/100BaseT Ethernet #2 Output 3 RxD+BP A2.3 Tx- 10/100BaseT Ethernet #2 Input 2 TxD-BP A2.4 Rx- 10/100BaseT Ethernet #2 Output 6 RxD-BP A3.1 Tx+ 10/100BaseT Ethernet #3 Input 1 TxD+BP A3.2 Rx+ 10/100BaseT Ethernet #3 Output 3 RxD+BP A3.3 Tx- 10/100BaseT Ethernet #3 Input 2 TxD-BP A3.4 Rx- 10/100BaseT Ethernet #3 Output 6 RxD-BP6 Rx- 10/100BaseT Ethernet #4 Output 6 RxD-BP10 Tx+ 10/100BaseT Ethernet #4 Input 1 TxD+BP11 Tx- 10/100BaseT Ethernet #4 Input 2 TxD-BP15 Common Signal GND for Ethernet GND ShieldBP16 Rx+ 10/100BaseT Ethernet #4 Output 3 RxD+BP17 Common Signal GND for Ethernet GND ShieldBP19 Rx- 10/100BaseT Ethernet #5 Output 6 RxD-BP20 Tx- 10/100BaseT Ethernet #5 Input 2 TxD-BP21 Common Signal GND for Ethernet GND ShieldBP22 Common Signal GND for Ethernet GND ShieldBP23 Rx- 10/100BaseT Ethernet #6 Output 6 RxD-BP24 Tx- 10/100BaseT Ethernet #6 Input 2 TxD-BP25 Tx+ 10/100BaseT Ethernet #5 Input 1 TxD+Table 5-32: SBU Pins for 10/100BaseT Ethernet
Electrical installation and wiring5-42 Chapter 5: Installation 98-124743-FWiring of RJ45 connector to Quadrax connectorThe physical layer conforms to IEEE standard 802.3 [1], Chapter 14: “Twisted Pair medium attachment unit”, except for the connector type. To be compliant with [1], use an RJ45 female connector for the user interface. The below drawing shows the corresponding RJ45 connection. The SBU is configured as Data communication Equipment (DCE), i.e. TX +/- are input and RX +/- are outputs.Figure 5-19: Ethernet pin configuration for SBUCommon Signal GND (BP15, BP17, BP21, BP22 and BP27)Common Signal GND is used to connect the shield of the Ethernet cables for Ethernet #4, #5 and #6 on the SBU. The shield for each cable is connected according to Figure 5-18: Wiring Ethernet. The shield of the Ethernet cables for Ethernet #1, #2 and #3 is connected to the shield of the Quadrax connectors.BP26 Rx+ 10/100BaseT Ethernet #5 Output 3 RxD+BP27 Common Signal GND for Ethernet GND ShieldBP28 Tx+ 10/100BaseT Ethernet #6 Input 1 TxD+BP29 Rx+ 10/100BaseT Ethernet #6 Output 3 RxD+SBU pin Name Description RJ45 pin (F) NameTable 5-32: SBU Pins for 10/100BaseT Ethernet (Continued)6%8SLQ73$$$6KLHOG7[' 7;LQSXWQF7[' 7; LQSXW5['5;RXWSXWQF5[' 5; RXWSXWQFQF  2KP TXDGUD[WZLVWHGDQGVKLHOGHGSDLUV7[' 7;LQSXWQF7[' 7; LQSXW5['5;RXWSXWQF5[' 5; RXWSXWQFQFDQGVKLHOGHGSDLUV6%8SLQ6%8'&(%3 %3%35-IHPDOHWR'7(%3%3&DEOH&DEOH 2KP TXDGUD[WZLVWHG
Electrical installation and wiring98-124743-F Chapter 5: Installation 5-435.3.9 Wiring WLAN antenna interfaceBefore wiring the WLAN antenna interface make sure that your system has the Built-in Wireless Option TT-5040A-003.OverviewThe following drawing shows the wiring of the SBU WLAN antenna interfaces.WLAN low pass filterThe WLAN module in the SBU can in theory transmit in the 5 GHz (802.11a) frequency range. This is inhibited permanently by the software in the SBU. If the aircraft cannot be tested to be immune to 5 GHz signals, you can optionally insert a 2.4 GHz low pass filter into the WLAN Coax to safeguard the aircraft against transmission in the 5 GHz frequency range.WLAN pinsThe following list shows the pins used for the WLAN antenna interface on the SBU.Description of WLAN interfaceThe WLAN interface on the SBU supports operation according to the IEEE 802.11b and 802.11g standards. The WLAN (2.4GHz) frequency band is divided into 14 channels.Not all countries allow full use of all channels. Also, some countries do not allow operation according to the 802.11g standard. Therefore the WLAN interface must be set up to the right country code. For further information, see WLAN country codes on page E-1.The maximum EIRP output level for WLAN 802.11b and 802.11g is 100 mW for indoors use. To prevent the EIRP output power from exceeding this limit, the maximum antenna gain must not exceed the cable loss between the antenna and the SBU.Figure 5-20: Wiring WLAN antenna interfaces #1 and #277$6%8:/$1DQWHQQDFRD[73$:/$1DQWHQQDFRD[73$73:/$1HQDEOH:/$1DQWHQQDDQG::SBU pin Name/descriptionTPA2 WLAN antenna #1 (coax)TPA4 WLAN antenna #2 (coax)TP5 WLAN Enable, Discrete Input (active low)Table 5-33: SBU pins for WLAN antenna #1 and #2
Electrical installation and wiring5-44 Chapter 5: Installation 98-124743-FOperating with a single WLAN antennaIf operating with a single WLAN antenna, it is recommended to use the WLAN pin TP A4. Make sure to set up WLAN interface correctly — Antenna configuration: Main or Aux for single antenna operation — see WLAN interface of the SBU (option) on page 6-31.Table 5-34: WLAN antenna configurationAntenna configuration SBU TP A2 SBU TP A4Diversity (antenna #1 and #2) RX TX/RXMain (antenna #2) –TX/RXAux (antenna #1) TX/RX –RF cable requirements for WLANTo achieve optimal performance for the WLAN system select a cable type with a minimal cable loss when cabling the TT5040A-004 WLAN antenna. For a table with cable types and cable losses see Recommended RF cables on page 5-84.Cable Min. cable loss @2.4 GHzMax. cable loss @2.4 GHzFrom TP A2 to TT5040A-004 WLAN antenna and TP A4 to TT5040A-004 WLAN antenna0 dB 5 dBTable 5-35: Cable requirements for WLAN
Electrical installation and wiring98-124743-F Chapter 5: Installation 5-455.3.10 Wiring ISDNWiring drawingNote that even though the AVIATOR 700 system supports connection of several ISDN devices, the satellite channel only supports transmission on one ISDN channel.Pins for ISDNThe following lists show the pins used for the ISDN interfaces on the SBU and the SDU.Figure 5-21: Wiring ISDN,6'17(5-)HPDOH&RQQHFWRU,6'17[GRXWSXW73,6'17[HRXWSXW73,6'15[FLQSXW73,6'15[ILQSXW7377$6%8175[LQSXW5[LQSXW7[RXWSXW7[RXWSXW77$6'817,6'17[RXWSXWG%3,6'17[RXWSXWH%3,6'15[LQSXWF%3,6'15[LQSXWI%3,6'17(5-)HPDOH&RQQHFWRU5[LQSXW5[LQSXW7[RXWSXW7[RXWSXW([WHUQDOSRZHUVXSSO\UHTXLUHGSBU pin Name/descriptionTP23 ISDN #1 Rx+ (c) input (NT)TP24 ISDN #1 Tx+ (d) output (NT)TP25 ISDN #1 Tx- (e) output (NT)TP26 ISDN #1 Rx- (f) input (NT)TP15 ISDN #2 Tx+ (c) output (TE), reserved for future useTP16 ISDN #2 Rx+ (d) input (TE), reserved for future useTP17 ISDN #2 Rx- (e) input (TE), reserved for future useTP18 ISDN #2 Tx- (f) output (TE), reserved for future useTable 5-36: SBU pins for ISDN
Electrical installation and wiring5-46 Chapter 5: Installation 98-124743-FDescription of SBU and SDU ISDN interfaceThe SBU and SDU have one ISDN interface each. The ISDN of the SDU uses the Swift64 service (I3), the ISDN of the SBU uses the SwiftBroadband service (I4). Each interface has its own ISDN controller and front end. The Euro ISDN S-bus interface is configured as the network side of the NT1 interface i.e. Rx is an input and Tx is an output Please note that this configuration of input and output differs from the configuration of the 10BaseT Ethernet, RS-422 and RS-232 PC interface input/output (valid for SBU and SDU).The ISDN interface can address up to 8 ISDN devices. The SBU ISDN interface supports 56/64kbps data rate and G4 Fax on the SwiftBroadband connection. You can also use the SBU ISDN interface to make an AMBE2 or 3.1 kHz audio call. The SDU interface supports 56/64kbps data rate and G4 Fax on Swift64.There is no DC power on the ISDN interface of the SBU. All ISDN devices connected to the SBU must be powered externally.To be compliant with ISO8877 [2] and the ISDN connector specification defined by ITU I.420 [6], an RJ45 Female Connector must be connected to the four-wire ISDN lines from the SBU. The SBU includes an internal 100  termination resistor to support cable lengths up to 100 meters (109 yards). Make sure the other end of the cable is terminated properly.Cable requirements, ISDN• Cable for the ISDN interface: 100  4-wire shielded cable.• The conductors must be twisted in pairs.• Supported cable lengths: up to 100 meters (328 feet).SDU pin Name/DescriptionBP67 ISDN Tx+ output (d)BP68 ISDN Tx- output (e)BP66 ISDN Rx+ input (c)BP69 ISDN Rx- input (f)Table 5-37: SDU pins for ISDNImportantFigure 5-22: ISDN RJ45 connector,6'15[,QSXWF,6'17[2XWSXWG,6'17[2XWSXWH,6'15[,QSXWIQRWFRQQHFWHG5-IHPDOHFRQQHFWRUQRWFRQQHFWHGQRWFRQQHFWHGQRWFRQQHFWHG5-IHPDOH
Electrical installation and wiring98-124743-F Chapter 5: Installation 5-475.3.11 Wiring telephone systemsBuilt-in Private Branch Exchange (PBX) The AVIATOR 700 system has two built-in PBX systems: one in the SDU and one in the SBU. • The PBX of the SDU controls four 4-wire audio interfaces, two 2-wire POTS interfaces and one ISDN interface.• The built-in PBX of the SBU controls the 2-wire POTS interfaces #1 and #2 and one ISDN interface.The built-in PBX of the SBU can also route VoIP calls that are terminated in the SIP server of the SBU.Without the Multi-voice option the AVIATOR 700 system supports one external call at a time going through the SBU and two external calls going through the SDU.VoIP calls and SIP telephonyYou can use phones with a SIP client and the WLAN interface to make calls. These calls are terminated in the SIP server of the SBU and routed through the built-in PBX on the Swift Broadband channel. For a detailed description how to set up your phone see SIP setup for Wifi-enabled phones on page H-1.4-wire audioThe 4-wire interfaces can be connected and configured to the 4-wire systems listed below:• TT-5620A/TT-5622A Handset/Cradle system• Up to two MagnaStar AIU (Analog Interface Units)• One Iridium ICS telephone system• Up to three 2.4 GHz Cordless handset base stations with WH-10 Satcom interface• Up to three WH-10 handsets• Up to two Cockpit Voice InterfacesThe four 4-wire handset interfaces are numbered handset interface #1 to #4. • Handset interface #1 and #2 may interface to all systems mentioned above.• Handset interface #3 may interface to all systems mentioned above except Cockpit Voice.• Handset interface #4 may only interface to TT-5620A/TT-5622A Handset/Cradle system.The TT-5620A/TT-5622A 4-wire Handset/Cradle system is also used for configuration of the handsets, phone book etc., and as a BITE and Satcom Status display. In order to use these features, the SDU must be connected to at least one TT-5620A/TT-5622A Handset/Cradle system (typically handset #4).Do not use the 4-wire handset for cabin installation! Some of the functions of the 4-wire handset are for cockpit use only.Important
Electrical installation and wiring5-48 Chapter 5: Installation 98-124743-F2-wire POTS interface #1 and #2The 2-wire interfaces may be connected and configured to the 2-wire systems listed below:• TT-5621B 2-Wire Handset / TT-5622B 2-Wire Cradle• ICG DECT Cordless Handset with POTS interface•Sigma7 phone with POTS interface• Fax or Modem data with POTS interface• Headset interface box PTA-12 Airborne telephone adapter• Secure devices with POTS interface (STU/FNBDT)The maximum number of telephones on each 2-wire POTS interface is: Two TT-5621B 2-Wire Handset / TT-5622B 2-Wire Cradle or two Sigma7 phones.The AVIATOR 700 system supports 3 external call at a time: 2 calls on H+, 1 call on SwiftBroadband.ISDN interfaceThe ISDN interface on the SBU and SDU may be used with an ISDN phone or fax machine and/or an ISDN data modem. A maximum of 8 ISDN units (ISDN phones, ISDN fax or ISDN data modem) may be connected to the ISDN interface, but only one unit may be active at a time. Secure device is supported with ISDN interface (STE).
Electrical installation and wiring98-124743-F Chapter 5: Installation 5-49Configuration of wired handset interfacesThe following drawing shows the possible combinations of devices connected to the handset interfaces.Figure 5-23: Handset interfaces, possible combinations of connected devices.77$6%83ULYDWH%UDQFK([FKDQJH3%;>@0D[LPXPWZR0DJQD6WDU$,8VPD\EHLQVWDOOHG7KHSUHIHUUHGLQVWDOODWLRQRI$,8LVWRWKHIRXUZLUH+DQGVHWLQWHUIDFHEXW$,8PD\DOWHUQDWLYHO\EHFRQQHFWHGWRWKHIRXUZLUH+DQGVHWLQWHUIDFHLQVWHDG77$6'83ULYDWH%UDQFK([FKDQJH3%;ZLUHDXGLR&RQWUROVLJQDOV77$77$+DQGVHW6\VWHPRU0DJQDVWDU>@$,8RU,ULGLXP,&6>@RU*+]&RUGOHVV3KRQH:+RU&RFNSLW9RLFH$06)RXUZLUH+DQGVHWLQWHUIDFHZLUHDXGLR&RQWUROVLJQDOV77$77$+DQGVHW6\VWHPRU0DJQDVWDU>@$,8RU,ULGLXP,&6>@RU*+]&RUGOHVV3KRQH:+RU&RFNSLW9RLFH$06)RXUZLUH+DQGVHWLQWHUIDFHZLUHDXGLR&RQWUROVLJQDOV77$77$+DQGVHW6\VWHPRU$OWHUQDWLYH0DJQDVWDU>@$,8RU,ULGLXP,&6>@RU*+]&RUGOHVV3KRQH:+)RXUZLUH+DQGVHWLQWHUIDFHZLUHDXGLR&RQWUROVLJQDOV77$77$+DQGVHW6\VWHP)RXUZLUH+DQGVHWLQWHUIDFHZLUH327677%77%FUDGOHKDQGVHWRU*+]&RUGOHVV3KRQH3276RU6LJPD3KRQHRU)$;RU0RGHP7ZRZLUH+DQGVHWLQWHUIDFHZLUH327677%77%FUDGOHKDQGVHWRU*+]&RUGOHVV3KRQH3276RU6LJPD3KRQHRU)$;RU0RGHP7ZRZLUH+DQGVHWLQWHUIDFH,6'1,6'13KRQHV,6'10RGHP,6'1LQWHUIDFHZLUH327677%77%FUDGOHKDQGVHWRU*+]&RUGOHVV3KRQH3276RU6LJPD3KRQHRU)$;RU0RGHP7ZRZLUH+DQGVHWLQWHUIDFHZLUH327677%77%FUDGOHKDQGVHWRU*+]&RUGOHVV3KRQH3276RU6LJPD3KRQHRU)$;RU0RGHP7ZRZLUH+DQGVHWLQWHUIDFH>@ 7ZR KDQGVHW LQWHUIDFHV IURP WKH ,&6 V\VWHP FDQ EH FRQQHFWHG WR
Electrical installation and wiring5-50 Chapter 5: Installation 98-124743-FWiring 4-Wire HandsetsThe following drawing shows the wiring of the TT-5622A/TT-5620A 4-Wire Handsets.Figure 5-24: Wiring T&T 4-Wire Handset systems77$6'873731&%3$%3%73+L73/R73+L73/R1&%3$%3%73+L73/R73+L73/R1&%3$%3%73+L73/R73+L73/R%3$%3%73+L73/R73+L73/R'%)'%077$&5$'/(77$+$1'6(777$&5$'/(77$+$1'6(777$&5$'/(77$+$1'6(7$XGLR,277$&5$'/(77$+$1'6(77ZR:LUHID[PRGHP$XGLR,27ZR:LUHID[PRGHP$XGLR,27ZR:LUHID[PRGHP$XGLR,27ZR:LUHID[PRGHP1&:LUH+DQGVHW56'DWD&KDVVLV*URXQGDQG+DQGVHW3RZHU5HWXUQ9'&P$+DQGVHW6XSSO\+DQGVHW$XGLR2XW&RFNSLW9RLFH$XGLR2XW+DQGVHW$XGLR,Q&RFNSLW9RLFH$XGLR,Q:LUH+DQGVHW56'DWD+DQGVHW$XGLR2XW&RFNSLW9RLFH$XGLR2XW+DQGVHW$XGLR,Q&RFNSLW9RLFH$XGLR,Q:LUH+DQGVHW56'DWD+DQGVHW$XGLR2XW+DQGVHW$XGLR,Q73737LS5LQJ +DQGVHW:LUH9RLFH)D[0RGHP73737LS5LQJ +DQGVHW:LUH9RLFH)D[0RGHP+DQGVHW$XGLR2XW+DQGVHW$XGLR,Q:LUH+DQGVHW56'DWD5-5-5-5-3LJWDLO3LJWDLO3LJWDLO3LJWDLO'%)'%)'%)'%)1RWH3LJWDLOZLWK6XE'FRQQHFWRULVPRXQWHGRQHDFKFUDGOH:LULQJRI7LSDQG5LQJ6'87373DQG73LVRSWLRQDORQWKH:LUHLQWHUIDFHV
Electrical installation and wiring98-124743-F Chapter 5: Installation 5-51SDU pins for 4-wire interfacesPin no. Name/DescriptionTP10 Handset #1 Audio In Hi / Cockpit Voice Audio #1 In HiTP11 Handset #1 Audio In Lo / Cockpit Voice Audio #1 In LoTP12 Handset #1 Audio Out Hi / Cockpit Voice Audio #1 Out HiTP13 Handset #1 Audio Out Lo / Cockpit Voice Audio #1 Out LoBP94 Handset #1 RS-485 Data ABP95 Handset #1 RS-485 Data BTP15 Handset #2 Audio In Hi / Cockpit Voice Audio #2 In HiTP16 Handset #2 Audio In Lo / Cockpit Voice Audio #2 In LoTP17 Handset #2 Audio Out Hi / Cockpit Voice Audio #2 Out HiTP18 Handset #2 Audio Out Lo / Cockpit Voice Audio #2 Out LoBP96 Handset #2 RS-485 Data ABP97 Handset #2 RS-485 Data BTP21 Handset #3 Audio In HiTP22 Handset #3 Audio In LoTP23 Handset #3 Audio Out HiTP24 Handset #3 Audio Out LoBP98 Handset #3 RS-485 Data ABP99 Handset #3 RS-485 Data BTP26 Handset #4 Audio In HiTP27 Handset #4 Audio In LoTP28 Handset #4 Audio Out HiTP29 Handset #4 Audio Out LoBP100 Handset #4 RS-485 Data ABP101 Handset #4 RS-485 Data BTP4 +28 V DC / 600 mA Handset supply, remote On/Off control by TP5 (nON)TP3 Handset Power ReturnTP25 +12 V DC Spare Supply for test only - do not connect!Table 5-38: SDU pins for 4-wire interface
Electrical installation and wiring5-52 Chapter 5: Installation 98-124743-FDescription of 4-wire interfacesThe SDU has four 4-wire analog interfaces for the TT-5620A/ TT-5622A Thrane & Thrane aeronautical handset system on the rear connector. The handsets use an RS-485 data bus for on/off hook signalling, display control, keyboard control, background light, etc.AVIATOR 700D: For safety reasons do not install the 4-wire handset in the cabin, see also Mounting considerations, SDU on page 5-5. Three of the 4-wire interfaces, #1, #2 and #3, can alternatively be used for connection of other supported phones (MagnaStar, WH-10 phones, Iridium ICS-200 telephone system, FONE). For information on possible combinations, see Configuration of wired handset interfaces on page 5-49. You must configure the handset interfaces must be configured in the Aero-SDU Configuration Program.For information on wiring of WH-10 phones, refer to Wiring WH-10 handsets on page 5-54.For information on wiring of ICS-200 telephone system, refer to Wiring ICS-200 telephone system on page 5-57.For information on wiring of 2.4GHz Cordless phones, refer to Wiring 2.4GHz Cordless (4-wire) phone on page 5-60.Wiring 2-Wire HandsetsThe following drawing shows the wiring of the TT-5621B 2-Wire Handset / TT-5622B 2-Wire Cradle.ImportantFigure 5-25: Wiring T&T 2-Wire Handset systems77$6'877%:LUH&UDGOH77%:LUH&UDGOH :LUHID[PRGHP:LUHID[PRGHP'%)'%0'%0 '%)77%:LUH+DQGVHW77%:LUH+DQGVHW73737LS5LQJ +DQGVHW:LUH9RLFH)D[0RGHP73737LS5LQJ +DQGVHW:LUH9RLFH)D[0RGHP5-5-3LJWDLO3LJWDLO1RWH3LJWDLOZLWK6XE'FRQQHFWRULVPRXQWHGRQHDFKFUDGOH77$6%877%:LUH&UDGOH77%:LUH&UDGOH :LUHID[PRGHP:LUHID[PRGHP'%)'%0'%0 '%)77%:LUH+DQGVHW77%:LUH+DQGVHW73737LS5LQJ +DQGVHW:LUH9RLFH)D[0RGHP73737LS5LQJ +DQGVHW:LUH9RLFH)D[0RGHP5-5-3LJWDLO3LJWDLO
Electrical installation and wiring98-124743-F Chapter 5: Installation 5-53Pins for 2-wire interfacesThe below lists show the pins used for the 2-wire interfaces of the SDU and the SBU.Table 5-39: SDU pins for 2-wire interfaceTP6 2-Wire Voice/Fax/Modem #1 (Ring)TP7 2-Wire Voice/Fax/Modem #2 (Ring)TP8 2-Wire Voice/Fax/Modem #2(Tip)TP19 2-Wire Voice/Fax/Modem #1 (Tip)Table 5-40: SBU pins for 2-Wire interfaceTP6 2-Wire Voice/Fax/Modem #1 (Ring)TP7 2-Wire Voice/Fax/Modem #2 (Ring)TP11 2-Wire Voice/Fax/Modem #1 (Tip)TP12 2-Wire Voice/Fax/Modem #2 (Tip)Description of 2-wire interfacesThe SDU and the SBU each have two 2-wire Voice/Fax/Modem POTS interfaces connected to the PBX. The interfaces comply with 2-wire 600  standard US DTMF telephones. The 2-wire interfaces are not galvanically isolated from the aircraft frame. Galvanic isolation is required at the external 2-wire terminal.Two TT-5621B 2-Wire Handset phones can be connected in parallel on each interface. These interfaces are used for the TT-5621B/ TT-5622B Thrane & Thrane aeronautical handset system, but may also be used for e.g. the Sigma7, ICG DECT Cordless Handset phones, fax, modem or secure devices and PTA-12.For information on wiring of Sigma7 phones, see Wiring Sigma7 (2-wire) handsets on page 5-63. For information on wiring of ICG DECT Cordless Handset phones, see Wiring ICG DECT Cordless Handset (2-wire) phone on page 5-64.Supported cable length: 100 meters (328 feet)SDU pin Name/Description SBU pin Name/Description
Electrical installation and wiring5-54 Chapter 5: Installation 98-124743-F5.3.12 Wiring WH-10 handsetsOverviewThe following drawing shows the wiring of WH-10 handsets.Figure 5-26: Wiring WH-10 handsets+5,1*(5%$%(/.85-0:++DQGVHW9'&+DQGVHW6XSSO\&KDVVLV*URXQGDQG+DQGVHW3RZHU5HWXUQ+$1'6(7+22.6ZLWFK+5,1*(5$:/,1(7;+5,1*(5%$%(/.85-0:++DQGVHW+$1'6(7+22.6ZLWFK+5,1*(5$+5,1*(5%$%(/.85-0:++DQGVHW+$1'6(7+22.6ZLWFK+5,1*(5$:/,1(7;:/,1(5;:/,1(5;7373%3%3%37373737377$6'8%3%3%373737373%3%3%373737373:/,1(5;:/,1(7;:/,1(7;:/,1(5;:/,1(7;:/,1(7;:/,1(5;:/,1(5;+DQGVHW,QWHUIDFH+DQGVHW,QWHUIDFH+DQGVHW,QWHUIDFH1RWH9DQG&KDVVLV*URXQGPXVWEHFRQQHFWHGDVFORVHDVSRVVLEOHWR7373
Electrical installation and wiring98-124743-F Chapter 5: Installation 5-55WH-10 pinsThe below list shows the pins used for the WH-10 interfaces on the SDU.Pin no. Name/DescriptionTP3 Chassis Ground and Handset Power ReturnTP4 +28 V DC/600 mA Handset SupplyTP10 Handset #1 Audio In Hi / Cockpit Voice Audio #1 In HiTP11 Handset #1 Audio In Lo / Cockpit Voice Audio #1 In LoTP12 Handset #1 Audio Out Hi / Cockpit Voice Audio #1 Out HiTP13 Handset #1 Audio Out Lo / Cockpit Voice Audio #1 Out LoBP82 WH-10/MagnaStar Hook Switch #1. Discrete input.BP83 WH-10/MagnaStar Ringer Output A1. Discrete I/O.BP84 WH-10/MagnaStar Ringer Output B1. Discrete output.TP15 Handset #2 Audio In HiTP16 Handset #2 Audio In LoTP17 Handset #2 Audio Out HiTP18 Handset #2 Audio Out LoBP85 WH-10/MagnaStar Hook Switch #2. Discrete input.BP86 WH-10/MagnaStar Ringer Output A2. Discrete I/O.BP87 WH-10/MagnaStar Ringer Output B2. Discrete output.TP21 Handset #3 Audio In HiTP22 Handset #3 Audio In LoTP23 Handset #3 Audio Out HiTP24 Handset #3 Audio Out LoBP55 WH-10/MagnaStar Hook switch #3BP89 WH-10/MagnaStar Ringer Output A3. Discrete I/O.BP90 WH-10/MagnaStar Ringer Output B3Table 5-41: SDU pins for WH-10 interface
Electrical installation and wiring5-56 Chapter 5: Installation 98-124743-FDescription of WH-10 interfacesUp to three WH-10 systems can be connected to the AVIATOR 700 system, using the interfaces #1, #2 or #3.For further information on the interfaces, see SDU pins for 4-wire interfaces on page 5-51.Apart from the handset interfaces, the SDU has a number of discrete inputs/outputs used for MagnaStar/WH-10 systems. For information on these interfaces, see Discretes for WH-10 handset systems on page 5-56.5.3.13 Discretes for WH-10 handset systemsThe below list shows the discretes used for the MagnaStar/WH-10 interfaces on the SDU. For more information on the discrete types, refer to Description of the discrete types on page 5-68.NoteThe 4-wire handset system #1, #2 and #3 interfaces are used for either the 4-Wire Handset system, MagnaStar, ICS-200, 2.4GHz Cordless or WH-10 phones, as configurations share the same interface. For information on possible combinations, see Configuration of wired handset interfaces on page 5-49. The handset interfaces must be configured in the Aero-SDU Configuration Program.Pin no. Name/Description Discrete TypeBP54 MagnaStar: Satcom Service Unavailable Lamp Driver outputBP55 WH-10/MagnaStar Hook switch #3 WOW inputBP82 WH-10/MagnaStar Hook Switch #1 WOW inputBP83 WH-10/MagnaStar Ringer Output A1 Lamp Driver outputBP84 WH-10/MagnaStar Ringer Output B1 Lamp Driver outputBP85 WH-10/MagnaStar Hook Switch #2 WOW inputBP86 WH-10/MagnaStar Ringer Output A2 Lamp Driver outputBP87 WH-10/MagnaStar Ringer Output B2 Lamp Driver outputBP89 WH-10/MagnaStar Ringer Output A3 Lamp Driver outputBP90 WH-10/MagnaStar Ringer Output B3 Lamp Driver outputTable 5-42: SDU discretes for MagnaStar/WH-10 systems
Electrical installation and wiring98-124743-F Chapter 5: Installation 5-575.3.14 Wiring ICS-200 telephone systemOverviewThe following drawing shows the wiring of the ICS-200 telephone system.ImportantWhen simultaneously operating the AVIATOR 700 over the Inmarsat network and the ICS-200 there is a potential risk of interference.Figure 5-27: Wiring ICS-200 Iridium Communication System interface%3%3%373737373%3%3%3737373736ORW%&6ORW$$6ORW$$6ORW$$6ORW$$6ORW$$6ORW$$6ORW$$6ORW%&6ORW$%6ORW$%6ORW$%6ORW$%6ORW$%6ORW$%6ORW$%127(7KLVZLULQJGLDJUDPRQO\DGGUHVVHVWKH,&6LQWHUIDFHVWRWKH77$6'8)RUDQ\DGGLWLRQDO,&6LQVWDOODWLRQLQIRUPDWLRQUHIHUWRWKHDSSOLFDEOH,&6LQVWDOODWLRQGRFXPHQWDWLRQ+DQGVHW,QWHUIDFH+DQGVHW,QWHUIDFH,&6 77$6'82873875,1*2873872))+22.,138763($.(5+,63($.(5/20,&+,0,&/26+,(/'2873875,1*2873872))+22.,138763($.(5+,63($.(5/20,&+,0,&/26+,(/'&KDQDYDLO5LQJHU,QSXW+RRN6ZLWFK2XWSXW$XGLR,Q+L$XGLR,Q/R$XGLR2XW+L$XGLR2XW/R&KDQDYDLO5LQJHU,QSXW+RRN6ZLWFK2XWSXW$XGLR,Q+L$XGLR,Q/R$XGLR2XW+L$XGLR2XW/R%3%3%373737373&KDQDYDLO5LQJHU,QSXW+RRN6ZLWFK2XWSXW$XGLR,Q+L$XGLR,Q/R$XGLR2XW+L$XGLR2XW/R+DQGVHW,QWHUIDFH$OWHUQDWLYHLQWHUIDFHIRUFRQQHFWLQJ,&6KDQGVHWLQWHUIDFHRU1RWHWKDW$QQXQFLDWRU%3LVQRWDYDLODEOHLIWKLVRSWLRQLVXVHG^+DQGVHW,QWHUIDFH+DQGVHW,QWHUIDFH
Electrical installation and wiring5-58 Chapter 5: Installation 98-124743-FPins on SDU for ICS-200 telephone systemThe below list shows the pins used for the ICS-200 interface on the SDU.Pin no. Name/DescriptionTP10 Handset #1 Audio In HiTP11 Handset #1 Audio In LoTP12 Handset #1 Audio Out Hi TP13 Handset #1 Audio Out LoBP82 ICS-200 Ringer Input #1 BP83 ICS-200 Chan availBP84 ICS-200 Hook Switch Output #1TP15 Handset #2 Audio In Hi TP16 Handset #2 Audio In LoTP17 Handset #2 Audio Out Hi TP18 Handset #2 Audio Out LoBP85 ICS-200 Ringer Input #2BP86 ICS-200 Chan availBP87 ICS-200 Hook Switch Output #2BP54 Satcom Service UnavailableTP21 Handset #3 Audio In Hi TP22 Handset #3 Audio In LoTP23 Handset #3 Audio Out Hi TP24 Handset #3 Audio Out LoBP55 ICS-200 Ringer Input #3BP89 ICS-200 Chan availBP90 ICS-200 Hook Switch Output #3Table 5-43: SDU pins for ICS-200 interface
Electrical installation and wiring98-124743-F Chapter 5: Installation 5-59Description of Iridium ICS-200 interfaceThe Iridium Communication System ICS-200 can be connected to the SDU, providing the possibility of routing calls from the AVIATOR 700 system to the Iridium satellite network.For further information on the handset interfaces, see SDU pins for 4-wire interfaces on page 5-51.Apart from the handset interfaces, the SDU uses the discrete input/output Satcom Service Unavailable.NoteThe 4-wire handset system #1, #2 and #3 interfaces are used for either the 4-Wire Handset system, MagnaStar, ICS-200, 2.4GHz Cordless or WH-10 phones, as configurations share the same interface. For information on possible combinations, see Configuration of wired handset interfaces on page 5-49. The handset interfaces must be configured in the Aero-SDU Configuration Program.
Electrical installation and wiring5-60 Chapter 5: Installation 98-124743-F5.3.15 Wiring 2.4GHz Cordless (4-wire) phoneOverviewThe following drawing shows the wiring of 2.4GHz Cordless 4-wire phones.Figure 5-28: Wiring 2.4GHz Cordless 4-wire phonesNoteThe power for the 2.4GHz Cordless base unit must be supplied from an external power supply. See the 2.4GHz Cordless manual for details.*+]&RUGOHVV%DVH8QLW7[/R%3%37373737377$6'8%3%373737373%3%3737373737[+L+DQGVHW,QWHUIDFH*+]&RUGOHVV%DVH8QLW*+]&RUGOHVV%DVH8QLW---5[+L5[/R5LQJLQ+RRN6ZLWFK7[/R7[+L5[+L5[/R5LQJLQ+RRN6ZLWFK7[/R7[+L5[+L5[/R5LQJLQ+RRN6ZLWFK:+0DJQD6WDU+RRN6ZLWFK:+0DJQD6WDU5LQJHU2XWSXW$+DQGVHW$XGLR2XW+L+DQGVHW$XGLR2XW/R+DQGVHW$XGLR,Q+L+DQGVHW$XGLR,Q/R:+0DJQD6WDU+RRN6ZLWFK:+0DJQD6WDU5LQJHU2XWSXW$+DQGVHW$XGLR2XW+L+DQGVHW$XGLR2XW/R+DQGVHW$XGLR,Q+L+DQGVHW$XGLR,Q/R+DQGVHW$XGLR2XW+L+DQGVHW$XGLR2XW/R+DQGVHW$XGLR,Q+L+DQGVHW$XGLR,Q/R:+0DJQD6WDU+RRN6ZLWFK:+0DJQD6WDU5LQJHU2XWSXW$+DQGVHW,QWHUIDFH+DQGVHW,QWHUIDFH
Electrical installation and wiring98-124743-F Chapter 5: Installation 5-61Pins for 2.4GHz Cordless (WH-10) interfacesThe below list shows the pins used for the 2.4GHz Cordless (WH-10) interfaces on the SDU.Pin no. Name/DescriptionTP10 Handset #1 Audio In HiTP11 Handset #1 Audio In LoTP12 Handset #1 Audio Out HiTP13 Handset #1 Audio Out LoBP82 WH-10/MagnaStar Hook Switch #1 BP83 WH-10/MagnaStar Ringer Output A1 TP15 Handset #2 Audio In HiTP16 Handset #2 Audio In LoTP17 Handset #2 Audio Out HiTP18 Handset #2 Audio Out LoBP85 WH-10/MagnaStar Hook Switch #2BP86 WH-10/MagnaStar Ringer Output A2TP21 Handset #3 Audio In HiTP22 Handset #3 Audio In LoTP23 Handset #3 Audio Out HiTP24 Handset #3 Audio Out LoBP55 WH-10/MagnaStar: Hook switch #3BP89 WH-10/MagnaStar Ringer Output A3Table 5-44: SDU pins for 2.4GHz Cordless (WH-10) interface
Electrical installation and wiring5-62 Chapter 5: Installation 98-124743-FDescription of 2.4GHz Cordless interfacesUp to three 2.4GHz Cordless Handsets can be connected to the AVIATOR 700 system, using the interfaces #1, #2 or #3.For further information on the interfaces, see SDU pins for 4-wire interfaces on page 5-51.Apart from the handset interfaces, the SDU has a number of discrete inputs/outputs used for MagnaStar/WH-10 systems. For information on these interfaces, see Discretes for WH-10 handset systems on page 5-56.NoteThe 4-wire handset system #1, #2 and #3 interfaces are used for either the 4-Wire Handset System, MagnaStar, 2.4GHz Cordless or WH-10 phones, as configurations share the same interface. For information on possible combinations, see Configuration of wired handset interfaces on page 5-49. Handset interface #4 can only be used for the 4-Wire Handset System. The handset interfaces must be configured in the Aero-SDU Configuration Program.
Electrical installation and wiring98-124743-F Chapter 5: Installation 5-635.3.16 Wiring Sigma7 (2-wire) handsetsOne to four Sigma7 handsets can be connected to the 2-wire interfaces of the AVIATOR 700 system. The following drawing shows the wiring of Sigma7 handsets.Figure 5-29: Wiring Sigma7 handsetsThe above wiring shows the connection for the non-backlit Sigma7 handset. The backlit version Sigma7 handset uses pin 6 for Tip 1 and pin 3 for Ring 1.Connect J1 on the Sigma7 handset to the rear receptacle of the SDU and/or SBU according to the wiring drawing above.In order for the volume in the Sigma7 handset to be sufficient, it is normally necessary to adjust the “ear volume” using the menu system of the handset. For information on how to do this, see Sigma7 setup on page 6-96.For information on the 2-wire interface, see Pins for 2-wire interfaces on page 5-53.NoteImportant:,5()$;02'(032766LJPD&UDGOH:,5()$;02'(0327677$6'873737373-SLQ-SLQ6LJPD&UDGOH-SLQ-SLQ+DQGVHW,QWHUIDFH+DQGVHW,QWHUIDFH:,5()$;02'(032766LJPD&UDGOH:,5()$;02'(0327677$6%873737373-SLQ-SLQ6LJPD&UDGOH-SLQ-SLQ+DQGVHW,QWHUIDFH+DQGVHW,QWHUIDFH
Electrical installation and wiring5-64 Chapter 5: Installation 98-124743-F5.3.17 Wiring ICG DECT Cordless Handset (2-wire) phoneOne to four ICG DECT Cordless Handset phones can be connected to the 2-wire interfaces of the AVIATOR 700 system. The following drawing shows the wiring of ICG DECT Cordless Handset 2-wire phones.Connect J2 on the base station of the ICG DECT Cordless Handset phone to the rear receptacle of the SDU and/or SBU according to the wiring drawing above. The base station is supplied together with the handset and cradle.In order for the ICG DECT Cordless Handset phone to work properly, it is normally necessary to make a few initial adjustments of the handset. For information on how to do this, see ICG DECT Cordless Handset setup on page 6-96.For information on the 2-wire interface, see Pins for 2-wire interfaces on page 5-53.Figure 5-30: Wiring 2.4GHz Cordless handsetsImportant:,5()$;02'(03276*+]&RUGOHVV%DVH8QLW:,5()$;02'(0327677$6'873737373-SLQ-SLQ-SLQ*+]&RUGOHVV%DVH8QLW-SLQ-SLQ-SLQ+DQGVHW,QWHUIDFH+DQGVHW,QWHUIDFH:,5()$;02'(03276*+]&RUGOHVV%DVH8QLW:,5()$;02'(0327677$6%873737373-SLQ-SLQ-SLQ*+]&RUGOHVV%DVH8QLW-SLQ-SLQ-SLQ+DQGVHW,QWHUIDFH+DQGVHW,QWHUIDFH
Electrical installation and wiring98-124743-F Chapter 5: Installation 5-655.3.18 Wiring discretesDiscrete annunciators, Chime/Lamps Inhibit and WOWThe following drawing shows the wiring of discrete annunciators, Chime/Lamps Inhibit and Weight-on-Wheels (WOW).Pins for discrete annunciatorsThe following list shows the pins used for discrete annunciators:Figure 5-31: Wiring discrete annunciators and Weight-on-Wheels$QQXQFLDWRUV$QQXQFLDWRU6HUYLFHDYDLODEOH$QQXQFLDWRU&DOO$QQXQFLDWRU)D[%3%3%377$6'8:HLJKW2Q:KHHOV%3%3:R:LQSXW:R:LQSXW&KLPH/DPSV,QKLELW%3&KLPH/DPSV,QKLELW77$6%8'LVFUHWH,QSXWV:/$1(QDEOH6%8Q2Q 7373$QQXQFLDWRUV$QQXQFLDWRU6HUYLFHDYDLODEOH$QQXQFLDWRU6%8IDLOHG$QQXQFLDWRU,QFRPLQJFDOO737373%373&KLPH/DPSV,QKLELW&KLPH/DPSV,QKLELW6SDUH,26SDUH,2 %3%373 6SDUH,2RUIXWXUH+3$Q2Q$QQXQFLDWRU0HVVDJHUHFHLYHGSDU Pin Name/Description Specification of discrete typeaa. The discrete interfaces are described in Description of the discrete types on page 5-68. BP89 Annunciator #3 “Service Available” (Discrete I/O) Output: Lamp DriverBP92 Annunciator #1 “Call” (Discrete I/O) Output: Lamp DriverBP93 Annunciator #2 “Fax” (Discrete Output) Output: Lamp DriverTable 5-45: SDU pins for discrete annunciatorsNoteAnnunciator #3 on pin BP89 is not available if you are using handset interface #3 for MagnaStar, 2.4GHz Cordless (4-wire) or WH-10 Handsets.
Table 5-46: SBU pins for discrete annunciatorsTP27 Annunciator #3 “Service available” (Discrete I/O) Output: Lamp DriverTP28 Annunciator #1 “Incoming call” (Discrete I/O) Output: Lamp DriverTP29 Annunciator #2 “SBU failed” (Discrete I/O) Output: Lamp DriverBP1 Annunciator #4 “Message received” (Discrete I/O) Output: Lamp DriverElectrical installation and wiring5-66 Chapter 5: Installation 98-124743-FFunction of discrete annunciatorsThe function of the SDU Annunciators is as follows:• Annunciator #1 “Call”. This Annunciator is used for signalling incoming voice calls. The Annunciator is “flashing” like the Connection LED on a 4-Wire Handset (default setting) and is turned off when the call is answered or terminated by the initiator.• Annunciator #2 “Fax”.This Annunciator is used for signalling incoming fax. The Annunciator is “steady ON” until a receipt for the fax has been given in the handset (default setting).• Annunciator #3 “Service Available”.This Annunciator is used for indicating satcom service availability. The Annunciator is “steady ON” when H+ service is available (default setting).You can configure the behavior of the annunciators. To do this use the Aero-SDU Configuration Program. While in the configuration select Ring Profiles, Annunciator Behavior and select for each annunciator.The function of the SBU annunciators is as follows:• Annunciator #1 “Incoming call” (TP28) Default behavior: Active (low) when a handset is ringing. • Annunciator #2 “SBU Failed” (TP29).Default behavior: Active (low) whenever a BITE with severity essential or fatal is active on the SBU. (Fatal in this context means fatal locally on the SBU. When displayed at the SDU any fatal error on the SBU will only cause an essential BITE to be raised at the SDU).• Annunciator #3 “Service available” (TP27).Default behavior: Active (low) when the SwiftBroadband Service is available.• Annunciator #4 “Message received” (BP1).Default behavior: Active (low) when a Message is received in the SBU.SBU pin Name and description Discrete typeaa. The discrete interfaces are described in Description of the discrete types on page 5-68.
Electrical installation and wiring98-124743-F Chapter 5: Installation 5-67Pins for Chime/Lamps Inhibit inputPins used for the Chime/Lamps Inhibit input:Description of the Chime/Lamps Inhibit interfacesThe SDU and the SBU each have one discrete input for the Chime/Lamps Inhibit function. This input is used to inhibit Satcom activation of the chime and call lights during take-off and landing. The Inhibit function is activated by connecting this input to ground. The Inhibit function of the SDU also activates the ring profile “TakeOfLandng”.Polarity of the discrete annunciators and Chime/Lamps Inhibit inputThe ring profiles are defined using the Aero-SDU Configuration Program where call inhibit/non-inhibit is set up for each of the 4-wire and 2-wire interfaces and annunciators.In the web interface you can change the polarity of the discrete annunciators and the Chime/Lamps Inhibit input from Active low (default) to Active high. For instructions how to do this see Configure the discrete I/O interfaces of the SBU on page 6-47.Weight-On-Wheels (not currently in use)The following list shows the pins used for Weight-On-Wheels (WOW):The SDU has 2 discrete inputs for Weight-On-Wheels (WOW), which can detect whether the aircraft is airborne or not. Currently this information is not used in the SDU.The interpretation of the polarity (airframe DC ground or open circuit) of the input is defined by the Configuration Module (WOW Active Polarity). The Configuration Module also defines if WOW is installed or not. For further information, see the online help in the Aero-SDU Configuration Program.SDU Pin Name/Description Specification of discrete typeaa. The discrete interfaces are described in Description of the discrete types on page 5-68. BP88 Chime/Lamps Inhibit Input Input: WOW (active low)Table 5-47: SDU Pin for Chime/Lamps Inhibit inputSBU pin Name/description Specification of discrete typeTP13 Chime/Lamps Inhibit Discrete input (default: active low)Table 5-48: SBU pin for Chime/Lamps Inhibit inputSDU Pin Name/Description Specification of discrete typeaa. The discrete interfaces are described in Description of the discrete types on page 5-68. BP50 Weight-on-Wheels Input #1 Input: WOWBP51 Weight-on-Wheels Input #2 Input: WOWTable 5-49: SDU pins for WOW
Electrical installation and wiring5-68 Chapter 5: Installation 98-124743-FPins for non-configurable discrete inputs on the SBUThe SBU has two non-configurable discrete inputs: one for SBU nON, one for WLAN Enable. The below table shows the pin-out for the discrete inputs:SBU nON (TP3): The SBU nON input is used to power the SBU on and off. Connect this input to ground to turn on the SBU. The electrical specification is defined in Description of the discrete types below.WLAN Enable (TP5): WLAN Enable input is used to enable the WLAN interface. The input is active low and the WLAN interface is kept disabled and reset as long as the input is at the high state. When the input is connected to ground or to low state the WLAN interface will be initialized and ready for use. When the WLAN interface is not enabled no RF is emitted from the interface.Description of the discrete typesDiscrete type and description:SBU pin Name/descriptionTP3 SBU nON inputTP5 WLAN Enable inputTable 5-50: SBU pins for discrete inputsDiscrete type DescriptionLamp Driver The SDU and SBU have several discrete Lamp Driver outputs. The output configuration forms a switch closure to ground. The electrical specification for the Lamp type switch is:Open switch hold-off voltage: max. +39.5 V DCClosed switch voltage: max. 1 V DC at 500 mAOpen switch resistance (OFF): min. 100 kDiscrete input The discrete input detects the following states:“Open” voltage: 7 V DC to 39.5 V DC or 100 k to ground. “Short” voltage: 0 ±3.5 V DC or 1500  to ground.Input characteristics:Reaction time: <500 ms. The internal interface is diode-isolated for parallel connection externally to any other LRU(s), with at least 200 k of isolation, when power is not applied.Table 5-51: Specification of discrete types
Electrical installation and wiring98-124743-F Chapter 5: Installation 5-695.3.19 Wiring Cockpit Voice interfaceIntroductionThe Cockpit Voice interface must be wired to the Audio Management System (AMS) and an Audio Control Panel (ACP) or similar. Figure 5-32: shows a typical Cockpit Voice installation. Pay attention to the drawing notes:NOTES:[1]The balanced audio outputs from the SDU (TP10, TP11, TP17 and TP18) are not transformer coupled. Do not connect HI or LO output to ground.[2]Off-hook is signalled in 3 ways (per configuration). Use either• Push-To-Talk (PTT) switch•Latched Audio Control Panel switch•MCDU line switch[3]If the AMS has unbalanced audio inputs or outputs, transformers should be inserted in the audio lines, to convert the balanced signals to unbalanced and vice versa. Figure 5-33: shows a typical installation for an AMS with unbalanced audio inputs/ outputs. The Universal Interface Amplifier model 270-16 from Northern Airborne Technology (NAT) has built-in transformers. Alternatively the model AA34-300 may be used (with the same I/O pin configuration). The settings of the Universal Interface Amplifier are listed in Table 5-53 on page 5-72 and Table 5-54 on page 5-73. Northern Airborne Technology (NAT) part numbersPart name Part numberUniversal Interface Amplifier Model 270-16Universal Radio Interface Model AA34-300Table 5-52: Northern Airborne Technology (NAT) part numbers.
Electrical installation and wiring5-70 Chapter 5: Installation 98-124743-FTypical Cockpit Voice installationFigure 5-32: Typical Cockpit Voice installation&DOO/LJKW9$XGLR&RQWUROSDQHO$&39 &+,0(&XUUHQWIURPFKLPH&XUUHQWWRFKLPH&DOO&DQFHOQRWH>@$&30LF2QQRWH>@&KLPH/DPSV,QKLELW&KLPH5HVHW&DOO/LJKW9$XGLR&RQWUROSDQHO$&3&DOO&DQFHOQRWH>@$&30LF2QQRWH>@&KLPH5HVHW&KLPH/DPSV,QKLELW&KLPH6LJQDO&RQWDFW&KLPH6LJQDO&RQWDFW$XGLR0DQDJHPHQW6\VWHP$06+HDGVHW3KRQH+HDGVHW0LFURSKRQH377VZLWFKQRWH>@+HDGVHW3KRQH+HDGVHW0LFURSKRQH377VZLWFKQRWH>@77$6'8%3%3%3 737373731RWH>@737373731RWH>@%3%3%3%3%3%3%3%3%33770LF2Q3770LF2QQRWH>@QRWH>@&39$XGLR2XW+L&39$XGLR2XW/R&39$XGLR,Q+L&39$XGLR,Q/R9RLFH0LF2Q,QSXW&39$XGLR,Q+L&39$XGLR,Q/R9RLFH0LF2Q,QSXW&39$XGLR2XW+L&39$XGLR,Q/R9RLFH&DOO/LJKW2XWSXW9RLFH&DOO/LJKW2XWSXW9RLFH0LF2Q,QSXW&DOO&DQFHO,QSXW&KLPH5HVHW,QSXW&KLPH/DPSV,QKLELW,QSXW9RLFH0LF2Q,QSXW&DOO&DQFHO,QSXW
Electrical installation and wiring98-124743-F Chapter 5: Installation 5-71Cockpit Voice with unbalanced AMS audio interfaceFigure 5-33: Typical Cockpit Voice installation with unbalanced AMS audio interface&DOO/LJKW9$XGLR&RQWURO3DQHO$&39 &+,0(&XUUHQWIURPFKLPH&XUUHQWWRFKLPH&DOO&DQFHOQRWH>@$&30LF2QQRWH>@&KLPH/DPSV,QKLELW&KLPH5HVHW&DOO/LJKW9$XGLR&RQWURO3DQHO$&3&DOO&DQFHOQRWH>@$&30LF2QQRWH>@&KLPH5HVHW&KLPH/DPSV,QKLELW77$6'8%3%3%3 737373731RWH>@'%)$XGLR0DQDJHPHQW6\VWHP$06+,/2+,/2+HDGVHW3KRQH+HDGVHW0LFURSKRQH377VZLWFKQRWH>@98QLYHUVDO,QWHUIDFH$PSOLILHUQRWH>@0RGHORU0RGHO$$73737373&39$XGLR2XW+L$XGLRWR6DW&RP+,/2$XGLRIURP6DW&RP+,/21RWH>@+HDGVHW3KRQH+HDGVHW0LFURSKRQH377VZLWFKQRWH>@98QLYHUVDO,QWHUIDFH$PSOLILHUQRWH>@0RGHORU0RGHO$$'%)%3%3%3%3%3%3%3%3%33770LF2Q3770LF2QQRWH>@QRWH>@&39$XGLR2XW/R&39$XGLR,Q+L&39$XGLR,Q/R&39$XGLR2XW+L&39$XGLR2XW/R&39$XGLR,Q+L&39$XGLR,Q/R$XGLRIURP6DW&RP$XGLRWR6DW&RP9RLFH0LF2Q,QSXW9RLFH0LF2Q,QSXW&KLPH6LJQDO&RQWDFW&KLPH6LJQDO&RQWDFW9RLFH&DOO/LJKW2XWSXW9RLFH0LF2Q,QSXW&DOO&DQFHO,QSXW&KLPH5HVHW,QSXW&KLPH/DPSV,QKLELW,QSXW9RLFH&DOO/LJKW2XWSXW9RLFH0LF2Q,QSXW&DOO&DQFHO,QSXW
Electrical installation and wiring5-72 Chapter 5: Installation 98-124743-FNAT, Universal Interface Amplifier model 270-16 settingsSwitch/Jumper/Adjustment ID NAT, Universal Interface Amplifier model 270-16 settings9V bias, MS3 The SDU does not provide microphone DC power. If the microphone needs DC-power, and if the AMS does not provide DC power this switch shall be set to "9V bias".Load Sel. MS4 Set switch to 600 Ohm (Audio output channel to AMS Audio Input).Load Sel. MS5 Set switch to 600 Ohm (Mic. output channel to SDU Audio Input).Mic SDTN Set mic. side tone level to minimum (side tone is handled by the SDU).Mic. Gain The mic. gain can be adjusted, but it is preferred to use the SDU adjustment capability (approximately 18dB). As starting point the mic. gain should be set to maximum.Rcvr. level The receiver level (headset phone level) can be adjusted, but it is preferred to use the SDU adjustment capability (approximately 18dB). As starting point the Rcvr. level should be set to maximum, and the audio output from the SDU should be adjusted to match other system components (VHF radios etc).Table 5-53: Universal Interface Amplifier model 270-16 settings
Electrical installation and wiring98-124743-F Chapter 5: Installation 5-73NAT, Universal Interface Amplifier model AA34-300 settingsSwitch/Jumper/Adjustment ID NAT, Universal Interface Amplifier model AA34-300 settingsMicrophone DC bias, S1 The SDU does not provide microphone DC power. If the microphone needs DC-power, and if the AMS does not provide DC power this switch shall be set to "closed".Microphone gain C1/C2 Set switch to "C2" in order to select the microphone amplifier and the transformer coupling.Mic. output impedance, JP1Set jumper JP1 to 150 Ohm, position "B-C" (Mic. output channel to SDU Audio Input).Audio Output Impedance JP2Set jumper JP2 to 600 Ohm position "B-C" (Audio output channel to AMS Audio Input).Mic S/T level Set mic. side tone level to minimum (side tone is handled by the SDU).Mic. Level The mic. gain can be adjusted, but it is preferred to use the SDU adjustment capability (approximately 18dB). As starting point the mic. gain should be set to maximum.RX level The receiver level (headset phone level) can be adjusted, but it is preferred to use the SDU adjustment capability (approximately 18dB). As starting point the RX level should be set to maximum, and the audio output from the SDU should be adjusted to match other system components (VHF radios etc).Table 5-54: Universal Interface Amplifier model AA34-300 settings
Electrical installation and wiring5-74 Chapter 5: Installation 98-124743-FSDU pins for Cockpit VoiceSDU Pin Name/Description SpecificationBP52 CP Voice Chime Signal Contact #1; Current from ChimeRelay type, forms a circuit closure between BP52 and BP53 aa. Chime relay contact specification (BP52,BP53):Maximum current: 1.0 A.Maximum hold-off voltage (open circuit): 36.0 V.BP53 CP Voice Chime Signal Contact #2; Current to ChimeRelay type, forms a circuit closure between BP52 and BP53 aBP82 CP Voice Call Cancel Input #1(Discrete I)Input: WOW (active low) bb. The discrete interfaces are described in Description of the discrete types on page 5-68.BP83 CP Voice Mic On Input #1 (Discrete I/O)Input: WOW (active low) bBP84 CP Voice Call Light Output #1(Discrete O)Output: Lamp driver bBP85 CP Voice Call Cancel Input #2(Discrete I)Input: WOW (active low) bBP86 CP Voice Mic On Input #2(Discrete I/O)Input: WOW (active low) bBP87 CP Voice Call Light Output #2(Discrete O)Output: Lamp driver bBP88 Chime/Lamps Inhibit Input(Discrete I)Input: WOW (active low) bBP91 CP Voice Chime Reset Input(Discrete I)Input: WOW (active low) bTP10 Cockpit Voice Audio #1 In Hi Balanced input. Impedance > 35 kOhm cc. Dynamic input range: 0.12 VRMS to 1.5VRMS. TP11 Cockpit Voice Audio #1 In Lo Balanced input. Impedance > 35 kOhm cTP12 Cockpit Voice Audio #1 Out Hi Balanced output. Impedance < 20 Ohm dd. Rated output power into 600 Ohm: > 40mW (4.9VRMS).The outputs are NOT transformer coupled, and must not be shorted to ground.Minimum load impedance: >= 250 Ohm.TP13 Cockpit Voice Audio #1 Out Lo Balanced output. Impedance < 20 Ohm dTP15 Cockpit Voice Audio #2 In Hi Balanced input. Impedance > 35 kOhm cTP16 Cockpit Voice Audio #2 In Lo Balanced input. Impedance > 35 kOhm cTP17 Cockpit Voice Audio #2 Out Hi Balanced output. Impedance < 20 Ohm dTP18 Cockpit Voice Audio #2 Out Lo Balanced output. Impedance < 20 Ohm dTable 5-55: SDU pins for Cockpit Voice interface
Electrical installation and wiring98-124743-F Chapter 5: Installation 5-75Description of the Cockpit Voice interfaceCP Voice Chime Signal Contact #1/#2 (BP52, BP53)The solid state relay drives a chime, that is sounded on incoming calls (ground-to-air call), and per configuration on outgoing calls (air-to-ground calls), when the line is connected and ready (single stroke or multi stroke chime).CP Voice Call Light Output #1/#2 (BP84, BP87)The discrete outputs drive the call lights, that are turned on at incoming and outgoing calls. The lamps are either flashing or steady on (per configuration), until off-hook.CP Voice Mic On Input #1/#2 (BP83, BP86)The discrete inputs are used for entering the off-hook state on incoming and outgoing calls. The input may be wired (per configuration) to the Push-To-Talk (PTT) switch, or the latched Mic On switch on the Audio Control Panel (ACP).PTT switch wiring: The off-hook state is entered on the first high-to-low transition.ACP switch wiring: When the input is low, the state is off-hook. When the input is high the state is on-hook.CP Voice Call Cancel Input #1/#2 (BP82, BP85)If the above Mic. On inputs are configured to PTT switch wiring, the Call Cancel inputs may be used for entering on-hook state. The input reacts on a high-to-low transition.CP Voice Chime Reset Input (BP91)The discrete input is used for silencing the chime, but off-hook state will not be entered. The input reacts on a high-to-low transition.Chime/Lamps Inhibit Input (BP88)The discrete input is used for inhibiting the Call Lamps and the Chime from becoming active, and is typically used during take-off and landing. The inhibit function is active as long as the input is kept low.
Electrical installation and wiring5-76 Chapter 5: Installation 98-124743-F5.3.20 Wiring the Maintenance interfaces and ResetMaintenance PC, CM Write Enable, SDU Reset and ATE The following drawing shows the wiring of:• the RS-232 Maintenance PC connection on the SDU,• the LAN Maintenance PC connection on the SBU,•SDU Reset,• Write enable for the SDU Configuration Module and• ATE interface (for factory use only - do not connect!)ImportantMake sure that there is no cable connected to the SDU or SBU Maintenance connector when the aircraft is airborne.Figure 5-34: Wiring Maintenance PC and Reset77$6'85(6(7 %3)3)3)3)3)3)3)3*1'3RZHU5HWXUQ0DLQWHQDQFH3&56&57656&5;'56&7;'56&&76%3$7(%3$7(%3$7('RQRWFRQQHFW6'85HVHW'%)'%0'%)&0:ULWH(QDEOH'DWD&DEOH779'&'%077$6%873$7(73$7( )3)3)3)30DLQWHQDQFH3&)5217&211(&7255-5['5['7['7['5-'RQRWFRQQHFW
Electrical installation and wiring98-124743-F Chapter 5: Installation 5-77Pins for SDU RS-232 Maintenance PC interface and CM Write Enable (SDU)The following list shows the SDU pins used for RS-232 PC interface and for CM Write Enable. Both interfaces are included in the TT 37-112940 data cable described at the end of this section.Description of SDU RS-232 Maintenance PC interface and CM Write EnableThe SDU has a PC interface at the front connector, supporting the RS-232 standard. The front PC interface can also be used for uploading software. The interface is configured as DCE on the SDU (i.e. TxD + RTS are inputs and RxD + CTS are outputs). The PC interface has the following characteristics:• Baud rate: 115.2 kbps fixed• Data bits: 8•Parity: None•Stop bit: 1• Flow control: Hardware (RTS/CTS only)The Write Enable Input - FP15 - enables write cycles to the write protected area in the Configuration Module. FP15 must be connected to +12 V DC (FP8) in order to have access to the write protected area. Electrical specifications:Enable Write cycles: +10.0 V  VFP15  +13.0 VWrite Protected: VFP15  +1.9 VSDU Pin Name/DescriptionFP10 TxD InputFP11 RxD OutputFP12 RTS InputFP13 CTS OutputFP9 GND, Power Return (for +12 V DC)FP8 +12 V DC/120 mAFP15 Configuration Module Write Enable InTable 5-56: SDU pins for RS-232 PC interface
Electrical installation and wiring5-78 Chapter 5: Installation 98-124743-FThe following drawing shows the wiring of the maintenance cable for the SDU front connector.Pins for the Maintenance interface on SBUThe following list shows the pins used for the Maintenance interface on the SBU.Description of the Maintenance interface on the SBUUse the Maintenance interface on the front of the SBU for configuration and maintenance purpose, i.e. for tasks like configuring RF cable settings for the installation, satcom antenna setup, navigational input and software upgrades. The interface is a 10/100BaseT Ethernet and can be accessed from a PC with Ethernet interface. The PC is connected using a standard straight network cable.The maintenance interface has the following characteristics:• 100 Base-T /10 Base-T Ethernet• IEEE 802.3To access the configuration settings, use a PC with a browser and open the built-in web interface of the SBU. For further information, see SBU Configuration tasks on page 6-12.Figure 5-35: TT 37-112940 maintenance cable for front connector on SDU and PC'%0DOH'%)HPDOH*1'5;'7;'&76576+RXVLQJ0HWDO+RXVLQJ0HWDO'DWD&DEOH77PHWHU7R3&7R6'8SBU pin Name/DescriptionFP1 TxD+FP2 TxD-FP3 RxD+FP6 RxD-Table 5-57: SBU pins for Maintenance interface
Electrical installation and wiring98-124743-F Chapter 5: Installation 5-79ResetThe SDU has a discrete input (BP77) on the rear connector, which can be used for SDU hardware reset. The specification complies with the discrete WOW input.SDU hardware reset is initiated by connecting the input to ground. This input is filtered carefully, and the input must be activated for approximately 5 s before the reset procedure takes action. It is highly recommended to use a guarded switch to avoid accidental operation of the switch.Electrical DC characteristics: WOW Input type, refer to Description of the discrete types on page 5-68.Pins for Automatic Test Equipment (ATE)The ATE pins are for factory use only.The SDU and the SBU both have pins for Automatic Test Equipment (ATE).• SDU rear connector Bottom Plug (BP) pins: ATE 1 (BP74), ATE 2 (BP75) and ATE 3 (BP76).• SBU rear connector Top Plug (TP) pins: ATE #1 (TP9) and ATE #2 (TP10).Maintenance handset interfaceThe following drawing shows the wiring of the maintenance handset interface to the front connector of the SDU.Figure 5-36: Wiring maintenance handsetNoteYou only need to connect this input if you have special requirements to the reset function. For normal use, the push-button on the front panel of the SDU should be sufficient.ImportantDo not connect anything to the ATE pins, not even ground! Connecting the ATE pins can cause unintended function of the system. 77$6'8*1'3RZHU5HWXUQ)3)3)3)3)3)3)3)3)URQW&RQQHFWRU'%)9'&P$565;7;$565;7;%:LUH7HOHS/LQH7[:LUH7HOHS/LQH5[0DLQWHQDQFH&UDGOH77$'%) '%0'%01RWH7KH77$FUDGOHLVGHOLYHUHGZLWKWKH'%0FRQQHFWRUPRXQWHGRQDSLJWDLO
Electrical installation and wiring5-80 Chapter 5: Installation 98-124743-FPins for Maintenance handset interfaceThe following list shows the pins used for maintenance handset interface.Description of the Maintenance handset interfaceThe SDU has a handset interface for the TT-5620A Handset for maintenance use.This interface can be used to access the menu system using a 4-Wire Handset.The front connector provides +12 V DC handset power (FP8). The RS-485 bus on the front connector is common with the RS-485 bus for Handset #4 on the rear connector. The Maintenance handset provides a common mode voltage (2.5 V DC) on the Audio In lines to the SDU. This voltage is used to detect the presence of the handset on the front connector, so the RS-485 #4 can be redirected to the front connector. SDU Pin Function: Handset InterfaceFP1 Maintenance Handset Audio In HiFP2 Maintenance Handset Audio In LoFP3 Maintenance Handset Audio Out HiFP4 Maintenance Handset Audio Out LoFP6 Maintenance Handset RS-485 Data AFP7 Maintenance Handset RS-485 Data BFP8 +12 V DC/120 mAFP9 GND Power Return (for +12 V DC)Table 5-58: SDU pins for Maintenance handset interface
Recommended cables98-124743-F Chapter 5: Installation 5-815.4 Recommended cables5.4.1 IntroductionThis section lists recommended cables and allowed cable lengths for the cables in the AVIATOR 700 system.5.4.2 Power cables, allowed cable lengthsAllowed cable lengths, SDUThe following table shows the allowed SDU cable lengths for selected AWG types. If other AWG types are used, make sure the contact type supports the AWG type.It is generally recommended to keep cable lengths as short as possible, specially on cables for Chassis GND.ImportantFor specific requirements to the cables, see the applicable section in 5.3 Electrical installation and wiring.NoteDescription Pin Contact Type Max. resistance Max Length (at 70C)AWG20 AWG18 AWG16 AWG14SDU +28 V DC PowerTP1 16 87.5 m a(200 m-112.5 m in circuit breaker)a. The max. cable resistance is calculated using the resistance of a Klixon 2TC circuit breaker. If another circuit breaker is used, the max. resistance and cable length may differ from these values.7 fta(2.1 m)11 fta(3.4 m)18 fta(5.4 m)(not suitable for this contact size)SDUGND, Power ReturnTP2 16 25 m2 ft(0.6 m)3 ft(0.9 m)5 ft(1.5 m)(not suitable for this contact size)SDU Chassis GroundTP3 16 25 m(additional requirement: max. length 1 m)2 ft(0.6 m)3 ft(0.9 m)3 ft(1.0 m)(not suitable for this contact size)Table 5-59: Allowed lengths for SDU power cables
Recommended cables5-82 Chapter 5: Installation 98-124743-FAllowed cable lengths, HPAThe following table shows the allowed HPA cable lengths for selected AWG types. If other AWG types are used, make sure the contact type supports the AWG type.It is generally recommended to keep cable lengths as short as possible, specially on cables for Chassis.NoteDescription Pin Contact Type Max. resistance Max Length (at 70C)AWG12 AWG10 AWG8HPA +28 V DC PowerBP A1 5 87.5 m a(100 m-12.5 m in circuit breaker)a. The max. cable resistance is calculated using the resistance of a Klixon 2TC circuit breaker. If another circuit breaker is used, the max. resistance and cable length may differ from these values.(not suitable for this contact type)71 fta(21.6 m)126 fta(38.4 m)HPA GND, Power ReturnBP A2525 m(not suitable for this contact type)20 ft(6.1 m)36 ft(11.0 m)Table 5-60: Allowed lengths for HPA power cablesDescription Pin Contact Type Max. resistance Max Length (at 70C)AWG20 AWG18HPA Chassis BP30 20HD 25 m2 ft(0.6 m)(not suitable for this contact size)Table 5-61: Allowed lengths for HPA chassis cable
Recommended cables98-124743-F Chapter 5: Installation 5-83Allowed cable lengths, SBUThe following table shows the allowed SBU cable lengths for selected AWG types. If other AWG types are used, make sure the contact type supports the AWG type.It is generally recommended to keep cable lengths as short as possible, specially on cables for Chassis GND.5.4.3 Recommended Power cablesThe cable types shall meet the following standards:• M27500 for shielded wire.• M22759 for single wire.NoteDescription Pin Contact type Max. resistance Max length (at 70C)AWG20 AWG18 AWG16 AWG14SBU +28 V DC PowerTP1 16 210 m a(250 m-40 m in 7.5 A circuit breaker)a. The max. cable resistance is calculated using the resistance of a Klixon 2TC circuit breaker. If another circuit breaker is used, the max. resistance and cable length may differ from these values.17 fta(5.2 m)27 fta(8.3 m)43 fta(13.2 m)(not suitable for this contact size)SBU +28 V DC PowerTP1 16 137.5 ma(250 m-112.5 m in 4 A circuit breaker)11 fta(3.4 m)18 fta(5.5 m)28 fta(8.5 m)(not suitable for this contact size)SBU GND, PowerReturnTP2 16 25 mThe cable should be as short as possible, max. 1 m.2 ft(0.6 m)3 ft(0.9 m)5 ft(1.5 m)(not suitable for this contact size)SBU Chassis GroundBP3 16 25 m Connect directly to aircraft chassis.2 ft(0.6 m)3 ft(0.9 m)3.3 ft(1.0 m)(not suitable for this contact size)Table 5-62: Allowed lengths for SBU power cables
Recommended cables5-84 Chapter 5: Installation 98-124743-F5.4.4 Recommended RF cablesThe following cable types are recommended for the RF cables. Contact your cable supplier for other cable types.Equivalent cable types, which meet the requirements, may also be used.Maximum cable lengths for WLAN cablesNoteCABLE TYPE SPECIFICATIONSPart number Diameter(mm/in.)Minimum BendRadius (mm/ in.)Attenuation (dB/100ft)@ 1.6 GHzSize 5 contact part numberECS 3C142B 4.95/0.19 25.4/1.0 18.1 620021PIC S22089 11.0/0.43 63.5 / 2.5 4.8 n.a.PIC S33141 6.9/0.27 35.6 / 1.4 8.6 n.a.ECS 310801 11.48/0.452 57.4 / 2.26 4.6 n.a.ECS 311201 8.05/0.317 40.6 / 1.6 6.7 n.a.ECS 311501 5.82/0.229 30.5 / 1.2 9.1 P922EMTEQ TFLX165-100 4.19/0.17 21.6 / 0.85 16.8 A45165-1EMTEQ PFLX195-500 5.08/0.2 12.7/0.5 14.0 A45195-1EMTEQ TFLX295-100 7.95/0.31 40.6 / 1.6 7.6 n.a.EMTEQ TFLX480-100 12.2/0.48 57.2 / 2.25 4.8 n.a.Table 5-63: List of Recommended RF CablesCable from SBU to WLAN antenna W5 and W6 aPart numberCable diameter(mm/in.)Attenuation(dB/100 ft)Maximum cablelengthSize 5 contactpart numberRF specification @2.4 GHz: 5 dBPIC S22089 11.0/0.43 6.7 dB 75 ft (23 m) n.a.PIC S33141 6.9/0.27 11.0 dB 46 ft (14 m) n.a.ECS 3C142B 4.95/0.19 22.2 dB 22 ft (6 m) 620021ECS 310801 11.48/0.452 6.5 dB 75 ft (23 m) n.a.ECS 311201 8.05/0.317 8.9 dB 56 ft (17 m) n.a.Table 5-64: Allowed lengths for WLAN cables
Recommended cables98-124743-F Chapter 5: Installation 5-855.4.5 Recommended cables for ARINC 429Use ARINC 429 cables that meet the following standard:• M27500 for shielded wireThe cables for the ARINC 429 interfaces must be twisted and shielded and conform to the standards for aeronautical use.5.4.6 Recommended cables for RS-422 SBU control interfaceThe interface is designed to be terminated with the characteristic impedance of the twisted shielded cable: M27500-22SB2T23 from RAYCHEM.5.4.7 Recommended cables for EthernetCables for Ethernet on SBU (Quadrax connectors)Use an Ethernet cable that meets one of the following standards:• TIA/EIA568-A CAT5 Requirements• FAR 25.869(a)The following cable types meet the requirements:• Part number: 422404, Quadrax 24 Awg from ECS• Part number: F 4704-4 from Draka Fileca5.4.8 Cables for Discrete SignalsUse cables for discrete wiring that meet the following standard:• M27500 for shielded wireECS 311501 5.82/0.229 10.7 dB 46 ft (14 m) P922EMTEQ PFLX195-500 5.08/0.2 16.81 30 ft (9 m) A45195-1EMTEQ TFLX165 100 4.19/0.17 21.16 dB 23 ft (7 m) A45165-1EMTEQ TFLX295 100 7.95/0.31 9.8 dB 52 ft (16 m) n.a.EMTEQ TFLX480 100 12.2/0.48 5.8 dB 85 ft (26 m) n.a.a. W5 and W6 stand for the cables needed when wiring the TT-5040A SBU, see Wiring WLAN antenna interface on page 5-43.Cable from SBU to WLAN antenna W5 and W6 aPart numberCable diameter(mm/in.)Attenuation(dB/100 ft)Maximum cablelengthSize 5 contactpart numberTable 5-64: Allowed lengths for WLAN cables (Continued)
Verifying the installation5-86 Chapter 5: Installation 98-124743-F5.5 Verifying the installationCertain check procedures must be performed during and after installation of the AVIATOR 700 system. The first check procedures are performed after wiring, but before inserting LRUs.For information on the required and recommended check procedures, see Check procedures on page 7-1.5.6 Activation of airtime servicesBefore the AVIATOR 700 system becomes operational, the aircraft owner or operator must settle a contract with an Inmarsat Service Provider (ISP) so the system can be activated. The airtime provider handles terminal activation, billing and technical support that is related to the communication network.The activation process may take some time, so to make sure it is ready in time, start the activation procedure some time before the installation on the aircraft begins.5.6.1 The 3 ID numbers for the AVIATOR 700 systemThe AVIATOR 700 system is a hybrid system with 3 individual parts. Each part uses different Inmarsat services and therefore has its own ID number in the Inmarsat network.Table 5-65: ID numbers in the Inmarsat networkService name ID Format (example) Obtained fromClassic Aero (H+) ICAO aka AES ID 52535714 CAA or tail numberSwiftBroadband IMSI 123456789009876 SBU CM label or DashboardSwift64 ISN 76TT12AABBCC SDU CM label or Aero-SDU Configuration ProgramICAO addressThe ICAO address (International Civil Aviation Organization) is a unique 24-bit number assigned to an aircraft by the civil aviation authority of the state in which the aircraft is registered. This number is the same number used for the Mode S transponder and the TCAS system and in some countries it's calculated from the tail no.In the Inmarsat world, this is also referred to as the AES ID (Airborne Earth Station ID). The ICAO is normally noted in Oct (octal), but in some cases Hex is also used.• Enter the aircraft's ICAO number in the Aero-SDU Configuration Program.• Strap pins BP1-25 according to the ICAO. For further guidelines see Wiring ICAO address on page 5-37.
Activation of airtime services98-124743-F Chapter 5: Installation 5-87ISNThe Inmarsat Serial Number (ISN) is the ID of the Swift64 part of AVIATOR 700. It has a format like 76TT12AABBCC, where 76TT12 indicates a Cobham SATCOM Swift64 system and the AABBCC is the actual 24 bit ID, also called forward ID. The ISN is pre-assigned to the system by Cobham SATCOM and is printed on the label of the SDU configuration module (CM). Note the CM has 2 ISN. Make sure to use the one marked SDU ISN for AVIATOR 700. The ISN can also be seen in the Aero-SDU Configuration Program under the Commissioning IDs.IMSIThe IMSI (International Mobile Subscriber Identity) is the ID for the SwiftBroadband service and is tied to the SBU Configuration Module (CM). The IMSI can be found either on the label on the SBU CM or on the Dashboard of the SBU web interface.Other Classic Aero numbersThe contract for classic aero services with your airtime provider contains among other items the following phone numbers and identifiers:• IMN (Inmarsat Mobile Number) on Swift64• DDI (Direct Dial-In) on Aero H+• Direct phone number to call the AVIATOR 700 system from the ground without specifying the satellite region the terminal is located in (this is supported by a few providers).SwiftBroadbandThe AVIATOR 700 system is delivered with the SIM card permanently installed in the CM of the SBU, but not activated. The SIM card is pre-authenticated by Inmarsat and identified by its unique IMSI number (International Mobile Subscriber Identity). The IMSI is usually 15 digits long.The IMSI number is printed on the part number label of the CM. It is also printed on the Certificate of Conformity letter belonging to the CM.You need the IMSI to activate the Satellite communication service.For details how to activate the SIM card please contact your airtime Provider. The contract for SwiftBroadband services with your airtime provider contains among other items the following phone numbers and identifiers:• Direct phone number that is associated with the IMSI number of the installation.Typically the service provider provisions the SIM card automatically to open up for the circuit-switched and packet switched services.To use the packet switched services you may have to enter the APN (Access Point Name), make sure that you have received this information from your service provider.For step-by-step instructions how to enter the APN see Set the common interface settings of the SBU on page 6-37.NoteNote
Activation of airtime services5-88 Chapter 5: Installation 98-124743-FMaking calls and using the InternetFor information on how to make a call to and from the system or go on the Internet etc. see the User Manual.Service providersYou find a list of Service providers on Inmarsat’s web site, Partner search (http://www.inmarsat.com/partners/search-for-partner/).
98-124743-F 6-1Chapter 6Configure the AVIATOR 700 system 66.1 Configure the basic systemTo configure the AVIATOR 700 system you use the Aero-SDU Configuration Program for the SDU and the Built-in web interface for the SBU.Figure 6-2: Configuration tools for SDU and SBUFor quick start instructions see:•Basic configuration of the SDU on page 6-9•Basic configuration of the SBU on page 6-12NoteLine of sight during operationYou can configure the system while the aircraft is in the hangar. Note that you cannot typically check the satellite communication while the aircraft is still in the hangar. There must be a line of sight between the Satcom antenna and the satellite in order to use the satellite service.Figure 6-1: Line of sight when communicating with the satelliteSatcom Antenna3&ZLWKFRQILJXUDWLRQSURJUDPDQGZHEEURZVHU56/$1FDEOH&RQILJXUDWLRQSURJUDPIRU6'8:HELQWHUIDFHIRU6%8
Aero-SDU Configuration Program for the SDU6-2 Chapter 6: Configure the AVIATOR 700 system 98-124743-F6.2 Aero-SDU Configuration Program for the SDUConfiguration parameters for the SDU are stored in the SDU Configuration Module (CM), which is managed from the Aero-SDU Configuration Program for the MS Windows® operating systems.The Aero-SDU Configuration Program makes it possible to:• Read, write and edit a complete set of operating parameters for the SDU system• Show which units are available• Set up the SDU and cabling with all configurable parameters• Access the SBU configuration tool (web interface)• Save/load an SDU configuration to/from a file• Print reports to a printer•Update the SDU and HPA software• Access a terminal emulator for troubleshooting purposes• Acquire elevation and azimuth for I3 and I4 satellites for any geographical location• Get online help on specific topics through the Help menu, by pressing F1, or by using the “What’s This?” button6.2.1 Install the Aero-SDU Configuration ProgramInstallation requirements• Installation CD (included in the delivery of the AVIATOR 700 system). You can also download the Aero-SDU Configuration Program at https://sync.cobham.com/satcom/support/downloads or http://www.cobham.com/cobham-satcom-service-and-support for non-partners.• A PC running Windows Vista, Windows 7, Windows 8 or Windows 10.• 1024×768 or higher display resolution. The program is best viewed using small fonts.• Data Cable (Part number TT 37-112940-A or equivalent) to connect a PC to the SDU.• An available serial COM port (DB9) for the Data Cable.• Ethernet cable (straight)Installation procedureInsert the CD-ROM with the Aero-SDU Configuration Program into the CD ROM drive and wait until the PC automatically starts the installation program (if the installation program does not start automatically, open the file-explorer and double-click the file named setup.exe).Go through the InstallShield Wizard. When installation is done, a shortcut is placed on your desktop.
Aero-SDU Configuration Program for the SDU98-124743-F Chapter 6: Configure the AVIATOR 700 system 6-36.2.2 To use the Aero-SDU Configuration ProgramThe Aero-SDU Configuration Program is used to configure both AVIATOR 700 and Aero-HSD+systems.No mismatch for Level D and Level E allowed: If a level-D certified system detects an inconsistent hardware unit (level E) or software image (level E), it enters failure mode and the system will not be operational. Inconsistency messages are displayed to clearly inform the service personnel about the reason for this failure mode.Figure 6-3: Aero-SDU Configuration Program: View Level D and Level E certification levelImportant
Aero-SDU Configuration Program for the SDU6-4 Chapter 6: Configure the AVIATOR 700 system 98-124743-FStart the Aero-SDU Configuration ProgramTo start up the Aero-SDU Configuration Program, double-click the program icon on your desktop.The following picture shows the start up window of the configuration program.You can perform several tasks from the start up window. This chapter concentrates on the configuration task.Figure 6-4: Aero-SDU Configuration Program: Start-up window
Aero-SDU Configuration Program for the SDU98-124743-F Chapter 6: Configure the AVIATOR 700 system 6-5NavigationThe most important menu commands to start managing a configuration are:Table 6-1: Configuration related menu commands File, New Create a new configuration from scratch (Only the most critical parameters are initialized, the rest is up to you). Confirm the system to configure: AVIATOR 700 Up to four different configurations can be open at the same time.The configuration can be created off-line (i.e. without an SDU connected to the PC). The settings can then be written to the SDU at a later stage.Note: Offline configuration can only be done for the SDU. To configure the SBU you must be online.File, Open Opens a previously saved configuration from the disk.File, Read Configuration from SDURead configuration from the connected SDU and copy the data into a new configuration.Note. This function is most suited for tasks that involve minor modifications to already installed systems. Menu keys Icon or button Description
Aero-SDU Configuration Program for the SDU6-6 Chapter 6: Configure the AVIATOR 700 system 98-124743-FHaving opened a new configuration, you are prompted to confirm the system you are about to configure. Select AVIATOR 700 and click OK to continue.Figure 6-5: Configuration program: System selection, Aero-SDU Configuration Program
Aero-SDU Configuration Program for the SDU98-124743-F Chapter 6: Configure the AVIATOR 700 system 6-7When one of the products is selected, the configuration view opens.Figure 6-6: Aero-SDU Configuration Program, configuration viewThe configuration view is divided into three panes:1. Navigation pane to access specific sections of the configuration2. Settings pane to set individual configuration settings3. Warnings pane listing the tasks to set up a valid configuration, and displaying errors and notes. Menus in the Navigation paneThe Aero-SDU Configuration Program comprises the following items:Installation - aircraft details and installed units.•Handsets - setting of handset type, volume, ring tones etc. Fax connected to 2-wire.•Ring Profiles - setup of ring profiles that each determine the behavior of all handsets and annunciators.•RF - setup of antenna and DLNA types, antenna heading, SBU unit installed and RF cable losses.NoteFor instructions how to make a software update see Software update on page 8-8.123
Aero-SDU Configuration Program for the SDU6-8 Chapter 6: Configure the AVIATOR 700 system 98-124743-F•Ext. Systems - setup of external systems such as IRS/AHRS, ACARS/AFIS/CMU, MCDU etc.•Date & Time - setup of date and time in the SDU and synchronization.•Call Routing - setup of how the SDU should behave to incoming and outgoing calls.•LAN - IP parameters for LAN connection. Under normal conditions, these parameters should not be changed.•BITE - List of BITE codes with the option to disable display of selected codes.Satellite Network - setup of the conditions for logon to the satellite network, including automatic/manual logon, setup of GES for the H+ service and LES for the Swift64 service and initial satellite data.Phone Book - a list of up to 99 phone numbers. From this window you can add, edit and delete information in the phone book and assign quick-dial numbers.Information•Factory data - showing the version of the software installed in the SDU, including the certification level D or E, the PCB numbers of the individual boards in the system, the serial numbers of the LRUs in the system, the LRU revision numbers of the: SDU, CM, HPA, 4W Handset(s) units.•Commissioning IDs - setup of ICAO address and inspection of ISN numbers.Settings paneThis pane contains the details related to the items you can select in the Navigation pane.Figure 6-7: SDU configuration, Information> Factory Data: View the certification level
Aero-SDU Configuration Program for the SDU98-124743-F Chapter 6: Configure the AVIATOR 700 system 6-9Warnings pane and SDU configuration guideThis pane contains a list that can hold a mix of: A list of the parameters that need to be entered, errors and notes. The list serves two main purposes:1. Configuration guide: To show what you need to change/set up before the configuration can be written to the SDU. If something important remains in this list when the write to SDU function is applied an error dialog appears.When you have configured the system correctly, this warnings pane will be empty.2. Warnings and notes: To indicate where your configuration differs from what Cobham SATCOM recommends (ex. antenna gain exceeds expected limits).Note: Double click on the items in the list one by one to work through the necessary configuration settings. A click on an item brings you directly to the hot spots in the configuration that need your attention.6.2.3 Basic configuration of the SDUFor detailed information on how to use the Aero-SDU Configuration Program, please refer to the built-in help system of the program. Press F1 or use the Help menu.As a minimum setup, you need to set up the following parameters:Commissioning ID•ICAO address.In the navigation pane of the Aero-SDU Configuration Program, select Commissioning IDs under Information. Then click the Copy button to copy the strapped ICAO address to the Config Module, or type in the ICAO address in the Config Module field.RF settings SDU•Antenna type and heading offset.Select RF under Installation and select the antenna type. •DLNA type.In the RF pane select the DLNA type.•Cable loss for SDU.In the RF pane, enter the cable losses in the Cable Loss fields. These cable loss values are without losses from the RX splitter and TX combiner.The necessary RF settings for the SBU are described in Basic configuration of the SBU on page 6-12.External systems•Navigation parameters, IRS/AHRS.Select Ext. Systems under Installation. Then select IRS or AHRS, select which interfaces are connected and whether they run at low or high speed.
Aero-SDU Configuration Program for the SDU6-10 Chapter 6: Configure the AVIATOR 700 system 98-124743-FSatellite network•Preferred GESSelect Satellite Network and set up the list of preferred GES. •Preferred LES and Logon PolicySet up the list of preferred LESs. Set H+ Logon Policy to Automatic or Manual.Enable handsets•Handset parameters, Broadcast Ring Tone.Select Handsets under installation. Then select a ring tone from the Broadcast Ring Tone scroll list.External equipmentDepending on the connected equipment, it may be necessary to enter information on some of the following items:•Handsets.Select Handsets under Installation.Then enter which handset is installed on which interface and set the parameters for each handset. • For handset interface #1 and #2 you may select T&T Handset, MagnaStar, WH10, Cockpit Audio, Iridium-1, Iridium-2 or FONE. •For handset interface #3 you may select T&T Handset, MagnaStar, WH10, Iridium-1, Iridium-2 or FONE.• For handset interface #4 only T&T handset is available.• For handset interface #5 and #6 you may select Handset, Fax or ICG Handset (for Sigma7 handset).•Fax.In the Handsets pane, select the Fax handset-type under Two-Wire POTS #5 or #6. This means the interface will not ring on a broadcast call.•Ring Profiles.Select Ring Profiles under Installation. Set up one or more profiles that determine which interfaces should ring when a broadcast call is received, and which should not.There are five possible profiles. One of them, “TakeOfLandng”, is preset and cannot be changed. If the “Chime/Lamps Inhibit” input is activated, the “TakeOfLandng” profile is automatically used. This input should be activated during take-off and landing.•ACARS/AFIS/CMU/MCDU/WOW.Select Ext. Systems under Installation.Then enter which systems are connected and enter the requested parameters for each system.Write the configuration to the SDUTo transfer the content of the active configuration view into the connected SDU click the button in the top toolbar.
Aero-SDU Configuration Program for the SDU98-124743-F Chapter 6: Configure the AVIATOR 700 system 6-116.2.4 Transfer configuration data to the SDU You transfer configuration data to the SDU using the Aero-SDU Configuration Program. Before transferring the settings, connect the TT37-112940-A data cable between the serial port of the PC and the front connector of the SDU. Use the menu commands listed below to select the direction of the transmission.Table 6-2: Menu commands for configuration data transferLink - Read configuration from SDU(Or use keyboard shortcut Ctrl-R)Transfer the configuration from the SDU connected into the configuration view that is active right now.Link - Write configuration to SDU(Or use keyboard shortcut Ctrl-W)Transfer the content of the active configuration view into the connected SDU.1. Before writing the configuration, the configuration program validates the data. If this validation fails due to errors in the configuration, a dialog will inform you about it, and the write operation is cancelled. See also messages in the warning pane for more information.2. Before the write operation is started you will have the choice to turn off reset-after-write. Please note that settings are only applied to the system after a reset. Under normal circumstances you do not need to change this.Select a COM port: The first time you try to communicate with the SDU, a popup dialog will ask you to select a COM-port from a list of installed COM-ports. This dialog will also appear if the SDU was not found on the selected COM-port.Menu key combination Icon Description
SBU Configuration tasks6-12 Chapter 6: Configure the AVIATOR 700 system 98-124743-F6.3 SBU Configuration tasksHaving installed the AVIATOR 700 System you must also configure the SwiftBroadband Unit properly for use with the current antenna setup, including cable losses for the installation, and select the correct navigational input. Furthermore the interfaces have to be set up and configured to the specific aircraft installation and application requirements. IP connections, network user groups and profiles for IP data usage including LAN/WLAN network management must be configured so the required applications run smoothly on the system. For this purpose you use the built-in web interface of the SBU.There are two ways to access the SBU web interface:1. Use a web browser and enter the IP address of the SBU. The standard IP address is 192.168.0.1.2. Using the Aero-SDU Configuration Program, click on the button SBU Dashboard in the left side of the startup window.6.3.1 Basic configuration of the SBUAs a minimum, you need to set up the following parameters in the built-in web interface of the SBU:1. On the DASHBOARD verify that you have the latest SBU software version (see cobham.com/satcom, Service and support). Verify also that the certification level is correct (Level-D or Level-E). For more information on the individual fields see Use the Dashboard on page 6-22.Figure 6-9: Basic configuration of the SBU, step 1/6NoteBefore you start configuring the SBU make sure that the Configuration Module for the SBU is mounted in the SwiftBroadband Unit.Figure 6-8: 2 ways to access the SBU web interface21
SBU Configuration tasks98-124743-F Chapter 6: Configure the AVIATOR 700 system 6-132. In SETTINGS > System type, select AVIATOR 700 and click Apply. Figure 6-10: Basic configuration of the SBU, step 2/63. In SETTINGS > External systems enter the values for Navigational input and GPS voltage. For detailed instructions see Set up the navigational input of the SBU on page 6-51.Figure 6-12: Basic configuration of the SBU, step 3/6CAUTION! Selecting a wrong system type may cause damage to the satcom antenna or GPS antenna. If the system type purchased can not be selected, please contact the supplier of your AVIATOR 700 system.Do not try to use a different system type!12312
SBU Configuration tasks6-14 Chapter 6: Configure the AVIATOR 700 system 98-124743-F4. In SETTINGS > RF settings, enter the cable losses applicable to the SBU. For detailed instructions see Configure RF settings of the SBU on page 6-50. 5. In SETTINGS > LAN > Network user groups, click Edit.Figure 6-14: Basic configuration of the SBU, step 5/6Figure 6-13: Basic configuration of the SBU, step 4/612341243
SBU Configuration tasks98-124743-F Chapter 6: Configure the AVIATOR 700 system 6-156. Enter the APN from your service provider. For detailed instructions see Set up the network user groups on page 6-55.Figure 6-15: Basic configuration of the SBU, step 6/61234
Built-in web interface for the SBU6-16 Chapter 6: Configure the AVIATOR 700 system 98-124743-F6.4 Built-in web interface for the SBUUse the built-in web interface of the SBU to access the SBU configuration settings in the CM of the SBU. A subset of the configuration settings are stored in a write-protected area of the CM. This subset contains the physical settings for the antenna, cabling and other external input.To set up or change the settings of the write-protected area you must connect a PC to the connector marked Maintenance on the SBU front plate. You can view all SBU settings from any LAN or WLAN interface.The CM also contains the SIM card for accessing the SwiftBroadband service. The settings that can only be changed when connected to the SBU maintenance connector are:•Discrete I/O settings•System type•Cable loss data in Settings, RF settings, • Input from navigational systems in Settings, External systems• Enabling options (Router, WLAN) in Settings, Flex.No installation of software is necessary because the web interface is built into the SBU.Browsers supportedThe web interface is built into the terminal and is used for operating, setting up and configuring the system. You can access the web interface from a computer with a standard Internet browser.ImportantNoteFor information on daily use of the AVIATOR 700 system refer to the AVIATOR 700 User Manual.
Built-in web interface for the SBU98-124743-F Chapter 6: Configure the AVIATOR 700 system 6-176.4.1 Topics in the SBU web interfaceThe following drawing shows the topics available in the web interface. The topics in grey are mainly used during daily use of the system, they are described in detail in the AVIATOR 700 User Manual.Figure 6-16: Topics in the SBU web interface6.4.2 Check the connection to the web interfaceTo check whether you can connect to the web interface of the SBU do as follows:1. Power up the AVIATOR 700 system. Wait until the LEDs on the front plate show that the system is ready to be configured. •Power LED: Green, then wait for approximately one minute.2. Connect a PC to the Maintenance interface (standard Ethernet) on the front plate of the SBU.If you want to change the setup of the user interfaces and change network usage you can use any of the terminal LAN interfaces (up to 6) installed in the aircraft cabin or the Wireless connection, if available. If you want to change the physical settings for the antenna, cabling and other external input you must use the SBU maintenance connector at the front of the SBU. 3RUWIRUZDUGLQJ 1HWZRUNGHYLFHV1HWZRUNFODVVLILFDWLRQ1HWZRUNXVHUJURXSV333R(6WDWLFURXWH&DOOIRUZDUG &DOOEDUULQJ &DOOZDLWLQJ /LQHLGHQWLILFDWLRQ &ORVHGXVHUJURXS/RFDOH[FKDQJH/$1:/$13KRQH)D[,6'1&RPPRQ,3KDQGVHWV'LVFUHWH,26\VWHPW\SH5)VHWWLQJV([WHUQDOV\VWHPV)/(;7UDFNLQJ8SORDG&DOOFKDUJHV /RJKDQGOLQJ'DWDOLPLWV 3URILOHV 7UDIILFIORZILOWHUV 6,03,16,0/RFN 8VHUSHUPLVVLRQV5HPRWHPDQDJHPHQW/LQNPRQLWRULQJ5HPRWHDFWLYDWLRQ5HVWULFWHGGLDOLQJ0XOWLYRLFH(YHQWOLVW (YHQWORJ([WHQGHGVWDWXV 6HOIWHVW'$6+%2$5'&211(&73+21(%22.0(66$*(6&$//66(77,1*6$'0,1,675$7,21+(/3'(6.6,7(0$3&DOOVHWWLQJV&08$&$56ImportantFor systems without the built-in router option enabled, i.e. the basic version or the version with Wireless option only: To use the SBU Maintenance connector disconnect or switch off any PC connected to another LAN interface of the SBU.
Built-in web interface for the SBU6-18 Chapter 6: Configure the AVIATOR 700 system 98-124743-FAccess the web interfaceTo access the web interface, do as follows:1. Open your browser and enter the IP address of the SBU. The standard IP address is 192.168.0.1.If the local IP address of the SBU has been changed and you do not have the new address, you can temporarily set the IP address to the default value by pushing the Reset button on the front plate of the SBU. For detailed instructions see How to reset the IP address or the terminal software to default settings on page 8-23.For further information on the Reset button, see IP Reset (Default) button on the SBU on page 8-22.For further information on IP addresses of the SBU see Set up the LAN IP addressing on page 6-28.2. The web interface opens directly with the DASHBOARD page. The web interface consists of the following sections:1. The navigation pane holds the main menu. Clicking an item in the menu opens a submenu in the navigation pane or a new page in the contents section.2. The signal status field shows the signal strength. The signal strength can vary during operation, depending on the current position relative to the Inmarsat satellite and the call or data session activity.NoteFigure 6-17: Sections of the web interface1234
Built-in web interface for the SBU98-124743-F Chapter 6: Configure the AVIATOR 700 system 6-193. The icon bar shows icons for new SMS messages and for active events, when relevant. For explanations of the icons, see the next section, Icons in the icon bar.4. The contents section shows the page selected in the navigation pane. This section is used for viewing or changing settings, or for performing actions.When the Dashboard is displayed you have verified that the connection to the SBU can be established. The web interface is ready for use. You can continue to configure the system.If you cannot establish a connection to the SBU there might be problems with the Proxy server settings of your PC. See Proxy server settings in your browser on page 6-20 for further information.Icons in the icon barThe following icons may appear in the icon bar in the web interface:Navigate the web interface•To expand a menu, click the menu in the navigation pane. •To access status and settings, click the relevant subject in the navigation pane or click the relevant icon in the icon bar. The status or settings are displayed in the contents section.•To get an overview over the submenus available use the site map, click SITE MAP in the navigation pane. Click on items in the site map to go directly to the relevant location.Icon ExplanationA new SMS message, or information of Voice mail, has arrived. Click the icon to see new messages or information of Voice mail. For further information, see the AVIATOR 700 User Manual.An event is active. Click the icon to see a list of active events. For explanations of the event messages, see the AVIATOR 700 User Manual. Note that this icon will remain in the icon bar as long as the event is still active.Table 6-3: Web interface: IconsNoteYou can limit access to some parts of the web interface for certain users. Then the parts are grayed out. For information on how to set up user permissions, see Set up user permissions on page 6-84.
Built-in web interface for the SBU6-20 Chapter 6: Configure the AVIATOR 700 system 98-124743-FProxy server settings in your browserIf you are connecting your computer using a LAN or WLAN interface, the Proxy server settings in your browser must be disabled before accessing the web interface. Most browsers support disabling of the Proxy server settings for one specific IP address, so you can disable Proxy server settings for the web interface only, if you wish. Consult your browser help for information.To disable the use of a Proxy server completely, do as follows:1. In Microsoft Internet Explorer, select Tools > Internet Options > Connections > LAN Settings.2. Clear the box labeled Use a proxy server for your LAN. 3. Click OK.When the proxy server settings are disabled, close and restart your browser. You may need to change this setting back on return to your Internet connection.IP address and DNS server address setupTo check whether automatic IP address and DNS server address is obtained automatically for your computer, do as follows (example for Windows 7):1. Go to Control Panel > Network and Internet > Network and Sharing Center.2. Click on the LAN connection you want to use.3. Select Properties, highlight Internet Protocol Version 4 (TCP/IPv4).4. Click Properties. NoteThe following description is for Microsoft Internet Explorer. If you are using a different browser, the procedure may be different.
Built-in web interface for the SBU98-124743-F Chapter 6: Configure the AVIATOR 700 system 6-215. Make sure that the following is selected:- Obtain an IP address automatically- Obtain DNS server address automaticallyAllocating IP addresses and DNS server lookups are handled by the SBU.
Use the Dashboard6-22 Chapter 6: Configure the AVIATOR 700 system 98-124743-F6.5 Use the Dashboard6.5.1 OverviewThe Dashboard is the first screen that is displayed when the user or administrator enters the IP address of the web interface. The Dashboard is used for control and inspection of ongoing communication and for viewing properties and status of the SBU and antenna.Figure 6-18: Web interface: Dashboard 6.5.2 PropertiesThe PROPERTIES section of the DASHBOARD shows the following information:•Airtime provider. The name of your Airtime Provider.•GPS position. The GPS position of your AVIATOR 700 system.•Status. The status of the SBU and antenna.Examples of status information are: Scanning, Ready and Data active.•Satellite selection. The satellite selected for logon.This is handled by the SDU. NoteIn some cases, the BGAN network does not allow the position to be displayed to the user. If this is the case, the display may just show GPS acquired. This means that the GPS position is received, but the user is not allowed to see it.This also applies if the AVIATOR 700 is not yet registered on the BGAN network, but the GPS position is received.
Use the Dashboard98-124743-F Chapter 6: Configure the AVIATOR 700 system 6-23•Current satellite. The currently used satellite and elevation angle.•Unit serial number. The serial number of the SBU.•Software version. The version of the software embedded in the SBU.•Certification level. This field shows whether the system is Level-D or Level-E certified.If Inconsistent is displayed, it means there is a mismatch with Level-D and Level-E certified units or software. This is not allowed.•IMSI number. The IMSI number (International Mobile Subscriber Identity) of the SBU. This is a unique number that identifies the SIM card of your SBU.•IMEI number. The IMEI number (International Mobile Equipment Identity) of the SBU. This is a unique number that identifies your SBU.6.5.3 View information on calls and data sessionsThe following sections in the Dashboard show information on calls and data sessions.•ONGOING DATA SESSIONS is a list of data profiles that are currently active, including the external IP address that is assigned to each profile.•ONGOING CALLS is a list of calls that are currently active. The list shows the call type and the time connected for each call.•SESSIONS TOTAL lists the totals for each session type. The list shows the session type with accumulated time for voice and Streaming data, and MB transferred for Standard data.The counters show totals for sessions since the counters were last cleared. For information on how to clear the counters, see Log handling on page 6-75.Important
Use the Dashboard6-24 Chapter 6: Configure the AVIATOR 700 system 98-124743-F6.5.4 Profiles on the dashboardThere is also a section on the dashboard showing the network user group and the profile(s) available for the current user. Here you can start the connections allowed for the current network user group. For more information on network user groups and profiles see To manage LAN/WLAN network users on page 6-54.Start or stop a standard data connectionOn the Dashboard you can see under PROFILES ON LAN whether a standard connection is active or not.To start or stop a Standard connection for your Network user group do as follows:1. Open your Internet browser and enter the IP address of the AVIATOR 700 SBU (default: http://192.168.0.1) to access the Dashboard of the web interface.2. Locate PROFILES ON LAN at the bottom of the page.3. Click Start <name of profile>, in this case: Start Standard, or Stop <name of profile> to stop the connection.Figure 6-19: Web interface: Start a data connection4. Click Refresh to update the current state of the connection(s). Note that there might be some latency when updating the connection status, you might have to wait and click Refresh again to update the Dashboard to the current state.NoteThe PDP context for a data session is not activated before any unit in the LAN tries to communicate, e.g. sends a DHCP request. You can also remotely start a data connection, see Remote activation of a connection using SMS on page 6-87.
To use the phone book98-124743-F Chapter 6: Configure the AVIATOR 700 system 6-256.6 To use the phone book6.6.1 General usageThe phone book is stored in the Configuration module. In the phone book you can:• Add new names and phone numbers.• Modify or delete existing names and phone numbers.•Look up phone numbers.• Look up short-dial numbers for easy dialing from a handset.For information how to access the phone book and how to add, edit and delete phone book entries see the AVIATOR 700 User Manual.6.6.2 View and edit the mobile and additional numbers1The mobile numbers are the phone numbers to use when making a call to the terminal.These numbers are not listed at delivery. Enter the numbers received from the Service and Airtime Provider.To view the mobile numbersTo view the mobile numbers of the SBU, select PHONE BOOK > Mobile numbers from the left navigation pane.Figure 6-20: Web interface: Phone book, mobile numbers (example, no Multi-voice)1. Available for systems with Multi-voice and subscriptions with additional numbers. Note
To use the phone book6-26 Chapter 6: Configure the AVIATOR 700 system 98-124743-FTo enter or edit the mobile numbersTo enter or edit the mobile numbers, click Edit at the bottom of the page, type in the numbers received from your Airtime Provider and click OK. If Multi-voice is part of your system, the additional numbers from your airtime provider can be entered in the web interface.Figure 6-21: Web interface: Phone book, mobile numbers (example, with Multi-voice)
Set up the interfaces of the SBU98-124743-F Chapter 6: Configure the AVIATOR 700 system 6-276.7 Set up the interfaces of the SBU6.7.1 The SETTINGS pageFrom the SETTINGS page you have access to the submenus for system settings and configuration:•LAN to configure the settings of the local area network.•WLAN to configure the wireless network adapter.•Phone/Fax to configure the phone and fax interfaces.•ISDN to configure the ISDN interface.•Common to configure settings that are common for all interfaces.•IP handsets to configure connected IP handsets.•Discrete I/O to configure the discrete inputs/outputs of the installation.•System type to select the AVIATOR 700 system•RF settings to configure the cable losses between the satcom antenna and the SBU.•External systems to configure the external navigational system.•FLEX for system options.•Tracking to send position information to a server•Upload to upload new application software to the SBU.A text message on the screen informs you if you need to reboot the system to activate a new setting or configuration.To access this page, select SETTINGS from the left navigation pane.Select a submenu to continue the system configuration.
Set up the interfaces of the SBU6-28 Chapter 6: Configure the AVIATOR 700 system 98-124743-F6.7.2 Configure the LAN interface of the SBUOverviewThe SBU has 6 LAN connectors plus 1 LAN maintenance connector on the SBU front plate.The major part of the LAN parameters are set up in the network management pages, which require an administrator password. For information on these settings, refer to To manage LAN/WLAN network users on page 6-54. This page is by default not protected by an admin password. You can limit access to this page for certain user groups, for further details see Set up user permissions on page 6-84.Set up the LAN IP addressingIn the web interface you can set up the IP addressing between the SBU and devices connected to the SBU. The SBU has a built-in DHCP server which can be used to dynamically assign IP addresses to devices connected to the SBU.You can also set up the local IP address used by the connected devices to access the SBU. The Local IP address is the IP address of the SBU. It is used for accessing the web interface. The IP address towards the BGAN network is assigned by Inmarsat and visible on the Dashboard when the connection is active.Figure 6-22: SBU IP addresses: Local and global IP addresses, defaultCAUTION! All connections to the LAN interface may be affected when you change the settings below. This also includes your own current connection.NoteNo router option: If the SBU does not have the router option and works in single-user mode, only one device can be connected to it. This device cannot have a static IP address, it must use the DHCP server of the SBU.6%8'HYLFH'HYLFHDVVLJQHGE\WKHWHUPLQDO'+&3DVVLJQHGE\WKHWHUPLQDO'+&3/RFDO,3DGGUHVVRI6%8*OREDO,3DGGUHVVRI6%8$VVLJQHGE\%*$1QHWZRUN
Set up the interfaces of the SBU98-124743-F Chapter 6: Configure the AVIATOR 700 system 6-29To change the local IP address of the SBU do as follows:1. From the left navigation pane, select SETTINGS > LAN.Figure 6-23: Web interface: Settings, LAN2. At DHCP status, select Enabled (recommended), or Disabled.•Enabled: The SBU assigns dynamic IP addresses to devices connected to the SBU. •Disabled: You need to set up a static IP address in the connected device.3. To change the Local IP address and the Netmask, type in the new address and netmask. By default, the address is 192.168.0.1 and the netmask is 255.255.255.0.4. Click Apply.Port forwardingPort forwarding enables you to set up a server connected to the SBU while the terminal is in Router mode. Without port forwarding it would not be possible to contact the server from the Internet. If you want to use port forwarding, the global IP address of the SBU should be a static IP address. Check with your service provider for availability of a static global IP address. Note that if not agreed otherwise, the global IP address of the SBU will be dynamically assigned as the SBU signs on to the BGAN network.For information on how to set the terminal in Router mode, see Set up the network user groups on page 6-55.The following example shows how to allow internet access to a mail server (smtp) connected to the terminal. CAUTION! This page is by default not protected by an admin password. You can limit access to this page for certain user groups, for further details see Set up user permissions on page 6-84.
Set up the interfaces of the SBU6-30 Chapter 6: Configure the AVIATOR 700 system 98-124743-FThe mail server in this example has the IP address 192.168.0.100.1. Select SETTINGS > LAN > Port forwarding in the left navigation pane.Figure 6-24: Web interface: Settings, LAN, Port forwarding2. Select Enabled to generally enable port forwarding.3. Type in the Incoming port range.4. Type in the Destination IP address, which in this example is the IP address of the mail server: 192.168.0.100.5. Type in the Destination port range.6. Repeat step 3 to step 5 to set up port forwarding to additional servers.7. In the Active column, select which ports should have port forwarding activated.8. Click Apply.You can now access the mail server from the Internet, using the external IP address of the SBU. For more information on setting an external IP address see step 6 in Edit a network user group on page 6-56.
Set up the interfaces of the SBU98-124743-F Chapter 6: Configure the AVIATOR 700 system 6-316.7.3 WLAN interface of the SBU (option)Note that the settings from the LAN window, except Enabled/Disabled, also apply for the WLAN interface. See Configure the LAN interface of the SBU on page 6-28.Enable or disable the WLAN interfaceTo enable the WLAN interface, do as follows:1. Make sure that the discrete input, i.e. TP5 WLAN Enable input, is wired correctly for WLAN enable. Read more about this in Pins for non-configurable discrete inputs on the SBU on page 5-68 and WLAN pins on page 5-43.2. In the web interface on the page SETTINGS > WLAN select the status Enabled.For systems without the built-in Wireless option (WLAN) the submenu will still be available in the web interface and the screen will show that the WLAN option is not enabled. To enable the WLAN option enter the FLEX key for this option in the submenu Settings > FLEX.The WLAN interface functions properly if both of the above conditions are fulfilled.
Set up the interfaces of the SBU6-32 Chapter 6: Configure the AVIATOR 700 system 98-124743-FConfigure the WLAN interfaceTo configure the WLAN interface, do as follows:1. Select SETTINGS > WLAN. Figure 6-25: Web interface: Settings, WLAN 2. You can enable or disable the WLAN (default setting: Enabled).3. For Broadcast SSID, select Enabled (default) or Disabled.Enabled: your WLAN access point is shown to other users.Disabled: your WLAN access point is hidden.4. Type in the SSID of your choice or accept the default SSID, which is the name of the installed system: AVIATOR 700.The SSID (Service Set IDentifier) is the name of the wireless local area network. It is text with maximum 32 characters.All wireless devices on a WLAN must use the same wireless local area network in order to communicate with each other.
Set up the interfaces of the SBU98-124743-F Chapter 6: Configure the AVIATOR 700 system 6-335. Select the Country for your present location. The default setting is USA. For a list of countries that can use WLAN with the setting USA see Countries where the “US” country code applies on page E-2.6. If you want to let the system automatically find a channel set Select channel automatically to Enabled. Then the Channel list will be grayed out.If you have set Select channel automatically to Disabled you can set the Channel used for communication on the WLAN interface.7. Select the Security standard. Select one of the following encryption standards:• None (default)•WEP-40/64, enter the encryption key in hexadecimal format.• WEP-104/128, enter the encryption key in hexadecimal format.• WPA-TKIP, enter the encryption key in text format.• WPA2-AES, enter the encryption key in text format.8. Type in the Encryption key for the selected Security standard. This is not applicable if you have selected Security mode None.9. In Antenna configuration you set whether you have two or one WLAN antennas, and how a single WLAN antenna is connected to the SBU:•Diversity: 2 WLAN antennas are connected•Main: A single WLAN antenna is connected to SBU TP A4•Aux: A single WLAN antenna is connected to SBU TP A210. TX output power level: You can control the maximum transmitted output power from the SBU rear receptacle TP A2 or TP A4:• 100% – 20 dBm, 100 mW•50% – 17 dBm, 50 mW• 25% – 14 dBm, 25 mW11. Select Enabled or Disabled next to MAC address filters.Enabled: You can set up a list of MAC addresses that are allowed access to your WLAN. Any device whose MAC address is not on the list will be denied access.Disabled: There will be no restrictions on MAC addresses.12. If you have enabled MAC address filters, type in the Allowed MAC addresses.The list may contain up to 16 MAC addresses.13. Click Apply.
Set up the interfaces of the SBU6-34 Chapter 6: Configure the AVIATOR 700 system 98-124743-F6.7.4 Configure the Phone/Fax interface (2-Wire) of the SBUTo configure this interface do as follows:1. Select SETTINGS > Phone/Fax from the left navigation pane.Figure 6-26: Web interface: Settings, Phone/Fax2. For each Phone/Fax port, set the call type for incoming and outgoing calls.To identify Port 1 and Port 2 see the drawings of your specific installation. Mark the connectors in the air cabin accordingly.The call types are described in more detail in the AVIATOR 700 User Manual in the chapter Using a phone of fax machine.•For Incoming calls, you can check Standard or 3.1 kHz Audio or both. If you check both, any device connected to the Phone/Fax interface will react (ring) on incoming calls. 1If you select only Standard, the Phone/Fax interface will only react on calls made to the Standard phone number, and not on calls to the 3.1 kHz Audio number.•For Outgoing calls, you can select either Standard or 3.1 kHz Audio. The selected type will be used by default, if possible, for any outgoing call. Note, however, that fax machines and modems must use 3.1 kHz Audio.3. Click Apply.NoteBy default all handsets connected to the system will ring on incoming calls. If you have connected a fax, set the incoming call type on that 2-wire interface to 3.1 kHz Audio to avoid that the fax rings and answers an incoming Standard call.Note1.If Multi-voice is enabled and you have entered additional numbers in the phone book, you can assign an additional number to this interface. For more information see Multi-voice (option) on page 6-88.NoteYou can override the default setting for outgoing calls by dialing 1* (force the call to Standard) or 2* (force the call to 3.1 kHz Audio) before the number. For further information, see the AVIATOR 700 User Manual.
Set up the interfaces of the SBU98-124743-F Chapter 6: Configure the AVIATOR 700 system 6-356.7.5 Configure the ISDN interface of the SBUTo configure the ISDN interface, do as follows:1. Select SETTINGS > ISDN.Figure 6-27: Web interface: Settings, ISDN2. Set the call type(s) for incoming calls.You can select Standard, 3.1 kHz Audio, UDI and/or RDI.13. Set the MSN (Multiple Subscriber Numbering) numbers that are to be assigned to each call type. In most pieces of ISDN equipment you can program multiple subscriber numbers. The number programmed into the equipment should be the dial-in number that you wish that piece of equipment to answer.If you set an MSN number to anything other than <None>, connected devices must be programmed with these MSN numbers.Note that this setting only applies to the call type selected above the MSN number, and only if the connected device supports the call type used.You have the following options with the MSN numbers:•<None>. No MSN numbers are used. An incoming call is accepted in all devices connected to this port.1.If Multi-voice is enabled and you have entered additional numbers in the phone book, you can assign an additional number to this interface. For more information see Multi-voice (option) on page 6-88.NoteConnected devices will only receive incoming calls with the call types that are selected here. For example, if only Standard is selected, and a G4 fax call (using call type UDI) arrives, a fax connected to the ISDN port will not receive the incoming call. Important
Set up the interfaces of the SBU6-36 Chapter 6: Configure the AVIATOR 700 system 98-124743-F•1*, 2*, 3* or 4*: If, for example, you select 1* at Standard call type, an incoming Standard call is accepted by all devices that are programmed with the number 1* and connected to the ISDN interface.•0401, 0402: These are local numbers for separate devices connected to the ISDN interface.An incoming call is accepted by devices that are programmed with the selected number and connected to the ISDN interface. You can combine the MSN settings.Example: You have two devices connected to the ISDN interface. One is programmed with the numbers 1* and 0401, the other is programmed with 1* and 0402. In the web interface, you select the MSN number 1* under Standard.If an incoming Standard call arrives, both devices will accept the call. If you make a local call to one of the local numbers 0401 or 0402, only the called device will accept the call.4. Set the call type for outgoing calls.•If you select Automatic, the call type will be determined by the calling device.•If you select Standard, all outgoing calls, except UDI/RDI, will use the call type Standard. If you make a 3.1 kHz Audio call it will be converted to a Standard call.Outgoing UDI or RDI sessions will be not be influenced by this setting.•If you select 3.1 kHz Audio, all outgoing calls, except UDI/RDI, will use the call type 3.1 kHz Audio. If you make a Standard call it will be converted to a 3.1 kHz Audio call. Outgoing UDI or RDI sessions will be not be influenced by this setting.5. If you hear an echo in your handset and the handset does not have its own echo canceller, enable the Audio echo canceller.6. Click Apply.NoteYou can override the call type setting for outgoing calls by dialing one of the following prefixes before the number:• 1* (force the call to Standard)• 2* (force the call to 3.1 kHz Audio)
Set up the interfaces of the SBU98-124743-F Chapter 6: Configure the AVIATOR 700 system 6-376.7.6 Set the common interface settings of the SBUThe settings under COMMON are common for all interfaces. Note, however, that in order to use the common Access Point Name for an interface, you must select Common for the APN setting when setting up the network user group.Definition of Access Point Name (APN)The APN is used by the network user to establish a connection to the required external network. This means that the SBU must know the APN in order to be able to connect to the external network. APNs are provided from the Airtime Provider. They may also be defined on the SIM card.The common APNThe common APN setting is defined here and can be selected for each network user group. If you are using the same APN for many network user groups, it is easier to define it once, and then simply select it for the relevant network user groups. Also, if you change the common APN at a later stage, it is automatically updated for all network user groups where the Common setting is selected.To set up the common interface settingsTo set up the Common interface settings do as follows:1. Select SETTINGS > Common.Figure 6-28: Web interface: Settings, Common2. Select the APN. You have the following options:•SIM default. The APN is taken from the SIM card. This is the recommended option, unless you have special requirements, i.e. your service provider does not automatically provision for PS services.•Network assigned. The APN is assigned from the network.
Set up the interfaces of the SBU6-38 Chapter 6: Configure the AVIATOR 700 system 98-124743-F•User defined. Type in the APN. APNs are provided from the service provider.3. At Buffering on Streaming profiles, select Enabled or Disabled.•If you select Enabled, your Streaming connection will be buffered. This means that the transmission is slightly delayed in order to ensure a precise and continuous data stream.•If you select Disabled, the Streaming connection will not be buffered. This means the data is delivered immediately, but may vary slightly in transmission speed.4. Click Apply.How to use the common APNWhen you configure the APN for your individual network user group, select Common to use the setting from this page. Where Common is selected in the individual network user groups, the setting will automatically be updated when the Common APN is changed.6.7.7 Set up call servicesThe setup of call services is also common for all interfaces.The SBU must be registered on the BGAN network before you can set up the call services in the web interface.In the web interface you can set up the following supplementary services:•Call forwarding•Call barring•Call waiting•Line identification•Closed user group•Local exchangeNote that, depending on the network, some of these call service settings may prevent others from being activated.The settings apply for all connected devices using a circuit-switched service.NoteUse User defined if your service provider does not automatically provision your SIM card. Contact your service provider for an APN or check the documentation received from the service provider for an APN.Note
Set up the interfaces of the SBU98-124743-F Chapter 6: Configure the AVIATOR 700 system 6-39Call forwardingYou can set up the SBU to automatically forward incoming calls to another phone number. To forward incoming calls do as follows:1. Select SETTINGS > Common > Call forward from the left navigation pane.Figure 6-29: Web interface: Settings, Common, Call forward2. Click OK next to Read current settings to display the phone numbers for call forwarding for the subscription. These numbers are operator controlled and come with your airtime subscription (default). A message saying Operation in progress, please wait. is displayed.Allow sufficient time for the system to read the current settings over the satellite connection.3. For each call type, select Enabled next to the situation(s) in which you want to forward incoming calls.4. Next to the enabled items, you can type in a phone number to forward the call to.5. If you have selected Forward if no reply, select from the drop-down list the period of time the system should wait before forwarding the call.6. Click Apply.Note
Set up the interfaces of the SBU6-40 Chapter 6: Configure the AVIATOR 700 system 98-124743-FCall barringDo as follows to bar incoming and/or outgoing calls to and from the SBU:1. Select SETTINGS > Common > Call barring from the left navigation pane.Figure 6-30: Web interface: Settings, Common, Call barring2. Click OK next to Read current settings. A message saying Operation in progress, please wait. is displayed.Allow sufficient time for the system to read the current settings over the satellite connection.3. For each call type, select which calls should be barred.4. In the Barring PIN field, type in a PIN for your call barring setup.5. Click Apply.NoteNoteThis is not the SIM PIN entered at startup, but a network PIN. Contact your airtime provider for a Barring PIN.
Set up the interfaces of the SBU98-124743-F Chapter 6: Configure the AVIATOR 700 system 6-41Call waitingYou can set up whether or not you want to receive notification of waiting calls while you are making a call or transmitting data.To receive a notification of waiting calls do as follows:1. Select SETTINGS > Common > Call waiting from the left navigation pane.Figure 6-31: Web interface: Settings, Common, Call waiting2. Click OK next to Read current settings. A message saying Operation in progress, please wait. is displayed.Allow sufficient time for the system to read the current settings over the satellite connection.3. For each call type, select Call waiting enabled if you want to get notification of waiting calls while you are making a call or transmitting data.4. Click Apply.Note
Set up the interfaces of the SBU6-42 Chapter 6: Configure the AVIATOR 700 system 98-124743-FLine identificationYou can set up the terminal to show your number when you are making a call or transmitting data. The number shown is the standard voice number of the airtime subscription.To show the number when making a call or transmitting data do as follows:1. Select SETTINGS > Common > Line identification from the left navigation pane.Figure 6-32: Web interface: Settings, Common, Line identification2. Select Show my number and click Apply.
Set up the interfaces of the SBU98-124743-F Chapter 6: Configure the AVIATOR 700 system 6-43Closed user groupYour subscription may include one or more closed user groups. A closed user group is a group of users permitted to make calls to each other but not to users outside the group. To define the settings for these user groups, do as follows:1. Select SETTINGS > Common > Closed user group from the left navigation pane.Figure 6-33: Web interface: Settings, Common, Closed user group2. Type in your user group number(s) under Group no.Your airtime subscription lists your user group number(s).3. Select which group(s) should be active.If you select Active for Subscribed, the group(s) included in your subscription will be active.4. To allow outgoing access for the activated user group(s), select Outgoing Access under SETTINGS FOR ACTIVE CLOSED USER GROUP. Note that if you selected Subscribed above, this setting will not be used.5. Select Preferential if you want the activated user group to be selected when a member of a user group does not specify the group number during call set up. Note that if you selected Subscribed above, this setting will not be used.6. Click Apply.
Set up the interfaces of the SBU6-44 Chapter 6: Configure the AVIATOR 700 system 98-124743-FLocal exchangeIf you want to call a specific phone connected to the terminal, use the local exchange function. With this function enabled, when you dial the mobile number of the terminal, a recorded message instructs you to dial the number for the local phone you want to call. Your call is then transferred to the requested phone and only the requested phone rings. If the local exchange is not used, incoming calls will per default cause all connected phones to ring.The Local exchange function is not available if you have enabled the Multi-voice option.For a detailed description how to set up the local exchange function of the SBU from a remote location see the AVIATOR 700 user manual.6.7.8 Manage AVIATOR Wireless HandsetsOverviewThe SBU uses WLAN to connect AVIATOR Wireless Handsets or other IP equipment. The AVIATOR 700 supports connection of up to 16 AVIATOR Wireless Handsets.Each handset must have a local number in the range 0501 to 0516 as well as a unique password.The handset with the local number 0501 is the master handset. This means you can start/stop data sessions from the SBU with this handset, if the function is allowed in the User permissions page. See Set up user permissions on page 6-84 for further information on user permissions.Connect a new AVIATOR Wireless HandsetDo as follows:1. Connect the handset to the WLAN interface of the SBU. For a step-by-step procedure see the AVIATOR Wireless Handset and Cradle User Manual, section Connecting the AVIATOR Wireless Handset to a wireless access point.2. When the handset display shows in the upper right corner, the handset is ready to make a call. If you want to configure the handset or change the password, see the next section.When the SBU and the AVIATOR Wireless Handset have recognized each other, a Configure link appears next to the handset in the IP handsets page of the web interface. This link provides direct access to the built-in web interface of the AVIATOR Wireless Handset. For further information, refer to the AVIATOR Wireless Handset and Cradle User Manual.NoteNoteNoteBy default, a handset connected to the LAN interface on the terminal is automatically registered in the terminal and assigned the first available local number.
Set up the interfaces of the SBU98-124743-F Chapter 6: Configure the AVIATOR 700 system 6-45Set up the AVIATOR Wireless HandsetTo set up an AVIATOR Wireless Handset, do as follows:1. Select SETTINGS > IP handset.Figure 6-34: Web interface: Settings, IP handsets2. Select Edit next to a handset to change the password of the handset.Remember that you must enter the same password and local number (user name) in the handset. Use the display menu system to enter the local number and the password you just entered in the web interface. Do as follows:1. Enter the menu system and select SIP to get the list of profiles.2. Select the BGAN profile and select Options.3. Select Edit/View and change the user name and password. Note that the user name is also the local number for the handset.3. If you want to remove a handset from the list, click Release under Actions (the Release link only appears when the handset is disconnected).When a handset is removed from the list, you can no longer access the SBU with this handset.4. Select Configure next to a handset to access the built-in web interface of the AVIATOR Wireless Handset. The web interface of the handset opens. It is very similar to the web interface of the SBU, but has a handset icon in the top left corner.NoteYou can only access the web interface of the handset if Web server is enabled under Settings > Web server in the handset menu (default enabled).
Set up the interfaces of the SBU6-46 Chapter 6: Configure the AVIATOR 700 system 98-124743-FWith the web interface of the IP handset you can access the internal settings of the handset. For further information, refer to the AVIATOR Wireless Handset and Cradle User Manual.Set the call types for AVIATOR Wireless HandsetsOn this page you set the call type and you can see whether Restricted dialing is enabled for each handset. For information how to set up restricted dialing see the AVIATOR 700 user manual.To set the call types for AVIATOR Wireless Handsets, do as follows:1. Select SETTINGS > IP handsets > Call settings.Figure 6-35: Web interface: Settings, IP handsets, Call settings2. For each handset, select the call types you want to enable for incoming and outgoing calls.The call types are described in more detail in the User Manual.•For Incoming calls, you can check Standard or 3.1 kHz Audio or both. If you check both, the handset will react (ring) on any incoming call. Example: If you select Standard, the handset will only react on calls made to the Standard phone number.1•For Outgoing calls, you can select either Standard or 3.1 kHz Audio. The selected type will be used by default, if possible, for any outgoing call.3. Click Apply.1.If Multi-voice is enabled and you have entered additional numbers in the phone book, you can assign an additional number to each IP handset. For more information see Multi-voice (option) on page 6-88.
Set up the interfaces of the SBU98-124743-F Chapter 6: Configure the AVIATOR 700 system 6-476.7.9 Configure the discrete I/O interfaces of the SBUOverviewThe SBU has 4 annunciators, 1 chime/lamp inhibit and 5 non-configurable discrete inputs. The non-configurable discrete inputs are SBU nOn (remote on/off), SBU Enable, WLAN Enable and two for Automatic Test Equipment (ATE). The ATE inputs are only for factory use, do not connect them.Each I/O pin that can be configured is displayed in the web interface. For more information on the pins TP (Top Plug) and BP (Bottom Plug) see Pin-out for SBU rear receptacle (top plug) on page 4-17 and Pin-out for SBU rear receptacle (bottom plug) on page 4-18. The functions of the I/O pins are as follows:•Pin TP13: Input. Chime/Lamps Inhibit Input.This discrete input is used to inhibit Satcom activation of the chime and call lights during take-off and landing.•Pin TP27: Output. Annunciator #3 “Service Available”.Default behavior: Active low when the SwiftBroadband Service is logged on•Pin TP28: Output. Annunciator #1 “Incoming call”.Default behavior: Active low when a handset is ringing.•Pin TP29: Output. Annunciator #2 “SBU Failed”.Default behavior: Active low whenever a BITE with severity essential or fatal is active on the SBU.•Pin BP1: Output. Annunciator #4 “Message received”This discrete output can be used to indicate that there is an unread message in the SBU. Default behavior: Active low.
Set up the interfaces of the SBU6-48 Chapter 6: Configure the AVIATOR 700 system 98-124743-FSet the discrete I/O interfacesYou can enable and set some of the discrete I/Os in the web interface. To set these, do as follows:1. Select SETTINGS > Discrete I/O.Figure 6-36: Web interface: Settings, Discrete I/O2. For each pin you want to use, select Enabled.3. For each pin, select if the pin should be Active high or Active low.4. For Call output you can select which incoming calls will activate the external ringer (Discrete I/O TP28: Incoming call).5. Click Apply to save the new settings.
Set up the interfaces of the SBU98-124743-F Chapter 6: Configure the AVIATOR 700 system 6-496.7.10 Set the System typeDuring the initial configuration of the system you must assign the system type, that is the AVIATOR 700 system that you have bought. You can typically only select the system type purchased.To select the system type, do as follows:1. Select SETTINGS > System Type. Figure 6-37: Web interface: Settings, System Type 2. Select the system type for the installation.Do not try to use a different system type!3. Click Apply to save the new setting.The Reset functionality is mainly used for support purposes.CAUTION! Selecting a wrong system type may cause damage to the satcom antenna or GPS antenna. If the system type purchased can not be selected, please contact the supplier of your AVIATOR 700 system.
Set up the interfaces of the SBU6-50 Chapter 6: Configure the AVIATOR 700 system 98-124743-F6.7.11 Configure RF settings of the SBUBefore you can configure the RF settings you must select the system type.You must configure the AVIATOR 700 installation with the specific cable losses of the installation.To configure the RF settings, do as follows:1. Connect to the Maintenance connector on the front panel of the SBU and enter the web interface (default: http://192.168.0.1)2. If prompted, confirm that the system is an AVIATOR 700 system.3. From the left navigation pane select SETTINGS > RF settings.Figure 6-38: Web interface: RF settings4. Below CABLE LOSS enter the cable loss for the cables between the• DLNA and the RX Power Splitter• RX Power Splitter and the SBUThe sum of the two cable losses must be equal or less than 21.5 dB. These cable loss values are without losses from the RX splitter and TX combiner.5. Click Apply to save the new settings.
Set up the interfaces of the SBU98-124743-F Chapter 6: Configure the AVIATOR 700 system 6-516.7.12 Set up the navigational input of the SBUBefore you can configure the navigational input you must select the system type.The AVIATOR 700 supports IRS or GPS only.For further information on supported navigational systems see About satcom antenna steering on page 5-6.ARINC 429 Speed can individually be set to high or low speed on the primary and secondary input, depending on your configuration. For redundancy reasons the system supports a secondary source, in case the primary source fails.To set up the navigational input, do as follows:1. Connect to the Maintenance connector on the front panel of the SBU and enter the web interface (default address: http://192.168.0.1)2. If prompted, confirm that the system is an AVIATOR 700 system.3. From the left navigation pane select SETTINGS > External systems.Figure 6-39: Web interface: Settings, External systems4. For NAVIGATIONAL INPUT select one option. 5. Only for IRS: For Primary and Secondary select Connected and Speed.6. Only for IRS: If you do not have second navigational input source available you must set Connected of SECONDARY input to No.NoteMake sure that you configure the primary and secondary IRS to the correct speed in your configuration. This is essential to provide the necessary navigation data needed.
Set up the interfaces of the SBU6-52 Chapter 6: Configure the AVIATOR 700 system 98-124743-F7. GPS Voltage: If GPS only is selected and power to the GPS antenna is provided by the SBU - apply the correct GPS voltage.8. Click Apply to apply the new settings.6.7.13 Enable system options with FLEX keysOn the FLEX page you can view the options for your system that are currently enabled or disabled. Enabling the purchased options is typically done at the factory. The following options are currently available:•405040A-002 Built-in router option•405040A-003 Built-in wireless option (WLAN)•405040A-010 Built-in Multi-voice option•405040A-005 SDU to SBU Software InterfaceYou can also buy the options at a later stage and open up for them by entering a FLEX key sequence for the specific built-in option.To enable a system optionTo enable a built-in option, do as follows:1. Connect to the Maintenance connector on the front panel of the SBU and enter the web interface (default: http://192.168.0.1).2. From the left navigation pane select SETTINGS > FLEX.Figure 6-40: Web interface: Settings, FLEX (example) 3. Have the FLEX key ready and enter it into the insert fields.4. Click Apply to enable the new option.Click Show System Types to display the system types and their status (enabled or disabled).
Set up the interfaces of the SBU98-124743-F Chapter 6: Configure the AVIATOR 700 system 6-53To disable the WLAN interfaceTo disable the built-in WLAN interface, do as follows:• Disable the WLAN interface using the TP5 WLAN Enable discrete input. Read more about this in Pins for non-configurable discrete inputs on the SBU on page 5-68 and WLAN pins on page 5-43.or• In the web interface go to Settings > WLAN and select Disable.If the WLAN option is not enabled the page Settings > WLAN will still be available and the screen will show information that the WLAN option is not enabled.6.7.14 TrackingWith tracking you can set the SBU to send reports with current position information at specified time intervals or distances to a server address. To set up tracking, do as follows:1. Select SETTINGS, Tracking.Figure 6-41: Web interface, Settings, Tracking
To manage LAN/WLAN network users6-54 Chapter 6: Configure the AVIATOR 700 system 98-124743-F2. The information in the sections SERVER CONNECTION and APN must be provided by your airtime provider.3. In POSITION REPORTS you can select among the following:•Compressed: Aircraft’s position with latitude and longitude.•Extended: Aircraft’s position latitude, longitude, heading, speed and UTC time.•ECEF: Aircraft’s position in x,y,z coordinates and a velocity vector.4. In INTERVAL REPORT and DISTANCE REPORT you can enable the respective report and set a report interval or distance.5. Click Apply to save the settings. 6.8 To manage LAN/WLAN network users6.8.1 IntroductionWith the built-in router functionality the system offers a flexible use of the data channel of the BGAN service. You can configure the use of the data channel by defining network user groups and profiles. The following picture gives an overview of the parameters involved.Figure 6-42: Overview over network user groups and traffic flow filtersThe network user group you belong to is determined by one or more of the following:• the IP address of the device you are using• the MAC address of the device you are using• the LAN port you connect toA connected IP device will automatically be assigned to the default network user group, if it is not specified otherwise.For specific purposes like video streaming, a server on the network, a fixed IP address on the connected device or changing the startup mode of a connection, you must set up network groups with specific primary and/or secondary profiles. How to do this is described in the following sections.Network user groupsThe network management system divides the users of the SBU into network user groups. Each network user group has a profile which determines how the users connect to the Inmarsat BGAN network. The network user groups can allow or restrict certain services for different users.For example, you may want to define:• one network user group allowing both Standard and Streaming connections,MAC addressIP addressLAN portNetwork user groupPrimary profileSecondary profileTraffic flowfiltersDesired IP connection
To manage LAN/WLAN network users98-124743-F Chapter 6: Configure the AVIATOR 700 system 6-55• one network user group for Internet, e-mail and VPN, allowing Standard connections,• one network user group for Remote management of systems. This would be a direct Standard connection (Bridge mode).You can have up to 11 network user groups and global IP addresses.Necessary steps when managing network usersThe steps necessary for managing network users include:1. Defining a network user group. See Set up the network user groups on page 6-55.The network user groups determine settings such as:•QoS (Standard/Streaming),• IP addressing (Static or Dynamic, this is decided by the SIM card setup and the service provider)• Internet access mode (Router Mode, Bridge Mode or No Internet Access)2. Identifying a network device. See Manage network devices on page 6-59. The network devices are identified by their IP address, MAC address and (optionally) device name.3. Associating the network user group and the network device. See The network classification table on page 6-60. The network classification table determines which devices should belong to which network user group. When a network device is connected, the SBU runs through the network classification table to check if the new connection matches any of the entries in the table. When a match is found, the SBU establishes a packet data connection (PDP context) with the settings determined for the belonging network user group, and the device is ready for use with the SBU.Access to the network management settingsAccess to the network management settings requires an administrator password. The default user name is admin and the default password is 1234.The administrator can create and manage network user groups and set up a network classification table defining priorities for devices, network user groups and LAN ports.6.8.2 Set up the network user groupsOverviewA network user group, in this context, is a group of network users sharing the same Quality of Service profile and network parameters.There are 11 configurable network user groups. For the Default network user group, certain settings are locked, to make sure there is always one functional network user group ImportantAll user connections to the LAN interface may be affected when you change the settings below, including your own current connection.
To manage LAN/WLAN network users6-56 Chapter 6: Configure the AVIATOR 700 system 98-124743-Favailable. For example, the Default network user group does not allow you to select a Bridge mode connection.You cannot delete network user groups. If you do not want to use them, click Edit and select Disabled at Status in the NETWORK USER GROUP field.Edit a network user groupThe default setting of this network user group is a standard IP data connection with automatic IP address allocation and automatic activation of the connection.For further explanation of the terms used below, see Definitions for network terms on page 6-62.To edit a network user group, do as follows:1. Select SETTINGS > LAN > Network user groups.If prompted, enter the administrator user name and password. The default user name is admin and the default password is 1234.The following screen shows the 11 user groups available and their current status, Internet connection type, and whether automatic activation is enabled or disabled.2. Click Edit next to the network user group you want to set up.NoteNoteFigure 6-43: Web interface: Settings, LAN, Network user groupsNoteChanges to the status and internet connection only take effect after reboot of the SBU. This is also valid if a user wants to change the network user group, then the SBU must be restarted before the user has access to the new network user group.
To manage LAN/WLAN network users98-124743-F Chapter 6: Configure the AVIATOR 700 system 6-573. Type in a name for the group.4. Select Enabled or Disabled.5. Select the type of Internet connection.•Router mode means the connection will be shared with other users, and the NAT module of the SBU will make the necessary address translations. Read more about NAT in NAT (Network Address Translation) on page 6-63. Use this mode if one or more computers are connected using the LAN interface, and the SBU should acts a router. •Bridge mode is an exclusive connection, it is not shared with other users and NAT is disabled. Use the Bridge mode together with a network classification entry that selects a single computer (see The network classification table on page 6-60). The SBU acts a a bridge for this network user group.This mode is not available in the Default network user group.•No internet access means no connection to the Internet is allowed. Use this setting e.g. for IP handsets, where an Internet connection is not required. The external voice connection is still available; this setting only affects communication over the Internet.6. Select Dynamic IP address. This is the IP address used externally on the satellite network.If you want to use a static IP address, and your subscription allows it, you must still leave this setting at Dynamic. Then select SIM default in step 8 and type in the APN user name and password from your provider in step 9.Figure 6-44: Web interface: Settings, LAN, Network user groups, Edit
To manage LAN/WLAN network users6-58 Chapter 6: Configure the AVIATOR 700 system 98-124743-FYour SBU will then use the static IP address set up for your SIM card.7. Set IP Header compression to Enabled or Disabled. For information on IP Header compression, see Header compression on page 6-62.8. Select the source of the APN (Access Point Name).You have the following options:•Common. The APN is taken from the Common APN defined under SETTINGS > Common. Refer to Set the common interface settings of the SBU on page 6-37.•SIM default. The APN is taken from the SIM card. If you want to use a static IP address on the external network, select this option either here or in the Common setting.•Network assigned. The APN is assigned from the network.•User defined. This is the preferred option. Type in the APN. APNs are provided from the Airtime Provider. Use this option if there is no automatic provisioning for a static IP address from the service provider.9. If your APN uses a password, type in the user name and password provided from the Airtime Provider.10. At Automatic activation select whether the profile selected in the next step should be activated automatically or manually.•Disabled means you can activate/deactivate the profile from the Dashboard.•Enabled means the profile is activated automatically.11. Select the Primary profile.Select a profile from the Primary scroll list. This profile is used by this network user group as a first choice, when possible.There are several predefined profiles: Standard, Streaming 8, Streaming 16, Streaming 32, Streaming 64 and Streaming 128. Additionally, you can define your own custom profiles or any newer ones, Inmarsat defines.For further information on profiles and traffic flow filters, see To use profiles on page 6-75 and To use traffic flow filters on page 6-79.12. Select the Secondary profile.NoteTyping in a static IP address is currently not supported by the SwiftBroadband network.NoteIf you are going to use the static IP address from your SIM card, the user name and password are mandatory! See the documentation for the airtime subscription from the service provider. See step 6 above.NoteIf the selected primary profile is a Streaming profile, this setting has no effect. Streaming profiles must always be activated manually from the Dashboard.ImportantIf you have selected and started a Streaming connection as your primary profile, the LAN interface will be running a Streaming connection until you stop it or disconnect the interface.
To manage LAN/WLAN network users98-124743-F Chapter 6: Configure the AVIATOR 700 system 6-59To select more than one secondary profile, press and hold Ctrl or Shift while selecting.The Context Identifiers (CIDs) for the selected primary and secondary profiles are listed under Profile CIDs.13. Click Apply.Note that changes to the status and the Internet connection type of a network user group first take effect after rebooting the AVIATOR 700 SBU.6.8.3 Manage network devicesOverviewA network device, in this context, is an Ethernet hardware device, identified by its unique MAC address.When a network device with dynamic IP address is connected to the SBU, it is automatically listed in the Network devices list.View the list of network devicesTo view the list of network devices, select SETTINGS > LAN > Network devices. All network devices that have been connected to the SBU are listed here.Figure 6-45: Web interface: Settings, LAN, Network devicesNoteIf you have selected both a primary and one or more secondary profiles you must define a traffic flow filter before you can establish a valid connection.
To manage LAN/WLAN network users6-60 Chapter 6: Configure the AVIATOR 700 system 98-124743-FLock an IP address to a MAC addressWhen the device is locked to an IP address, the SBU will always assign this IP address to the device with this MAC address (if DHCP is enabled and the Internet connection is in Router mode, and not a Bridge mode connection).To lock an IP address to a MAC address, do as follows:1. If prompted, log in as an administrator. The default user name and password are admin and 1234.2. To lock a device to its current IP address, click the link next to the device. The device is then locked to the current IP address and added to the list of locked IP addresses at the top of the page.3. To unlock a device from the IP address, click Delete next to the device in the LOCKED IP ADDRESSES list.6.8.4 The network classification tableOverviewThe network classification table is used to define which network devices, IP addresses and/or LAN ports are associated with which network user groups.Each entry in the table shows MAC address, IP address, LAN port and network user group.When a network device is connected, the SBU runs through the network classification table to check if the new connection matches MAC address, IP address and LAN port in any of the entries in the table. When a match is found, the SBU establishes a PDP context with the settings of the network user group assigned in the matching entry. The device is now ready for use with the SBU.Add or edit an entry in the network classification tableThe network classification table shows which devices are associated with which LAN ports and network user groups. An Asterisk (*) is a “wild card”, meaning that any value is accepted.You can add, edit and delete entries in the network classification table.To add a new entry to the table or to edit an existing entry, do as follows:1. If prompted, log in as an administrator. The default user name and password are admin and 1234.
To manage LAN/WLAN network users98-124743-F Chapter 6: Configure the AVIATOR 700 system 6-612. Select SETTINGS > LAN > Network classification.Figure 6-46: Web interface: Settings, LAN, Network classification table3. Click Edit next to the entry you want to edit, or click Add at the bottom of the list.Figure 6-47: Web interface: Settings, LAN, Network classification table, Edit or Add4. Click Add next to a network device you want to use, or type in the MAC address manually at the top of the page.If you leave a field empty, it is the same as a “wild card” and it will be shown as an Asterisk in the Network classification table. Unless you are using a Static IP address, the IP address field should always be left empty.5. Select the LAN port and Network user group you want to associate with the device.Network user groups are created and defined in the Network user group page. See Set up the network user groups on page 6-55.6. Click Apply.Note
To manage LAN/WLAN network users6-62 Chapter 6: Configure the AVIATOR 700 system 98-124743-FChange the priority in the network classification tableConnections are evaluated in the order they are listed. The first entry (and only the first entry) that matches the properties of the connected device is applied, meaning that the connection will be using the settings of the network user group assigned to that entry.To change the priority of an entry, click the up or down arrow next to the entry.Figure 6-48: Web interface: Settings, LAN, Network classification table, change priorityThe Default network user group is always last, so it is only used if none of the other entries match the properties of the connected device.Remove an entry in the network classification tableIn the network classification table, click Delete next to the entry you want to delete.6.8.5 Definitions for network termsHeader compressionThe header of a data packet contains control information belonging to that specific packet. The information in the header can take up a considerable amount of bandwidth. In order to use the bandwidth more efficiently, you can enable Header Compression, meaning the header information is compressed, leaving some of the information out. With disabled header compression the full header ist transmitted with each data packet. This takes up bandwidth and means a more reliable data transmission with less data loss. You can select whether or not to use Header Compression for your data transmission.•Header Compression enabled: More efficient use of the bandwidth available, recommended typically for Internet, e-mail, ftp applications etc.•Header Compression disabled: More reliable data transmission. Recommended for time-critical applications like VoIP and streaming applications, as well as other applications where packet loss is to be minimized.If there are problems with packet loss you might want to disable header compression and see whether the header compression is the reason for the packet loss.
To manage LAN/WLAN network users98-124743-F Chapter 6: Configure the AVIATOR 700 system 6-636.8.6 NAT (Network Address Translation)NAT enables a local-area network to use one set of private IP addresses for internal traffic and an assigned or static IP address for external traffic. The built-in NAT module in the SBU makes all necessary address translations between the local-area traffic and the external traffic.Figure 6-49: NAT (Network Address Translation)If more than one user is connected, you must select a network user group with Router mode to use the NAT functionality of the SBU. 6.8.7 Start and stop any data sessionThe administrator can start and stop data sessions for all network user groups connected to the SBU.To start or stop a data session, do as follows:1. Select CONNECT.If prompted, enter the administrator user name and password. The default user name is admin and the default password is 1234.Under ONGOING DATA SESSIONS at the top you can see which data sessions are currently active.$%&7HUPLQDOZLWK1$77UDIILF$7UDIILF&7UDIILF$%DQG&7UDIILF%3ULYDWH,3DGGUHVVHVIRU$%DQG&$VVLJQHGRUVWDWLF,3DGGUHVV,QWHUQHW/RFDODUHD ([WHUQDOFigure 6-50: Web interface: Connect, to start and stop data sessions (example)
To manage LAN/WLAN network users6-64 Chapter 6: Configure the AVIATOR 700 system 98-124743-FIn the example above you can manually start the Streaming 128 connection of GROUP 0 and stop the Standard connection of the DEFAULT GROUP.2. Click on the session you want to start or stop.3. Click Refresh to update the current state of the connection(s). Note that there might be some latency when updating the connection status, you might have to wait and click Refresh again to update the Dashboard to the current state.The PDP context for the data session is not activated before any unit in the LAN tries to communicate, e.g. sends a DHCP request.6.8.8 Establish a PPPoE connectionOverviewYou can establish a Point-to-Point-over-Ethernet (PPPoE) connection to the BGAN network using the AVIATOR 700 system. Use this connection type if you want to control start and stop of the connection independently from the built-in web interface of the SBU.Possible applications for this type of connection are as follows:• Connecting a router• Connecting broadcast equipment, optionally through a PC• Establishing a Picocell for the use of cell phonesWithout the built-in Router option the AVIATOR 700 system is limited to one PPPoE connection.The following drawing shows how the PPPoE connection and the built-in web interface handle connections to the SwiftBroadband network.Figure 6-51: Example for PPPoE connectionsNoteNote6%83'3&RQWH[WXSWR6ZLIW%URDGEDQGQHWZRUN%XLOWLQZHELQWHUIDFH333R(FRQQHFWLRQ3&DQGRUEURDGFDVWHTXLSPHQW8VHU3&$SSOLFDWLRQVIRU333R(+DQGOLQJFRQQHFWLRQWRWKH%*$1WHUPLQDO$VVLJQLQJFRQQHFWLRQ3'3FRQWH[WWRJRRXWRQWKH6ZLIW%URDGEDQGQHWZRUN5RXWHU3LFRFHOO333R(FRQQHFWLRQ8VHU3&333R(FRQQHFWLRQ:LUH+DQGVHW,3+DQGVHW
To manage LAN/WLAN network users98-124743-F Chapter 6: Configure the AVIATOR 700 system 6-65Enable PPPoE network connections in the AVIATOR 700 systemDuring the configuration of the system you can configure whether the system should allow and handle PPPoE network connections.To enable or disable the system to support PPPoE network connections do as follows:1. Select SETTINGS > LAN > PPPoE Figure 6-52: Web interface, Settings, LAN, PPPoE2. Select Enabled or Disabled (default).3. Check with your airtime provider what your APN is and select accordingly.4. Click Apply to send the settings to the terminal.How to configure the connected PC, router or other equipmentYou must configure the equipment correctly to establish a network connection using PPPoE. How to set up a new network connection depends on the type of equipment, refer to the user documentation of the equipment.You need the following parameters:•User name and passwordThe user name and password can be left blank. Then the registration on the APN is most commonly done in a way that the data connection will be established with a dynamic IP address from the airtime provider. To request a static IP (if subscribed to) from the APN you must type in the user name and password from your airtime subscription.Note for MAC OS: User name and password are required. Use user name void and password void. This works for some ISPs. Contact your airtime provider for further information.• For setups that have a check box for Enable LCP extensions, deselect this.
To manage LAN/WLAN network users6-66 Chapter 6: Configure the AVIATOR 700 system 98-124743-F•Service name: For certain services, i.e. a streaming class, you must type in a specified text string when asked for a service name. The following table shows the service names and descriptions that are supported by the terminal.PPPoE setup with a non-default APNYou can set up a network connection using PPPoE for another APN than the default APN. Check the documentation from the Service provider for the new APN name. Enter the following commands in the field Service name when setting up the network connection:Table 6-5: PPPoE connection, service names and descriptions for custom APN Service name for custom APN DescriptionXBBaa. For SwiftBroadband the part of the service name “XBB” can be replaced by “SBB”.:AT+CGDCONT=1,ip,”<APN name>”;+CGEQREQ=1,3Standard IP data connectionXBB:AT+CGDCONT=1,ip,”<APN name>”;+CGEQREQ=1,1,8,8,8,8,2,0,“0E0”,”0E0”,3,0,0Streaming IP data connection8 kbpsXBB:AT+CGDCONT=1,ip,”<APN name>”;+CGEQREQ=1,1,16,16,16,16,2,0,“0E0”,”0E0”,3,0,0Streaming IP data connection16 kbpsXBB:AT+CGDCONT=1,ip,”<APN name>”;+CGEQREQ=1,1,32,32,32,32,2,0,“0E0”,”0E0”,3,0,0Streaming IP data connection32 kbpsXBB:AT+CGDCONT=1,ip,”<APN name>”;+CGEQREQ=1,1,64,64,64,64,2,0,“0E0”,”0E0”,3,0,0Streaming IP data connection64 kbpsXBB:AT+CGDCONT=1,ip,”<APN name>”;+CGEQREQ=1,1,128,128,128,128,2,0,“0E0”,”0E0”,3,0,0streaming IP data connection128 kbpsXBB:AT+CGDCONT=1,ip,”<APN name>”;+CGEQREQ=1,1,512,512,512,512,2,0,“0E0”,”0E0”,3,0,0streaming IP data connection X-StreamService name DescriptionBlank default, primary standard IP data connectionXBBa:BACKGROUNDa. For SwiftBroadband the part of the service name “XBB” can be replaced by “SBB”.default, primary standard IP data connectionXBB:STREAM8K primary streaming IP data connection 8 kbpsXBB:STREAM16K primary streaming IP data connection 16 kbpsXBB:STREAM32K primary streaming IP data connection 32 kbpsXBB:STREAM64K primary streaming IP data connection 64 kbpsXBB:STREAM128K primary streaming IP data connection 128 kbpsXBB:X-STREAM primary streaming IP data connection up to 512 kbps.Table 6-4: PPPoE connection, service names and descriptions
To manage LAN/WLAN network users98-124743-F Chapter 6: Configure the AVIATOR 700 system 6-67Example: To set up a standard background data connection using the APN “bgan.inmarsat.com” enter: XBB:AT+CGDCONT=1,ip,”bgan.inmarsat.com”;+CGEQREQ=1,3For more information about the command syntax see the standard 3GPP TS 27.007.6.8.9 To set up static routingWhen you have an external gateway connected to your SBU, the SBU is not automatically able to “see” the network on the other side of the gateway. However, you can set up your SBU to communicate with a device on the other side of a gateway, by using Static routing.To set up a new device for static routing, do as follows:1. Select SETTINGS > LAN > Static route.Figure 6-53: Web interface, Settings, LAN, Static route2. Click Add.Figure 6-54: Web interface, Settings, LAN, Static route, add3. Enter the values for your device.• Destination: The IP address you want to route to.• Netmask: The netmask you want to route to.• Gateway: The gateway, e.g. the address of a wireless access point or router to which the destination device is connected.
Administration of the SBU6-68 Chapter 6: Configure the AVIATOR 700 system 98-124743-F4. Click Apply.The values for the new entry are now in the list. This means that the SBU can communicate with the destination IP address on the other side of the gateway.6.8.10 SNMP interface You can connect equipment to perform SNMP queries on the SBU in order to retrieve configuration and present settings. Contact AVIATOR.support@cobham.com to obtain the MIB files.6.9 Administration of the SBUIn this section of the web interface you can configure a number of administrative settings:•Access the administration settings•Save and load a configuration•Call charges•Log handling•Data limits•To use profiles•To use traffic flow filters•SIM card access protection: SIM PIN and SIM Lock•Set up user permissions•Remote management•Remote activation of a connection using SMS•Link monitoring (SwiftBroadband only)•Restricted dialing•Multi-voice (option)6.9.1 Protect the SBU against unintended configuration changesYou can protect the SBU against unintended changes of the setup:1. Change the administrator password from user name: admin and password: 1234 to a user name and password of your choice. For further details see Change the administrator password on page 6-70.2. You can deny non-administrator users access to certain functions and make the respective pages in the web interface read-only. For further details see Set up user permissions on page 6-84.
Administration of the SBU98-124743-F Chapter 6: Configure the AVIATOR 700 system 6-696.9.2 Access the administration settingsLog on as administratorThe Administration settings require an Administration user name and password. You must also login as an administrator in the sections for SETTINGS, LAN, Network Devices, Network classification, Network user groups and PPPoE.To log on as administrator, do as follows:1. Select ADMINISTRATION from the left navigation pane.2. Enter the Administration user name and password.The default user name is admin and the default password is 1234. If you have forgotten the administrator password, you can reset the password by clicking the link at the bottom of the page.1 For further information, see the next section Reset the administrator password.3. Click Logon.The Administration page is now updated to let you change the user name and password, Save/load a configuration or log off Administration.Figure 6-55: Web interface: Administration1. The link is only shown when the PC is connected to the Maintenance connector on the SBU front plate.
Administration of the SBU6-70 Chapter 6: Configure the AVIATOR 700 system 98-124743-FChange the administrator passwordTo change the administrator password, do as follows:1. After entering the administrator user name and password in the ADMINISTRATION page, locate the section Change administrator logon.Figure 6-56: Web interface: Administration, change administrator logon2. Type in the existing user name.3. Type in the new password and retype it on the next line.4. Click Change. At the next logon the new password is required.Reset the administrator passwordIf you have forgotten and need to reset the administrator password, do as follows:1. Contact your supplier for a reset code.Report the serial number and IMEI number of the terminal.You find the serial number and IMEI number in the Dashboard.ImportantTo reset the administrator password you must connect the PC to the Maintenance connector on the SBU front plate. If not, the link Forgot administrator password? on the ADMINISTRATOR LOGON page will not be visible.
Administration of the SBU98-124743-F Chapter 6: Configure the AVIATOR 700 system 6-712. Click the link Forgot administrator password? at the bottom of the ADMINISTRATOR LOGON page (see the previous section).Figure 6-57: Web interface: Administration, Reset administrator password3. Type in the reset code obtained from your supplier and click Reset.4. Type in the user name Admin and the default password 1234.5. Click Logon.For information on how to change the password, see the next section Change the administrator password.Log off administrationIf you have not entered anything for 30 minutes under ADMINISTRATION, you are logged off automatically. To log off manually, click Logoff under administrator logoff in the ADMINISTRATION page.6.9.3 Save and load a configurationIf you need to reuse a configuration in another SBU, you can save the current configuration to a file, which can then be loaded into the other SBU. You can also use this feature for backup purposes.Configuration files can only be exchanged between SBUs with the same software version!Save a configuration to a fileThe settings from the following pages of the web interface are saved in the configuration file:•SETTINGS• ADMINISTRATION• PHONE BOOKNote
Administration of the SBU6-72 Chapter 6: Configure the AVIATOR 700 system 98-124743-FTo save your current configuration to a file, do as follows:1. In the ADMINISTRATION page, under Configuration, click Save.Figure 6-58: Web interface: Administration, saving a configuration file2. Accept the default destination file name or type in the destination file name and location.3. Click OK. The configuration is now saved to a file. This file is used to load the configuration into another SBU.Load a configuration from a fileIn this example the PC is connected to the SBU front maintenance connector. To load a configuration from a file, do as follows:1. In the ADMINISTRATION page, under Configuration, select the upload type:•Load configuration from file (include install data), available when connected to the SBU front maintenance connector.The install data are the pages Discrete I/O, RF settings and External systems.NoteThis feature can only be used with systems of the same system type, for example one AVIATOR 700 SBU to another AVIATOR 700 SBU. To use this upload type the PC must be connected to the SBU front maintenance connector.
Administration of the SBU98-124743-F Chapter 6: Configure the AVIATOR 700 system 6-73•Load configuration from file (user data only). This upload type is available on any other LAN/WLAN interface of the SBU.2. Click Browse... to browse to the file you want to import. Then click Open.3. Click Load.The new configuration is now loaded into your SBU.4. Restart the SBU to activate the new configuration.Figure 6-59: Web interface: Administration, saving a configuration fileNoteConfiguration files can only be exchanged between SBUs with the same software version!
Administration of the SBU6-74 Chapter 6: Configure the AVIATOR 700 system 98-124743-F6.9.4 Call chargesIn this section you can enter the call charges so you at all times can see the current charges for the services used. Consult the documentation from your service provider for the subscribed services, then enter these tariffs in the web interface. The system automatically calculates the charges for your calls and data sessions. The entered tariffs are used for estimating the charges for calls and data sessions. The estimated charge is listed for each call or data session in the call log. For further information, see the AVIATOR 700 user manual.To enter the call tariffs, do as follows:1. From the left navigation pane, select ADMINISTRATION > Call Charges.Figure 6-60: Web interface: Administration, Call Charges2. Select the currency from the Currency drop-down list.3. Enter the tariff for each of the services.4. Click Apply.NoteThrane & Thrane does not take responsibility for the correctness of the estimated charges. This calculation is only a rough estimate of the charge, based on the tariff entered by the user. Also, the Airtime Provider may have different methods of calculating the charge.
Administration of the SBU98-124743-F Chapter 6: Configure the AVIATOR 700 system 6-756.9.5 Log handlingTo clear the logs of the SBU and/or reset the counters for the time connected, do as follows:1. From the left navigation pane in the ADMINISTRATION page, select Log Handling.Figure 6-61: Web interface: Administration, Log Handling2. To clear the Call log, click OK next to Clear call log?. 3. To clear the total counters, click OK next to Clear total counters?.This will reset the Time connected counters on the Calls page.6.9.6 Data limitsYou can set a limit for the use of data services that can be downloaded over the AVIATOR 700 system. You either specify a maximum number of MB for the standard data connection, and/or a time interval from start to end for a streaming connection.For a detailed description how to access the SBU from a remote location see the AVIATOR 700 user manual.6.9.7 To use profilesThe profiles are used in the network user groups. You select one or several profiles when setting up a network user group. You need an administrator password to define profiles and traffic flow filters.Together with traffic flow filters the profiles are used as a tool to manage the traffic flow.If you have selected more than one profile (one primary and one or more secondary profiles) for an interface, you must define traffic flow filter(s) before you can establish a valid connection.What is a profile?A profile is a collection of Quality of Service (QoS) settings and other settings defining the mode in which data is transmitted on an interface. For example, a profile is used to define whether the connection is a Streaming connection or a Standard connection.Note
Administration of the SBU6-76 Chapter 6: Configure the AVIATOR 700 system 98-124743-FYou can select between a number of predefined profiles or define your own profiles for your data transmission. For further information on profiles, refer to the 3GPP standard TS 23.107 “Quality of Service (QoS) concept and architecture”.If no traffic flow filters are defined, the Primary profile for a network user group is used for all traffic from that network user group. Then the secondary profile will not become active.To learn more about traffic flow filters see What are traffic flow filters? in the next section.Select the profiles for a network user groupWhen you set up a network user group, you typically select one of the predefined profiles to use as a Primary profile for that network user group. You select optionally one or more Secondary profiles.For further information on how to select the profiles, see To manage LAN/WLAN network users on page 6-54.You typically do not need to define new profiles, the predefined profiles cover the most common applications. You can customize a user profile and set-up several user-defined profiles.Define new profilesWhen you define your profiles you can select Subscribed for many of the settings. If you select Subscribed, the value given in your Airtime subscription is automatically used.For AVIATOR 700, the maximum Streaming bit rate is the X-Stream service (up to approximately 450 kbps).NoteFigure 6-62: Web interface, Administration, Profiles, Example: StandardNote
Administration of the SBU98-124743-F Chapter 6: Configure the AVIATOR 700 system 6-77To define a new profile, do as follows:1. From the left navigation pane, select ADMINISTRATION > Profiles.Figure 6-63: Web interface. Administration, Profiles, select profile 2. Click Edit for the profile you want to define.3. Fill in the top field with the name for your profile.4. In the Traffic class row of your new profile, select a class from the drop-down list.You may select one of the following:•Conversational is real-time two-way conversation. It is primarily used for voice over IP and video conferences.•Streaming is real-time one-way communication. It is primarily used for video and audio.•Interactive is two-way communication (not real-time). It is used for communication that is not very delay-sensitive, such as web browsing, data base retrieval and server access. Examples of machines interaction with remote equipment are: polling for measurement records and automatic data base enquiries (tele-machines).•Background is used for data which is not delay-sensitive, such as E-mail, SMS, download of databases and reception of measurement records.5. Type in the bit rates in kbps in the following rows:•Maximum bit rate Ul (kbps) is the maximum upload bit rate allowed for this profile.•Maximum bit rate Dl (kbps) is the maximum download bit rate allowed for this profile.ImportantFor best performance, choose the right traffic class for your application. In general, Standard IP (Background) is best suited for TCP/IP applications, e.g. web browsing, e-mail, file transfer, VPN. Streaming IP is best suited for UDP traffic, e.g. live video or audio.
Administration of the SBU6-78 Chapter 6: Configure the AVIATOR 700 system 98-124743-F•Guaranteed bit rate Ul (kbps) is the guaranteed upload bit rate needed for this profile.•Guaranteed bit rate Dl (kbps) is the guaranteed download bit rate needed for this profile.6. In the Delivery order row, select from the scroll list whether or not data should be delivered in the same order it was sent. •Yes means the data packets are delivered in the same order they were sent.7. In the Maximum SDU size (byte) row, type in the maximum allowed packet size in Bytes (rounded off to nearest 10). The maximum packet size possible is 1520.8. In the Delivery of erroneous SDUs row, select one of the following from the list:•Yes means packets are allowed to contain errors. This setting is suitable for delay-sensitive transmission, because the need for retransmission is limited. The SDU Error settings in step 9 and step 10 will apply.•No means packets are not allowed to contain errors, and the SDU Error setting in step 9 will not be applied. This setting is suitable where error-free transmission is important and delays are accepted.•No detect means that errors will not be detected, and the SDU Error setting in step 9 will not be applied.9. If you selected Yes in step 8, select from the SDU error ratio drop-down list the fraction of a packet allowed to be lost or erroneous.10. Select from the Residual bit error ratio drop-down list the undetected bit error ratio of a packet. If no error detection is requested, Residual bit error ratio indicates the bit error ratio in the delivered packets.11. In the Transfer delay (ms) row, type in the delay in ms. This is the delay from the time data is received in the SBU until it arrives at the receiving end.• If the Transfer delay is 500 ms, error correction is disabled.• If the Transfer delay is 4000 ms, error correction is applied.12. In the Traffic handling priority row, select from the drop-down list which priority this connection should have.13. Click Apply.The new profile is now added, and can be selected from the lists of primary and secondary profiles when you set up your interfaces.NoteWhen you click Apply, the bit rate values you typed in may be rounded off because only certain values are allowed.
Administration of the SBU98-124743-F Chapter 6: Configure the AVIATOR 700 system 6-796.9.8 To use traffic flow filtersPurpose of the traffic flow filtersThe purpose of the traffic flow filters is to assign different priorities to different types of traffic, in order to optimize performance.Example: When you are browsing the Internet, a Standard IP connection is normally sufficient. However, to have a video conference you may need a Streaming IP connection in order to obtain a direct connection without interruptions. Your traffic flow filters can define these priorities, so that your connection automatically switches to Streaming e.g. when you have a video conference. Note that you have to activate a streaming connection in the web interface. What are traffic flow filters?When more than one type of traffic is needed, you must use both a primary and one or more secondary profiles. A traffic flow filter provides preferred treatment of a data packet. The traffic flow filter classifies data packets for the BGAN core network and the SBU received from the external network into the proper profile.You can define up to eight traffic flow filters. Each packet filter has an evaluation precedence index that is unique within all traffic flow filters associated with the profiles that share the same PDP (Packet Data Protocol) address. The evaluation precedence index determines the order in which the filters are applied; 0 is applied first, then 1 and so forth. Information of source, destination, type of service etc. is combined in each packet filter in the list.Figure 6-64: Traffic flow filters to filter traffic types6WDQGDUG,3FRQQHFWLRQNESVWRWDOGDWDUDWH6WDQGDUG,3FRQQHFWLRQ6WUHDPLQJ,3FRQQHFWLRQNESVNESVWRWDOGDWDUDWHW\SHRIWUDIILF SURILOHQRWUDIILFIORZILOWHUQHHGHGW\SHVRIWUDIILF SURILOHVWUDIILFIORZILOWHUQHHGHG
Administration of the SBU6-80 Chapter 6: Configure the AVIATOR 700 system 98-124743-FDefine traffic flow filtersTo define the traffic flow filters, do as follows:1. From the left navigation pane, select ADMINISTRATION > Traffic flow filters. The example below shows one traffic flow filter.2. Click the link New entry.Figure 6-66: Web interface: Administration, Traffic flow filters, New entry3. Select a number in the Eval.Prec. Index drop-down list.The evaluation precedence index defines the order in which the traffic flow filters are applied to packets. 0 is first, then 1, 2 etc.4. Select the Profile from the drop-down list.The available profiles are the profiles listed under ADMINISTRATION > Profiles. The selected profile is applied to all traffic that matches the conditions entered in step 5.Figure 6-65: Web interface: Administration, Traffic flow filters
Administration of the SBU98-124743-F Chapter 6: Configure the AVIATOR 700 system 6-815. Fill in one or more of the following fields to define the filter.The allowed ranges appear in hover text when you pass the mouse over the fields.•Source address + Subnet mask.This is an IPv4 IP address and subnet mask. Only packets received from the specified source are accepted by the filter.•Protocol number.This is uniquely assigned for the protocol being used. For TCP (typically Internet, e-mail, FTP) set this to 6, for UDP (typically streaming) to 17. The protocol number determines which protocol is used by the traffic flow filter.•Destination port range (From and To). This parameter requires knowledge of ports being used by the selected applications. Note that Source and Destination are relative to the BGAN core network. This means that Destination is your SBU.•Source port range (From and To). This parameter requires knowledge of ports being used by the selected applications. Note that you must fill in both From and To, even if there is only one port.•Type of Service + Type of Service mask.Set this value to a number between 0 and 255. Type of Service (TOS) is an 8-bit field in a packet header, with associated mask, that is used to define Quality of Service.For further information on the principles and parameters of the traffic flow filters, refer to the 3GPP standards TS27.007 V4.2.0 and TS 23.060 V4.7.0.6. Click Apply at the bottom of the page.Example of a list of traffic flow filtersBelow is an example of a list with two traffic flow filters.Figure 6-67: Web interface: Example of two traffic flow filtersIn this example, data packets are filtered in the following order:1. The filter with evaluation precedence index 0 checks for UDP packets (protocol number 17), in the port range 2455-5000. When these packets are identified, they are assigned a 64 kbps Streaming channel (the Streaming 64 profile).2. The filter with evaluation precedence index 1 checks remaining packets for TCP packets (protocol number 6), on port 524. These packets are routed to the standard IP connection (the Standard profile).3. Remaining traffic is routed to the standard IP connection.
Administration of the SBU6-82 Chapter 6: Configure the AVIATOR 700 system 98-124743-F6.9.9 SIM card access protection: SIM PIN and SIM LockSIM PINTo avoid unauthorized use of the system you can enable the SIM PIN. Then the user has to enter the SIM PIN before being able to use the system. The SIM PIN is disabled per default. You enable the SIM PIN in the web interface. You can also specify a new SIM PIN in the web interface. To do this you have to enter the original SIM PIN and then specify a new one.To manage the SIM PIN of the terminal do as follows:1. From the left navigation pane, select ADMINSTRATION > SIM PIN. 2. If you want to protect the system with a system SIM PIN select Enabled.3. You can enter a new PIN or change the existing PIN.4. Click Apply to save the changes.Figure 6-68: Web interface, Administration, SIM PINNoteThere is typically no SIM PIN needed for the AVIATOR 700 system. The following functions might apply for special airtime subscriptions that have a SIM PIN.
Administration of the SBU98-124743-F Chapter 6: Configure the AVIATOR 700 system 6-83SIM LockThe supplier may lock the SIM card of the terminal to a specific service provider. For further information contact your supplier. To unlock the SIM lock of the SIM card from your airtime provider do as follows:1. From the left navigation pane, select ADMINSTRATION > SIM LOCK.2. Enter the SIM Lock Code and click Apply.Figure 6-69: Web interface, Administration, SIM LOCK
Administration of the SBU6-84 Chapter 6: Configure the AVIATOR 700 system 98-124743-F6.9.10 Set up user permissionsYou can manage user access to certain functions of the AVIATOR 700 system. You can allow or deny users that are not administrators access to certain functions and make these pages read-only. This is useful if you want to protect the system against unintended changes or tampering of the system.Protect the SBU against unintended change of setup. We recommend to study the following screen thoroughly and decide which areas of the AVIATOR 700 system you want to give non-administrator users access to.To set up the user permissions, do as follows:1. From the left navigation pane, select ADMINISTRATION > User permissions.Figure 6-70: Web interface: Administration, User permissions2. For each item under ALLOW USERS TO:, select•Yes to allow access Important
Administration of the SBU98-124743-F Chapter 6: Configure the AVIATOR 700 system 6-85•No to block access to the settings. Then the pages are read-only for non-administrators. The settings on the page cannot be changed. 3. Under ALLOW AT COMMANDS ON: select•Yes to allow the use of AT commands on the LAN/WLAN interface•No to block the use of AT commands on the LAN/WLAN interfaceAT commands are typically used during maintenance and service.4. Under ALLOWED SERVICES select:•Yes to allow that the user can send and receive text messages•No to block sending and receiving text messages. Note that the menu item MESSAGES is not displayed any longer.5. Click Apply.The settings to which access is denied are now greyed out for the non-administrator user.NoteThis setting does not take effect until the SBU is restarted.
Administration of the SBU6-86 Chapter 6: Configure the AVIATOR 700 system 98-124743-F6.9.11 Remote managementYou can set up the SBU for control from a remote location.If you want to remotely control the SBU, it must have activated a connection. This can be done in several ways:• Automatic activation of a Standard data connection, see step 10 on page 6-58 in Edit a network user group.• Manual start of a data connection (Standard data or Streaming, see Start or stop a standard data connection on page 6-24)•Remote start of a data connection with an SMS, see Remote activation of a connection using SMS on page 6-87.To set up the SBU for remote management, do as follows:1. From the left navigation pane, select ADMINISTRATION > Remote management.Figure 6-71: Web interface: Administration, Remote management2. Select whether remote access using a web server should be Enabled or Disabled and enter the Incoming port number.3. Select whether AT commands should be Enabled or Disabled and enter the Incoming port number.4. Under TRUSTED IP ADDRESSES, type in the IP addresses of the devices you want to give access to the SBU.5. Click Apply to save the new settings.You can now access the SBU from one of the trusted IP addresses, using the incoming port defined in the Incoming port field.Note
Administration of the SBU98-124743-F Chapter 6: Configure the AVIATOR 700 system 6-87For a detailed description how to access the SBU from a remote location see the AVIATOR 700 user manual.6.9.12 Remote activation of a connection using SMSIf you want to remotely control the SBU, it must have activated a connection. You can do this by sending an SMS to the SBU. The SBU must be powered up and logged on to the satellite services to receive the SMS and then start the connection. For a detailed description how to activate a connection using SMS see the AVIATOR 700 user manual.The SBU must be logged on to the satellite services to receive and accept an activation SMS. If the SMS is considered too old or sent before the SBU has been switched on and has logged on, the SMS will be ignored.6.9.13 Link monitoring (SwiftBroadband only)You can monitor the external SwiftBroadband IP connection of the AVIATOR system using the link monitoring feature. With this feature activated, the terminal will send out ping commands (ICMP Echo Requests) to a server of your choice.To set up link monitoring, do as follows:1. From the left navigation pane, select ADMINISTRATION > Link monitoring.2. Select Enabled if you want to enable Link monitoring.3. Select the Interval between each ping.4. Select the number of Retries before the terminal reboots.5. Type in the Primary and optionally the Secondary IP address.This is the IP address of the server(s) to which the terminal will send ping commands.NoteNoteLink monitoring is only performed on data connections with the Default network user group (see Set up the network user groups on page 6-55). This data connection must be activated before link monitoring can start.Figure 6-72: Web interface: Administration, Link monitoring
Administration of the SBU6-88 Chapter 6: Configure the AVIATOR 700 system 98-124743-F6. Click Apply.When a data session is started with the Default network user group, the terminal will start sending ping commands to the Primary IP address the number of times specified at Retries. If no response is received, it will send the same number of ping commands to the Secondary IP address, if available. If no response is received here either, the terminal will reboot.6.9.14 Restricted dialingIn order to manage the use of the AVIATOR 700 system efficiently you can set up the SBU to limit all calls to allowed numbers or numbers in the phone book. This feature can be enabled for each connected handset separately.For a detailed description how to restrict dialing see the AVIATOR 700 user manual.6.9.15 Multi-voice (option)You can subscribe to Multi-voice with or without additional numbers. Multi-voice is disabled per default.You must have Multi-voice in your airtime subscription, AVIATOR Wireless Handset software version minimum 1.03 and SBU software version minimum AVIATOR 700 (Level E): 1.07, AVIATOR 700D (Level D): 2.01, in order to support the Multi-voice function.To enable Multi-voice, do as follows:1. Enter the web interface of your terminal.2. Select Administration > Multi-voice.3. Select Multi-voice.If you want to use an external PBX, select Using external Multi-voice PBX and select the interface used to connect the PBX to the terminalYou are now ready to use Multi-voice. For more detailed information about configuring Multi-voice see Configure Multi-voice on page 6-92.Rules for concurrent calls (without cockpit reserve)• First call initiated: You can use any connected handset and any call type for incoming as well as outgoing calls.• Second and subsequent calls: You can only use handsets connected to the WLAN interface for calls initiated/received while another call is active. The call type for the second and subsequent calls is always Standard Voice.NoteUse a server that is reliable and that supports and responds to ICMP Echo Requests.NoteNoteIf you have additional numbers in your airtime subscription, you must set up how the system should use them. See the sections Handset contexts on page 6-89.
Administration of the SBU98-124743-F Chapter 6: Configure the AVIATOR 700 system 6-89Additional numbers for Multi-voiceIn addition to the phone numbers for incoming Standard Voice, and 3.1 kHz Audio and UDI/RDI, your subscription may include extra phone numbers that can be assigned to specific handsets. If you want to use the additional phone numbers in your subscription, you must set up the following in the web interface:• Enable the use of additional numbers in the web interface under ADMINISTRATION > Multi-voice. See Configure Multi-voice on page 6-92.• Add the additional numbers from your airtime subscription under PHONE BOOK > MOBILE NUMBERS > ADDITIONAL NUMBERS.• Assign the numbers to handsets. Depending on the handset interface you want to use, see the pages SETTINGS > Phone/Fax, SETTINGS > ISDN or SETTINGS > IP handsets in the web interface.Check with your service provider for individual billing of an additional number.Handset contextsCalls to the SBU are treated differently depending on the handset context. If additional numbers are used, there are 3 possible handset contexts, which are explained in this section:•Call type groups•Directly assigned handsets•Unassigned handsetsCall type groupsThe handsets are called using one of the mobile numbers for either Standard Voice or 3.1 kHz audio. All handsets in a group will ring when the belonging number is called.For information on how to associate a handset with a group, see•Set the call types for AVIATOR Wireless Handsets on page 6-46•Configure the Phone/Fax interface (2-Wire) of the SBU on page 6-34•Configure the ISDN interface of the SBU on page 6-35NoteYou must have Multi-voice with additional numbers in your airtime subscription to be able to use this feature.
Administration of the SBU6-90 Chapter 6: Configure the AVIATOR 700 system 98-124743-FDirectly assigned handsetsThe mobile numbers are assigned to individual handsets. Only the assigned handset will ring when the associated number is called.For information on how to assign a number to a handset, see the pages SETTINGS > Phone/Fax, SETTINGS > ISDN or SETTINGS > IP handsets in the web interface.Note that you can also assign the call type numbers directly (in the example above, the Standard Voice number is assigned to IP handset number 0501). If you do so, be aware that only the assigned handset can receive a call to this number. The handset connected to the Phone port 1 and the IP handset no. 0502 are each assigned an additional number.Figure 6-73: Multi-voice, call type groups (example)&DOO7\SH 6WDQGDUG &DOO7\SH N+]6WDQGDUG9RLFHQXPEHU,6'13RUW3KRQH)D[3RUW,6'13RUW3KRQH)D[3RUWN+]$XGLRQXPEHU[NoteTo use this feature you must have additional numbers in your airtime subscription and enable the use of additional numbers in the web interface. Then you can assign the numbers to individual handsets. For details on additional numbers, see Additional numbers for Multi-voice on page 6-89.Figure 6-74: Multi-voice, example of directly assigned handsets (example),3KDQGVHWORFDOQR $GGLWLRQDOQXPEHU&DELQ,3KDQGVHWORFDOQR 6WDQGDUG9RLFHQXPEHU3DQWU\3KRQH)D[SRUW $GGLWLRQDOQXPEHU&RFNSLW
Administration of the SBU98-124743-F Chapter 6: Configure the AVIATOR 700 system 6-91Unassigned handsetsThese are IP handsets that are not assigned a number, and that do not belong to a call type group. Use this handset context if you want to create a group of IP handsets that can be called together. All unassigned IP handsets will ring when you call a mobile number which has not been assigned to a handset.To make an IP handset unassigned, clear all call types and the Assigned number field when setting up the handsets in the web interface. See Set the call types for AVIATOR Wireless Handsets on page 6-46.Figure 6-75: Multi-voice, example of unassigned handsetsCockpit reserveWith Cockpit reserve enabled, is it possible to reserve at least one call line to the handsets in the cockpit. The free call line is reserved for all handsets not assigned an additional Multi-voice number.In the following example of a Multi-voice configuration with cockpit reserve, all handsets in the cabin have been assigned an additional number while the handsets in the cockpit belong to the standard call type group.Figure 6-76: Multi-voice, example for a configuration with Cockpit reserve.&DELQ,3KDQGVHWORFDOQR1RQXPEHUDVVLJQHGAll handsets ring when calling a mobile number which is in the subscription but not assigned to any handset.&RFNSLW&DOOW\SHJURXS&DELQ$GGLWLRQDOQXPEHUDVVLJQHGWRHDFK,3KDQGVHW0RELOHQXPEHUV$GGLWLRQDOQXPEHUV$GGLWLRQDOQXPEHUV0RELOHQXPEHUV
Administration of the SBU6-92 Chapter 6: Configure the AVIATOR 700 system 98-124743-FConfigure Multi-voiceTo enable and configure Multi-voice, do as follows:1. From the left navigation pane, select Administration > Multi-voice.Figure 6-77: Web interface: Administration, Multi-voice2. To use the AVIATOR 700 terminal for Multi-voice, select Multi-voice.You can also use an external Multi-voice PBX. If so, select Using external Multi-voice PBX and select the interface used to connect the PBX to the terminal. Refer to the manufacturer documentation for your Multi-voice PBX.3. If you want to assign additional numbers, select Use additional numbers. You must have additional numbers in your subscription and enter the additional numbers under PHONE BOOK > Mobile numbers. (See also Set up additional numbers on page 6-93.)Then you can use the setup page for the handset interface, e.g. SETTINGS > IP handsets > Call settings, to assign the additional numbers to the handsets you want to be able to call directly. (See also Assign additional numbers on page 6-94).4. You can configure a reserved line for the handsets in the cockpit by selecting Use additional numbers and Cockpit reserve Yes.• There will at all times be a free line for the handsets in the cockpit so a call can be made and received regardless the use of other handsets. Set up a call type group to assign handsets to the cockpit-reserved group, see Set the call types for AVIATOR Wireless Handsets on page 6-46, Configure the Phone/Fax interface (2-Wire) of the SBU on page 6-34 and Configure the ISDN interface of the SBU on page 6-35.• Use the additional numbers for other handsets, e.g. in the cabin. 5. Type in the VoIP APN used for Multi-voice. You find the Multi-voice APN name in your subscription documentation.NoteThe handsets using additional numbers must be AVIATOR Wireless Handsets or other SIP phones, a normal 2-wire handset cannot be used.
Administration of the SBU98-124743-F Chapter 6: Configure the AVIATOR 700 system 6-936. Click Apply.Set up additional numbersEnter the additional numbers under PHONE BOOK > Mobile numbers. Figure 6-78: Web interface: Phone book, mobile numbers (example, Multi-voice)
Administration of the SBU6-94 Chapter 6: Configure the AVIATOR 700 system 98-124743-FAssign additional numbersAssign additional numbers under SETTINGS > IP handsets > Call settings.Figure 6-79: Web interface: Settings, IP handsets, Call settings (with Multi-voice, example)
Site map of the SBU web interface98-124743-F Chapter 6: Configure the AVIATOR 700 system 6-956.10 Site map of the SBU web interfaceThe web interface offers a site map page. Use this page to get an overview over the menus, submenus and topics. The following drawing shows the site mapFigure 6-80: Web interface: Site map.To access the site map, select SITE MAP from the left navigation pane. You can click on each menu in the site map to go directly to the page or display the respective submenu.3RUWIRUZDUGLQJ 1HWZRUNGHYLFHV1HWZRUNFODVVLILFDWLRQ1HWZRUNXVHUJURXSV333R(6WDWLFURXWH&DOOIRUZDUG &DOOEDUULQJ &DOOZDLWLQJ /LQHLGHQWLILFDWLRQ &ORVHGXVHUJURXS/RFDOH[FKDQJH/$1:/$13KRQH)D[,6'1&RPPRQ,3KDQGVHWV'LVFUHWH,26\VWHPW\SH5)VHWWLQJV([WHUQDOV\VWHPV)/(;7UDFNLQJ8SORDG&DOOFKDUJHV /RJKDQGOLQJ'DWDOLPLWV 3URILOHV 7UDIILFIORZILOWHUV 6,03,16,0/RFN 8VHUSHUPLVVLRQV5HPRWHPDQDJHPHQW/LQNPRQLWRULQJ5HPRWHDFWLYDWLRQ5HVWULFWHGGLDOLQJ0XOWLYRLFH(YHQWOLVW (YHQWORJ([WHQGHGVWDWXV 6HOIWHVW'$6+%2$5'&211(&73+21(%22.0(66$*(6&$//66(77,1*6$'0,1,675$7,21+(/3'(6.6,7(0$3&DOOVHWWLQJV&08$&$56
Configuration of 3rd party phone systems6-96 Chapter 6: Configure the AVIATOR 700 system 98-124743-F6.11 Configuration of 3rd party phone systems6.11.1 Sigma7 setupThere are a few adjustments that are typically made at the time of installation testing. Normally it is necessary to set the ear volume of the handset initially, in order to obtain sufficient volume in the ear piece. The information in this section is only meant as a guideline. For complete information on the function of the Sigma7 handset, refer to the Sigma7 manual.To set up the ear volumeTo set up the ear volume of the handset, do as follows:1. Take the handset out of the cradle and enter the menu system of the handset.2. Use the volume control keys to scroll to the EARVOL setting.3. Press the Flash key to select EARVOL.4. Change the volume setting to 4 using the volume control keys.5. Press # to store the setting. To adjust other settings, press Flash to return to the menu. 6. Place the handset back into the cradle.For further information on the Sigma7 handset, refer to the manual for the Sigma7 handset.6.11.2 ICG DECT Cordless Handset setupIt is sometimes necessary to adjust the volume of the ICG DECT Cordless Handset, in order to have sufficient volume in the ear piece. Also, you may want to change the setting of the handset from pulse to tone, if this is not already set.The information in this section is only meant as a guideline. For complete information on the function of the ICG DECT Cordless Handset phone, refer to the manual for your ICG DECT Cordless Handset phone.To set the volumeTo change the volume setting, enter the handset menus and do as follows:1. Scroll to Audio Sett and press OK.2. Select H/Set Vol and press OK. The current volume is heard in the ear piece and the level is displayed.3. Scroll to the desired volume and press OK.NoteWhen you set up Handset #5 and #6 in the Configuration Program, you must select ICG Handset for Sigma7. See External equipment on page 6-10.NoteNote
Configuration of 3rd party phone systems98-124743-F Chapter 6: Configure the AVIATOR 700 system 6-97To switch to Tone dialingTo change the dialing mode, do as follows:1. Open the handset menu.2. Scroll to Temp Tone and press OK. Tone dialing is now active.6.11.3 Iridium Communication System, ICS-200OverviewThis section explains basic configuration of the ICS-200 system. Screen shots and instructions are given for ICS-200 firmware revision F, minor changes or variations may exist for newer firmware revisions.For further information on the ICG configuration utility and the ICS-200 system in general, please refer to the ICS-200 Installation Manual available on ICG’s homepage http://www.intcomgrp.com.When simultaneously operating the AVIATOR 700 over the Inmarsat network and the ICS-200 there is a potential risk of interference.ICS-200 is configured from the ICG configuration utility. The main menu of this application is shown below.Configure audio levels and outgoing routing for the 4-wire ports1. From the Main Menu, select Configuration Update.2. Select Configure Ports.3. In the Ports Editor menu, select the first 4-wire port, Station 4 wire (15).4. Change RESTRICTED_ROUTING to ENABLED, and select LBT as LBT-01.5. Change Rx (ear) gain to -20 dBm.Important
Configuration of 3rd party phone systems6-98 Chapter 6: Configure the AVIATOR 700 system 98-124743-F6. Verify that TX (mic) gain is set to +0 dBm and that DTMF setting is High.Configuration of extension 15 will then be as shown below.7. Press <Esc> to return to the Ports Editor menu.8. Repeat the same configuration for extension 16, but set the LBT to LBT-02.Configure incoming routing for the transceivers1. From the Ports Editor menu, select Transceiver LBT-01 (01).2. Configure ring extension to be Station (15).Configuration of LBT-01 will then be as below3. Press <Esc> to return to Ports Editor menu.4. Repeat the same configuration for LBT-02, but set the ring extension to Station (16).
Configuration of 3rd party phone systems98-124743-F Chapter 6: Configure the AVIATOR 700 system 6-99Configure I/O pins1. Press <Esc> until you are back in the Unit Setting menu.2. Choose Configure I/O pins.3. In the I/O Pins Editor menu, select OUT 1 and then select Task as LBT_AVAIL and parameter as LBT-01.4. In the I/O Pins Editor menu, select OUT 2 and then select Task as LBT_AVAIL and parameter as LBT-02.The I/O Pins Editor menu should then look as below.Save settings and reboot1. Press <Esc> to get back to the Unit Setting menu, and then use CTRL-S to save the settings.ICS-200 then responds Configuration is saved as below.
Configuration of 3rd party phone systems6-100 Chapter 6: Configure the AVIATOR 700 system 98-124743-F2. Press F4 to get a command prompt, then type reset and press <Enter> to reset the unit for the new settings to take effect. The response should be as shown below.
AVIATOR 700 system ready for use98-124743-F Chapter 6: Configure the AVIATOR 700 system 6-1016.12 AVIATOR 700 system ready for use Having installed the AVIATOR 700 system, activated the SIM card, entered the ICAO number and configured the system you can verify whether the system is fully operational. Check that all LEDs on the SDU and SBU front panel are green. Figure 6-81: AVIATOR 700 system ready for useNoteLine of sight during operation!Make sure that there is a line of sight between the Satcom antenna and the satellite in order to logon to and use the satellite service.*UHHQ/('VRQ6'8DQG6%83RZHU/RJRQ)DLO3DVV6%86'8
AVIATOR 700 system ready for use6-102 Chapter 6: Configure the AVIATOR 700 system 98-124743-F
98-124743-F 7-1Chapter 7Check procedures 77.1 Basic check flow7.1.1 Check proceduresIn order to ensure the correct function of the system, the below check flow should be followed.1. Pre-Installation Check.Perform this check after wiring, but before inserting the LRUs. This is a check of the most important connections, the circuit breakers, cable losses etc. Refer to Pre-Installation Check on page 7-2.2. Configuration.After performing the Pre-Installation Check, configure the system using the Aero-SDU Configuration Program and the SBU web interface. Refer to Configure the AVIATOR 700 system on page 6-1.3. Functional Test, on Ground.When the system is configured and activated, a functional test should be performed. The functional test should check all user interfaces, such as voice, fax, high speed data, annunciators, satcom on/off switch etc.Refer to Functional Test, on Ground on page 7-4.4. Interference Test.After the functional test, an interference test should be performed. This test is to verify that transmission from the AVIATOR 700 system has no effect on the avionics of the aircraft, particularly navigation equipment.Refer to Interference Test on page 7-6.5. Functional Test, Airborne.After the interference test, a functional test should be performed while the aircraft is airborne. This test is basically the same as the functional test on ground. Refer to Functional Test, Airborne on page 7-7.ImportantNone of the check procedures described in this chapter can serve as a replacement for any of the required approvals and certifications. NoteIf additional avionics are installed in the aircraft at a later stage, the interference test should be performed again to ensure correct operation.
Pre-Installation Check7-2 Chapter 7: Check procedures 98-124743-F7.2 Pre-Installation CheckIt is recommended to check the installation before inserting LRUs. The following list provides some of the most important issues, but other additional checks may be relevant for the specific installation.Item Description of Check ReferenceSection Value/CommentMounting traysEnsure service/maintenance accessibility. 5.2Coding of tray connectorsCheck orientation of coding pins in SDU tray connector4.1.3Check orientation of coding pins in HPA tray connector4.2Check orientation of coding pins in SBU tray connector4.3.3Quadrax insert orientationCheck that the Quadrax connector is oriented correctly in the SDU tray connector.4.1.3Check that the Quadrax connectors are oriented correctly in the SBU tray connector.4.3.3Grounding studCheck that the grounding stud on the DLNA is connected correctly to aircraft chassis.Circuit breaker rating Check the SDU circuit breaker: 4 A 5.3.3Check the HPA circuit breaker: 20 A 5.3.3Check the SBU circuit breaker: 7.5 A 5.3.3Polarity of 28 V DC PowerCheck 28 V DC polarity on SDU tray connector(TP1: +28 V DC Power and TP2: GND, Power Return)4.1.35.3.3Check 28 V DC polarity on HPA tray connector (BPA1: +28 V DC Power and BPA2: GND, Power Return)4.25.3.3Table 7-1: Check Sheet: Installation Check Before Inserting LRUs.
Pre-Installation Check98-124743-F Chapter 7: Check procedures 7-3After a successful check of the installation, use the Aero-SDU Configuration Program and the built-in web interface of the SBU to configure the system. For further information, refer to Configure the AVIATOR 700 system on page 6-1.Check 28 V DC polarity on SBU tray connector (TP1: +28 V DC Power and TP2: GND, Power Return)4.3.35.3.3Handset powerCheck power to the handsets on DB15 connector to be inserted in cradle5.3.114.4.2SDU nON Check that TP5 (nOn) on the SDU tray connector is connected to a switch or directly to Chassis GND (TP3).5.3.34.1.3SBU nON Check that TP3 (nOn) on the SBU tray connector is connected to a switch or directly to Chassis GND (BP3).5.3.34.3.3Handset connections to CradlesCheck that 2-wire handsets are not connected to 4-wire cradles.5.3.11RF cable lossesMeasure and note the cable loss from SDU to DLNA5.3.46.2.3Measure and note the cable loss from SDU to HPAMeasure and note the cable loss from HPA to DLNAMeasure and note the cable loss from DLNA to AntennaMeasure and note the cable loss from SBU to Rx Power SplitterMeasure and note the cable loss from SBU to Tx CouplerSoftware versionCheck the software version of the SDU.Check the software version of the SBU.NoteThe cable loss values registered in the above table must be entered into the Aero-SDU Configuration Program during configuration.Item Description of Check ReferenceSection Value/CommentTable 7-1: Check Sheet: Installation Check Before Inserting LRUs. (Continued)
Functional Test, on Ground7-4 Chapter 7: Check procedures 98-124743-F7.3 Functional Test, on Ground7.3.1 Before you startThe system must be activated before performing this test. For further details see Activation of airtime services on page 5-86.7.3.2 Check list for functional test on groundThe following list provides some of the most important checks to perform after power-up, but other additional checks may be relevant for the specific installation.If you already know that certain interfaces or services are not going to be used, it is not necessary to perform tests on these specific interfaces or services.Item Description of Check Reference Value/CommentSDU LEDs Check that the SDU Power LED is greenCheck that the SDU Fail/Pass LED is greenCheck that the SDU Logon LED is greenSBU LEDs Check that the SBU Logon LED is greenVoicehandsets #1 to #6Make an aircraft to ground call AVIATOR 700 User ManualMake a ground to aircraft call AVIATOR 700User ManualSDU - Fax Send an H+ fax from aircraft to groundAVIATOR 700User ManualSend an H+ fax from ground to aircraftAVIATOR 700User ManualSend an HSD fax from aircraft to groundaAVIATOR 700User ManualSend an HSD fax from ground to aircraftaAVIATOR 700User ManualSBU - Fax Send a fax over SwiftBroadband from ground to aircraft.AVIATOR 700User ManualSend a fax over SwiftBroadband from aircraft to ground.AVIATOR 700User ManualTable 7-2: Check Sheet: Functional Test, on Ground
Functional Test, on Ground98-124743-F Chapter 7: Check procedures 7-5SBU - ISDN Connect to the internet from a laptop, using the ISDN connection.AVIATOR 700User ManualSBU - Ethernet Connect to the internet from a laptop, using the Ethernet connection. AVIATOR 700User ManualSBU- WLAN Connect to the internet from a laptop, using the WLAN connection. AVIATOR 700User ManualACARS / AFIS / CMUSend test message and verify reply or request for weather data and verify the data is downloaded. Both is done from the CDU / MCDU.CDU / MCDU Manuala. HSD fax available on I3 satellites.Item Description of Check Reference Value/CommentTable 7-2: Check Sheet: Functional Test, on Ground (Continued)
Interference Test7-6 Chapter 7: Check procedures 98-124743-F7.4 Interference Test7.4.1 IntroductionIt is recommended to perform an interference test to ensure that transmission from the AVIATOR 700 system does not influence any of the primary avionics on the aircraft.7.4.2 TestDuring the test, the aircraft must be on ground. A skilled person should be observing the instruments.1. Log on to the satellite in the lowest possible elevation.2. Place the aircraft in such a position that the satcom antenna transmits in the direction of the other antennas on the aircraft. Example: If the satcom antenna is tail-mounted, place the aircraft with the nose pointing in the direction of the satellite. The antenna will then transmit in the direction of the other antennas placed in front of it.3. While transmission is ongoing, observe all primary navigation instruments, autopilot, VOR/ILS, ADF and DME etc. and make sure none of the instruments are influenced by the AVIATOR 700 transmission. 4. Check GPS signal-to-noise ratio.5. Monitor all VHF communication and make sure squelch is not opened unintentionally.6. To check that the SBU can send continuously at a high data rate over SwiftBroadband make a 3.1 kHz audio call from the SBU.7. If TCAS/ACAS is installed, verify that it is not flagged “FAILED” during satcom transmission.ImportantThis test is not a replacement for any EMC tests in connection with e.g. an STC, TC or Field Approval. It is only an additional practical test of the application.NoteIf any additional avionics are installed at a later stage, the interference test should be performed again.
Functional Test, Airborne98-124743-F Chapter 7: Check procedures 7-77.5 Functional Test, AirborneThe following list provides some of the most important checks to perform while the aircraft is airborne, after all on-ground tests are passed. Other additional checks may be relevant for the specific installation. If you already know that certain interfaces or services are not going to be used, it is not necessary to perform tests on these specific interfaces or services. If any of the checks should fail, guidance is provided in the section Initial troubleshooting on page 8-26.Item Description of Check Reference Value/CommentSDU - Voice Make an air to ground call and keep it up during a 360 turn. Monitor the C/No for any drops during the turn.AVIATOR 700User ManualMake a ground to air call AVIATOR 700User ManualSBU - Voice Make an air to ground call and keep it up during a 360 turn. Monitor the C/No for any drops during the turn.AVIATOR 700User ManualMake a ground to air call AVIATOR 700User ManualSDU - Fax Send an H+ fax from air to ground AVIATOR 700User ManualSend an H+ fax from ground to air AVIATOR 700User ManualSend an HSD fax from air to ground AVIATOR 700User ManualSend an HSD fax from ground to air AVIATOR 700User ManualSBU - Fax Send a fax over SwiftBroadband from ground to aircraft.AVIATOR 700User ManualSend a fax over SwiftBroadband from aircraft to ground.AVIATOR 700User ManualSBU - ISDN Connect to the internet from a laptop, using the ISDN connection.AVIATOR 700User ManualSBU - EthernetConnect to the internet from a laptop, using the Ethernet connection. AVIATOR 700User ManualSBU- WLAN Connect to the internet from a laptop, using the WLAN connection. AVIATOR 700User ManualTable 7-3: Check Sheet: Functional Test, Airborne
Functional Test, Airborne7-8 Chapter 7: Check procedures 98-124743-FACARS / AFIS / CMUSend test message and verify reply or request for weather data and verify the data is downloaded. Both is done from the CDU / MCDU.CDU / MCDU ManualItem Description of Check Reference Value/CommentTable 7-3: Check Sheet: Functional Test, Airborne (Continued)
98-124743-F 8-1Chapter 8Maintenance and troubleshooting 88.1 Continued Airworthiness8.1.1 GeneralMaintenanceMaintenance requirements and instructions for continued airworthiness of the Cobham SATCOM units in the AVIATOR 700 System are restricted to the fact that the TT-5035A Satellite Data Unit requires replacement of an internal battery at a periodic scheduled service task of 7 years (Overhaul). The Overhaul period is defined as the recommended period from production date or last maintenance to next maintenance.When replacing the TT-5035A Satellite Data Unit (SDU), it is important to leave the TT-5035A-001 Configuration Module (CM) behind, attached to the airframe with a wire. When replacing the TT-5040A SwiftBroadband Unit (SBU), it is important to leave the TT-5040A-001 Configuration Module behind, attached to the airframe with a wire.Contact for supportAVIATOR 700 system purchased from a Cobham SATCOM distributor: If you need assistance and you have purchased your system from a Cobham SATCOM distributor, contact the distributor’s support line.AVIATOR 700 system purchased directly from Cobham SATCOM: If you need assistance and you have purchased your system directly from Cobham SATCOM, you can contact Cobham SATCOM by telephone or send an e-mail to the Cobham SATCOM esupport.Telephone numbers:For urgent technical support please contact us at one of the following numbers:•One Dial Phone: +45 39 88 89 89• US, Virginia Beach office: +1 757 463 9557 or +1 866 SATCOMS.The eSupport e-mail address is AVIATOR.support@cobham.com.NoteNote
Continued Airworthiness8-2 Chapter 8: Maintenance and troubleshooting 98-124743-F8.1.2 InstructionsDocumentationMaintenance information for the AVIATOR 700 System is contained in this manual. Place the wiring diagram information in this manual in the aircraft operator's appropriate aircraft wiring diagram manuals.Inoperative unitsIf a system component is inoperative, remove or replace the unit.If a level-D certified system detects an inconsistent hardware unit (level E) or software image (level E), it enters failure mode and the system will not be operational. Inconsistency messages are displayed to clearly inform the service personnel about the reason for this failure mode.If an inoperative SDU is removed, take out the TT-5035A-001 Configuration Module (CM) and fasten the CM and wiring. Secure all cables, collect applicable switches and circuit breakers, and label them inoperative. Revise the equipment list and weight and balance as applicable prior to flight and make a log book entry that the unit was removed.Likewise, if an inoperative SBU is removed, take out the TT-5040A-001 CM and fasten the CM and wiring to the air frame. Secure all cables, collect applicable switches and circuit breakers, and label them inoperative. Revise the equipment list and weight and balance as applicable prior to flight and make a log book entry that the unit was removed.For information on how to return a unit for repair, see Returning units for repair on page 8-30. Once repaired, reinstall the unit in the aircraft in accordance with the instructions in this Installation and Maintenance Manual.Scheduled Maintenance ProgramThe high-speed data system components are considered on-condition units and no additional maintenance is required other than a check for security and operation at normal inspection intervals.Scheduled Maintenance Program tasks to be added to the aircraft operator's appropriate aircraft maintenance program are as follows:Important
Continued Airworthiness98-124743-F Chapter 8: Maintenance and troubleshooting 8-3Recommended Periodic Scheduled Servicing Tasks:TT-5035A Satellite Data Unit (SDU) 7 yearsTT-5040A SwiftBroadband Unit (SBU) None requiredTT-5035A-001 Configuration Module (CM) None requiredTT-5040A-001 Configuration module for SBU None requiredTT-5014A High Power Amplifier (HPA) None requiredTT-5620A 4-Wire Handset None requiredTT-5622A 4-Wire Cradle None requiredTT-5621B 2-Wire Handset None requiredTT-5622B 2-Wire Cradle None requiredTT-5013A Type-F DLNA (Original Manufacturer P/N: COMDEV 173628-101)None requiredTT-5624B AVIATOR Wireless HandsetTT-5626B Cradle for AVIATOR Wireless HandsetSee AVIATOR Wireless Handset and Cradle Installation & Maintenance Manual (98-129600).Recommended Periodic Inspections:TT-5035A Satellite Data Unit (SDU) None requiredTT-5040A SwiftBroadband Unit (SBU) None requiredTT-5035A-001 Configuration Module (CM) None requiredTT-5040A-001 Configuration module for SBU None requiredTT-5014A High Power Amplifier (HPA) None requiredTT-5620A 4-Wire Handset None requiredTT-5622A 4-Wire Cradle None requiredTT-5621B 2-Wire Handset None requiredTT-5622B 2-Wire Cradle None requiredTT-5013A Type-F DLNA (Original Manufacturer P/N: COMDEV 173628-101)None requiredTT-5624B AVIATOR Wireless HandsetTT-5626B Cradle for AVIATOR Wireless HandsetSee AVIATOR Wireless Handset and Cradle Installation & Maintenance Manual (98-129600).
Continued Airworthiness8-4 Chapter 8: Maintenance and troubleshooting 98-124743-FRecommended Periodic Scheduled Preventative Maintenance Tests: (Tests to determine system condition and/or latent failures)TT-5035A Satellite Data Unit (SDU) None requiredTT-5040A SwiftBroadband Unit (SBU) None requiredTT-5035A-001 Configuration Module (CM) None requiredTT-5040A-001 Configuration module for SBU None requiredTT-5014A High Power Amplifier (HPA) None requiredTT-5620A 4-Wire Handset None requiredTT-5622A 4-Wire Cradle None requiredTT-5621B 2-Wire Handset None requiredTT-5622B 2-Wire Cradle None requiredTT-5013A Type-F DLNA (Original Manufacturer P/N: COMDEV 173628-101)None requiredTT-5624B AVIATOR Wireless HandsetTT-5626B Cradle for AVIATOR Wireless HandsetSee AVIATOR Wireless Handset and Cradle Installation & Maintenance Manual (98-129600).
Getting support: Service log and HELPDESK98-124743-F Chapter 8: Maintenance and troubleshooting 8-58.2 Getting support: Service log and HELPDESKIf this manual does not provide the remedies to solve your problem, you may want to contact your Airtime Provider or your local distributor.8.2.1 Airtime supportIf you need assistance from your Airtime Provider, call the help desk, click HELP DESK or check your Airtime subscription for a contact number.8.2.2 System supportIf you need assistance with problems caused by the SDU, SBU, and HPA or the antenna, please call a distributor in your area. A list of certified partners and distributors is available on Cobham SATCOM web site: www.cobham.com/satcom. Select Where to buy, then AVIATOR, EXPLORER, SAILOR and Sea Tel branded products resellers.There are two tools available to help you troubleshooting the system.Figure 8-1: Support tools: Service log and Helpdesk8.2.3 Service Log for the SDUGenerating a service logWhen contacting your distributor for support, please include a service log. The service log contains information relevant for the service personnel during troubleshooting. When contacting your distributor for support, please enclose the service log for the SDU and the diagnostic report for the SBU.6%8ZHELQWHUIDFH$HUR6'8&RQILJXUDWLRQ3URJUDP6%86'8
Getting support: Service log and HELPDESK8-6 Chapter 8: Maintenance and troubleshooting 98-124743-FTo generate a service log, do as follows:1. In the Aero-SDU Configuration Program click the button Service Log on the start page.2. Choose a location for the file and click OK to save it.3. It may take several minutes to complete the service log, wait until the operation is completed.The service log contains also BITE error codes from the SDU, including 2 general BITE codes from the SBU. These SBU BITE codes inform you that there are errors in the SBU. Use the SBU diagnostic report for further information on the SBU BITE errors.8.2.4 Help desk and diagnostic report from the SBUHelp deskIf you need help with airtime-related issues for the SwiftBroadband subscription you may call the Help desk. Enter the phone number for your Airtime Provider on this page. To access the Help desk, select HELP DESK from the left navigation pane in the SBU web interface. Figure 8-2: Web interface: Help deskIf you have entered the Help desk number, it is displayed as a link. To change the number, click the link, change the number and click Apply. If you need help with SBU- or antenna-related issues call your local distributor.
Getting support: Service log and HELPDESK98-124743-F Chapter 8: Maintenance and troubleshooting 8-7Generating a diagnostic report from the SBUWhen contacting your distributor for support, please include an SBU diagnostic report. The diagnostic report contains information relevant for the service personnel during troubleshooting. When contacting your distributor for support, please enclose the service log for the SDU and the diagnostic report for the SBU.To generate a diagnostic report with valuable information for the service team, do as follows:1. Reboot the system.2. Establish the problem or situation in which the error occurred, or 3. Make a CS call (if possible), i.e. making a call with a handset connected to the SBU.4. Make a PS call (if possible), i.e. establish a data connection.5. Click Generate report from the HELP DESK page. In some browsers the file may open directly in your browser. If it does, choose File > Save As to save the file.6. Choose a location for the file and save it on your computer.Extended statusClick Extended status in the HELP DESK page to display further status information on logon status, ongoing data sessions and ongoing calls.Figure 8-3: Web interface: Help desk, Extended status
Software update8-8 Chapter 8: Maintenance and troubleshooting 98-124743-F8.3 Software updateThe software upgrade procedure can be divided into 3 steps: SDU software upload, AVIATOR 700 startup and SBU software upload. In step 2 the HPA is updated and the system runs a POST (power on self test).Figure 8-4: Software upgrade procedure for SDU and SBUMinimum Software Version required for AVIATOR 700 (Level E):• SBU: AVIATOR 700: Swift_broadband-E_105.zipFile: Swift_broadband-E_105.dl1• SDU: AVIATOR 700: Aero-HSD+_E_v114.zipFile: HplusHsdHpa-E-318.swu• Aero-SDU Configuration Program: Aero-SDU_CP_v114.zipFile: setup.exeMinimum Software Version required for AVIATOR 700D (Level D):• SBU: AVIATOR 700D: Swift_broadband-D_200.zipFile: Swift_broadband-D_200.dl• SDU: AVIATOR 700D: Aero-HSD+_D_v200.zipFile: HplusHsdHpa-D-318.swu• Aero-SDU Configuration Program: Aero-SDU_CP_v114.zipFile: setup.exeImportantLevel-D and Level E consistency! A level-D certified system detecting an inconsistent hardware unit or software image enters failure mode, and the system will not be operational. Inconsistency messages clearly inform the service personnel about the reason for this failure mode.Pay great attention to selecting the correct software file: Level D or Level E for both SDU and SBU. A mismatch of Level D and Level E software is not allowed and will result in a non-functioning system. A mismatch will be displayed in the built-in web interface and as a BITE error.6'8VRIWZDUHXSORDGXVLQJWKH$HUR6'8&RQILJXUDWLRQ3URJUDP$9,$725V\VWHPVWDUWXSXVLQJWKH$HUR6'8&RQILJXUDWLRQ3URJUDP6%8VRIWZDUHXSORDGXVLQJWKHZHELQWHUIDFH$SSUR[LPDWHO\PLQXWHV $SSUR[LPDWHO\PLQXWHV VHYHUDOPLQXWHV$OOXQLWVUHERRW 6%8UHERRWV6\VWHPUHDG\IRUXVH1. For Level E, this software version is not mandatory, but recommended.ImportantWhen making a software update of the AVIATOR 700 system, you must always update the SBU and the SDU software because the two software versions must match as specified above. Both update procedures are described in this chapter.
Software update98-124743-F Chapter 8: Maintenance and troubleshooting 8-9A POST error (UU24) is displayed if there is a mismatch between the software versions or if the RS422 connection between the SDU and SBU is not working properly.Hardware and software requirementsThe following items are required before the software can be updated:• One IBM compatible PC with a 9-pin serial COM port (if not available, a USB to serial port converter can be used) and a standard Ethernet port available.• Minimum PC requirements: Processor speed: 1 GHz, 512 MB RAM. Operating system for SDU configuration: Windows 7, 8 or 10.Browsers for SBU configuration: Minimum Internet Explorer 7, Mozilla Firefox 2.0 or Apple Safari 2.0.• One serial maintenance cable 9-pin to 15-pin Sub-D, Cobham SATCOM part no. 37-112940. Refer to Figure 5-35: TT 37-112940 maintenance cable for front connector on SDU and PC.•One straight LAN cable.•The Cobham SATCOM Aero-SDU Configuration Program (Cobham SATCOM part no. 84-119958-114 or greater) installed on the PC. This program can be downloaded from https://sync.cobham.com/satcom/support/downloads or http://www.cobham.com/cobham-satcom-service-and-support for non-partners.Select Product software > Aeronautical > Satcom Systems to narrow the search.• An unzip program installed on the PC (e.g. WinZip)• The zipped files containing the new software: 1 file for the SDU and 1 file for the SBU. The new software can be downloaded from https://sync.cobham.com/satcom/support/downloads or http://www.cobham.com/cobham-satcom-service-and-support for non-partners.Select Product software > Aeronautical > Satcom Systems to narrow the search.
Software update8-10 Chapter 8: Maintenance and troubleshooting 98-124743-F8.3.1 SDUPreparing the software update1. On the PC, unzip the zip file containing the new software for the SDU. Remember or write down which folder you extracted the file to.2. Connect the SDU front port to the PC COM port, using the interconnect cable.3. Power on the AVIATOR 700 system.4. Close all other applications on the PC. 5. Start the Aero-SDU Configuration Program.6. Normally you will enter the program in the Start Up tab window. If not, then select Window, Start up from the top menu bar.7. From the top menu bar select View, Options. Select the COM port that you connected to the SDU in step 2.8. Click the button SW Update. A new tab window, Software Update, opens.9. Click on the '…' button next to the File Selection box in order to find the software file to upload. Find the file extracted in step 1 and open it.Updating the software1. Click the Start button in the field SW Update.2. The software upload to the SDU is now in progress. You can follow the status in the progress bar. The upload will take about 8 minutes.3. Should you experience a time-out failure during the upload, just wait 2 minutes and click Start again. The upload will then start over again.4. When the upload has finished, wait 8 minutes while the SDU initializes and runs a self test. The Aero-SDU Configuration Program will guide you.5. Do not start the upload of new software to the SBU before the SDU software update has finished successfully.If software upload fails - how to recoverIn rare cases the software upload may fail, leaving the software in the SDU corrupted. This will happen if the power to the SDU is interrupted during the first stage of the upload. If all 3 LEDs on the front stay orange after power up, the software is corrupted.To recover from this, reload the software with the Aero-SDU Configuration Program as follows:1. Turn off the SDU.2. Open the Aero-SDU Configuration Program and click the Software update button.3. Click the Start button and turn on the SDU immediately after.NoteSoftware update should only be done by qualified service personnel.
Software update98-124743-F Chapter 8: Maintenance and troubleshooting 8-114. Continue as shown in Updating the software on page 8-10.8.3.2 SBU Preparing the software update1. On the PC, unzip the zip file containing the new software for the SBU. Remember or write down which folder you extracted the file to.2. Connect the SBU to the PC LAN port, using the SBU maintenance connector and a straight LAN cable.3. Power on the AVIATOR 700 system.4. Open your browser and enter the IP address of the SBU. The standard IP address is 192.168.0.1.If the local IP address of the SBU has been changed and you do not have the new address, you can temporarily set the IP address to the default value by pushing the Reset button next on the front plate of the SBU. For detailed instructions see How to reset the IP address or the terminal software to default settings on page 8-23.For further information on the Reset button, see IP Reset (Default) button on the SBU on page 8-22.For further information on IP addresses of the SBU see Set up the LAN IP addressing on page 6-28.5. Wait until step 2 in the SDU upgrade procedure has finished.6. In the start-up page of the Aero-SDU Configuration Program click the SBU Dashboard button to access the SBU web interface.NoteSoftware update should only be done by qualified service personnel.Note
Software update8-12 Chapter 8: Maintenance and troubleshooting 98-124743-FUpdating the software1. In the web interface of the SBU, select SETTINGS from the left navigation pane.2. Click Upload from the left navigation pane.Figure 8-5: Web interface: Settings, Upload3. The Current software version field shows the current software version.4. To automatically find new software available click Check for updates.This works from software 1.06 (Level D) and 2.01 (Level E).or click Browse...5. Browse to the new software version and accept it.6. Click the Upload button.Note that the upload procedure takes a couple of minutes. Follow the instructions given in the Aero-SDU Configuration Program. When done, the SBU automatically restarts with the new software version.If software upload fails - how to recoverTo recover from a failed software upload, turn off the SBU and turn it on again. Then repeat the upload procedure as described in Updating the software on page 8-12.If software upload still fails, use the IP Reset button as described in IP Reset (Default) button on the SBU on page 8-22 to initiate a software upload from an external server.Note
Software update98-124743-F Chapter 8: Maintenance and troubleshooting 8-138.3.3 Verifying the software updateTesting procedure1. Verify in the Aero-SDU Configuration Program (Button Software update, link: Show more info) that a green bar appears for the SDU in the SW status field, and that the version number in the same line is the new version number. The SBU software version can be viewed in the DASHBOARD window of the web interface.2. After completing the software update procedure, the SDU and the SBU will perform a POST (Power On Self Test).3. When the POST has finished, the green Fail/Pass LED on the front of the SDU and/or the SBU must become steadily green. Verify that the Fail/Pass LED is not red nor flashing orange once every 2 seconds. Wait until the Fail/Pass LED is green.4. Verify that the software update has been completed successfully. You find the software version number in the DASHBOARD window of the web interface.
Software update8-14 Chapter 8: Maintenance and troubleshooting 98-124743-FSoftware identification procedureOn the PartNumber / SerialNumber identification label make a cross mark in the Software Ver. field number according to the new software version. This applies to the SDU 405035A or 405035A-THD and the SBU 405040A or 405040A-THD in the AVIATOR 700 configuration.Figure 8-6: Software identification on the SBU label, Level D and Level E Figure 8-7: Software identification on the SDU label, Level D and Level E
Exchanging LRUs98-124743-F Chapter 8: Maintenance and troubleshooting 8-158.4 Exchanging LRUsThis document describes the procedures for removal and re-installation of an AVIATOR 700 LRU:• SDU (405035A-THD)• HPA (405014A-THD)• SBU (405040A-THD).8.4.1 Time consumptionThe time consumption for removal and re-installation of an LRU is estimated to 15 minutes.8.4.2 ToolsNo tools required.8.4.3 Removal and re-installation of the SDU or the SBU1. Ensure that power is removed from the satcom system before removing any LRU!2. Pull and turn to loosen the knurled knob(s) that retain(s) the LRU in the tray.Figure 8-8: Exchanging an LRU (example)
Exchanging LRUs8-16 Chapter 8: Maintenance and troubleshooting 98-124743-F3. Pull the LRU straight out from the tray by the handle. Be careful not to drop the unit.Figure 8-9: Pull out the LRU4. If the LRU has a Configuration Module (CM), unscrew it and pull it out from the rear of the LRU. Make sure that the Configuration Module is attached to the airframe.Figure 8-10: Attach CM to the airframeRe-installationFollow the procedure above in reverse order. Make sure that the LRU is completely seated against the mating A404 connector.ImportantPull straight out!Attach tothe airframe!
Troubleshooting98-124743-F Chapter 8: Maintenance and troubleshooting 8-178.4.4 Removal and re-installation of the HPAUse the same procedure as for the SDU and SBU. The only difference is that the HPA does not have a Configuration Module.Coax connectors TPA1 and TPA2: In case the cables for these are bent too much there is a risk that the connectors are not aligned correctly with the mating HPA connector. Make sure that there is no strain on the cables connected to TPA1 and TPA2 on the tray side.8.5 Troubleshooting8.5.1 Status signallingBuilt-In Test EquipmentThe SDU and the SBU both provide a Built-In Test Equipment (BITE) function in order to make fault diagnostics easy during service and installation. The BITE test is performed during:• Power On Self Test (POST), which is automatically performed each time the system is powered on.• Person Activated Self Test (PAST), which is initiated by pushing the Push To Test button on the SDU front panel. Also, during operation a Continuous Monitoring BITE function is performed. Each LRU in the AVIATOR 700 system has its own BITE function but they are all controlled and monitored by the SDU in the system. Results from the BITE tests for the complete AVIATOR 700 system are shown as four digit error codes. The two most significant digits represent the main group and are displayed on the SDU front panel. The two least significant digits give further details. All four digits are displayed in the 4-wire handset display together with more detailed information. The SBU may report BITE error codes to the SDU. These SBU BITE codes inform you that there are errors in the SBU. Use the SBU diagnostic report for further information on the SBU BITE errors. To get further information about the BITE error codes relating to the SBU access the web interface of the SBU.Details on error messages after a POST or PAST for the SBU can be found in the event list of the SBU, see Viewing the Event list, Event log and extended status of the SBU on page 8-24.Means of signallingThe AVIATOR 700 system provides various methods for signalling the status of the system.•LEDs on the front panel of the SDU, SBU and the HPA are used to signal:• Power on/off• Logon•Fail/Pass•The handset display in the Thrane & Thrane 4-Wire Handset is used to display messages concerning:Important
Troubleshooting8-18 Chapter 8: Maintenance and troubleshooting 98-124743-F• information from the services• status information from the system to the user• equipment errors.•The MCDU display shows the same messages as the 4-Wire Handset display.•The BITE display on the SDU is used to display BITE error codes. Refer to System messages on page D-1.Push to Test button on SDU and SBUThe SDU and SBU both have a hardware reset/test button placed on the front panel for BITE purposes. Use the button on the SDU to reset both SDU and SBU and to activate a self test (PAST).Do not use the Push to Test button on the SBU. The SBU is reset automatically when the SDU is reset.Messages in the Thrane & Thrane 4-Wire HandsetsTwo types of messages are displayed in the Thrane & Thrane 4-Wire Handsets.• Cause codes are information from the services or status information from the system to the user.• BITE codes are information about errors in the equipment.BITE codes are also shown in the BITE display of the SDU and in the display of the 4-Wire Handset.For further information and lists of the possible error codes, see the appendix System messages on page D-1.Messages in the MCDU displayThe MCDU display shows the same messages as the 4-Wire Handset display.BITE display on SDUThe two-digit 7-segment BITE display (green) is used for displaying BITE codes. Only the two most significant digits of the four-digit BITE codes are shown in the SDU display. For further information and a list of the BITE codes, refer to BITE Error codes on page D-15.Note
Troubleshooting98-124743-F Chapter 8: Maintenance and troubleshooting 8-198.5.2 Status signalling with LEDsLEDs on the SDUDuring the power-up procedure all LEDs on the front plate are orange. If all 3 LEDs on the front stay orange after power up, the software is corrupted.Power LEDThe function of the Power LED on the SDU is:Logon LED (H+)The Logon LED on the SDU shows the H+ logon status. The HSD logon status is only signalled in the 4-Wire Handset.The possible colors are listed below, with a short description of what they indicate:Fail/Pass LED, SDUThe function of the Fail/Pass LED on the SDU is:LED Color DescriptionGreen Power OKOrange Uploading softwareOff No powerTable 8-1: Function of SDU Power LEDLED Color DescriptionRed Acquiring satellite networkOrange Network synchronizationGreen Network LogonOff No acquired satellite/logged offTable 8-2: Function of SDU Logon LEDBehavior DescriptionSteady red A fault which may degrade the system operation is present in the system.Alternating: Short green / long pausePower On Self Test (POST) or Person Activated Self Test (PAST) in progress.Table 8-3: Function of SDU Fail/Pass LED
Troubleshooting8-20 Chapter 8: Maintenance and troubleshooting 98-124743-FLEDs on HPAPower LEDThe function of the Power LED on the HPA is:Fail/Pass LEDThe function of the Fail/Pass LED on the HPA is:LEDs on SBUDuring the power-up procedure all LEDs on the front plate are orange. If all 3 LEDs on the front stay orange after power up, check that the wiring between the SDU BP 56 and SBU TP 8 is wired and that the system is configured as an AVIATOR 700 (see Set the System type on page 6-49). If the wiring is good and the system is configured as an AVIATOR 700, the SBU software is corrupted. Contact your local distributor for instructions how to proceed.Alternating: Long green/ short orange 0.5 Hz No current failure, but a BITE failure / warning is logged in the error log Steady green No faultsBehavior DescriptionTable 8-3: Function of SDU Fail/Pass LEDBehavior DescriptionGreen Power OK Off No powerTable 8-4: Function of HPA Power LEDBehavior DescriptionRed Fail Off No FaultsTable 8-5: Function of HPA Fail/Pass LEDPower LED on SBUBehavior DescriptionGreen Power OKOrange During upstart procedureOff No powerTable 8-6: Function of the SBU Power LED
Troubleshooting98-124743-F Chapter 8: Maintenance and troubleshooting 8-21LEDs on maintenance connectorFigure 8-11: Function of the LEDs on the front maintenance connectorLogon LED on SBUBehavior DescriptionRed Acquiring satellite networkOrange Network synchronizationGreen Network logonOff No acquired satellite/logged offTable 8-7: Function of the SBU Logon LEDFail/Pass LED on SBUBehavior DescriptionSteady red A fault which may degrade the system operation is present in the SBUFlashing: short green/ long pausePower On Self Test (POST) or Person Activated Self Test (PAST) in progressFlashing: long green/ short orangeNo current failure, but a BITE failure / warning is logged in the error logSteady green No faultsTable 8-8: Function of the SBU Fail/Pass LEDLED Flashing yellowActivity (data in/out)LED Steady greenLink (correct connection)
Troubleshooting8-22 Chapter 8: Maintenance and troubleshooting 98-124743-F8.5.3 IP Reset (Default) button on the SBUThe SBU has an IP Reset (Default) button next to the front LAN maintenance connector below the metal cover. The button has two functions: To reset the terminal’s IP address and netmask to the default value, 192.168.0.1 and to reset the terminal to factory default settings.Figure 8-12: IP Reset (Default) button on SBU frontThe table on the next page describes how you can use the IP reset button.
Troubleshooting98-124743-F Chapter 8: Maintenance and troubleshooting 8-23Action FunctionWith the SBU running, push the IP Reset button normally.Temporary reset to default values: The SBU’s IP address and IP netmask are temporarily set to the default value (default IP address: 192.168.0.1, default netmask: 255.255.255.0). With this function, even if the IP address has been changed and you do not remember the new IP address, you can still access the web interface and see your current configuration. The default value is not saved in the configuration, but is only valid until next reboot.With the terminal running, push and hold the IP Reset button for 30 seconds, until the Power indicator on the SBU front plate flashes orange.Reset to factory settings: The SBU restores factory settings and reboots the system. All settings are reset to factory default, incl. the IP address of the SBU and the administrator password.Exception: The settings that are specific for the installation are not reset. These are the settings on the pages:• SETTINGS > System Type• SETTINGS > RF Settings• SETTINGS > External Systems• SETTINGS > Flex•ADMINISTRATOR > User permission > SMSWhile the terminal is booting, push and hold the IP Reset button.For service use only! This firmware upload procedure is only to be used if the other procedures fail due to missing or corrupted firmware. This setup uploads software to the SBU from a TFTP server via the LAN connection. The procedure is as follows:1. Activate or install a TFTP server on a PC. 2. Locate the correct software image (xxx.dl) for the SBU and place it in the TFTP server directory.3. Rename the image to ttexp.dl.4. Reconfigure the PC LAN interface to use the static address 192.168.0.2/255.255.255.0.5. Power off the SBU.6. Connect the PC LAN Interface to the SBU,7. Push and hold down the Reset button. 8. Keep the Reset button pushed while powering on the SBU, and through the next step. 9. Monitor the TFTP server window. When the upload starts you can release the Reset button. 10. When the TFTP upload finishes the SBU boots up using the new image. Table 8-9: How to reset the IP address or the terminal software to default settings
Troubleshooting8-24 Chapter 8: Maintenance and troubleshooting 98-124743-F8.5.4 Service log of the SDUYou use the Aero-SDU Configuration Program to generate a service log. The service log contains all data necessary for troubleshooting the SDU, HPA and the satcom antenna. Errors from the POST and PAST tests are recorded in the service log.For instructions how to generate a service log see Generating a service log on page 8-5.8.5.5 Viewing the Event list, Event log and extended status of the SBUOverviewWhen an event is registered, the web interface shows an event icon in the icon bar as long as the event is active. The Event list only shows events that are currently active, whereas the Event log shows the history of events that have occurred.Event listTo view the event list, click the event icon from the icon bar at the top of the web interface, or select HELPDESK > Event list from the left navigation pane.Figure 8-13: Web interface: Help desk, Event listThe Event list page shows a detailed list of active events including the time of the first occurrence, ID and severity of the event message, and a short text describing the error. For a list of events with description, ID, explanation and remedy see List of SBU events on page D-28.Event logThe Event log shows the same information as the Event list, but also includes events that occurred in the past and are no longer active. Additionally, it lists events of informational character, describing normal phases of operation for the SBU. The event log holds information of events registered in the SBU or antenna. The same events are also indicated in the Antenna and Terminal LEDs on the SBU LED panel. The log includes the time of the occurrence, a short description, location of the error etc. This information can help troubleshooting errors in the system. You can see the event log in the web interface. To view the Event log, select HELPDESK > Event log from the left navigation pane.
Troubleshooting98-124743-F Chapter 8: Maintenance and troubleshooting 8-25Extended statusThe Extended Status page shows the following information:• The antenna Product ID.• The status of the connection to the air interface (IAI-2). This field should normally show “Registered”, unless the system is still in the startup process.• Ongoing data sessions (IP address) and connection status, e.g. Active or Suspended.• Ongoing calls and their connection status.To update the information on the Extended status page, click Refresh.8.5.6 Self test of the SBUThe Self test performs system test on the AVIATOR 700 system, similar to the tests that are performed during the Power On Self Test (POST).To activate a Self test, do as follows:1. Select HELPDESK > Self test.Figure 8-14: Web interface: Help desk, Self test2. Click Self test.3. Click OK in the Warning dialog.The SBU now performs a self test and resets the SBU.ImportantThe SBU will reboot when performing the self test. All ongoing calls or data sessions will be terminated.
Troubleshooting8-26 Chapter 8: Maintenance and troubleshooting 98-124743-F8.5.7 Initial troubleshootingOverviewThis section describes an initial check of the primary functions of the AVIATOR 700 system, and provides some guidelines for troubleshooting, if one of the checks should fail.Means available for troubleshootingThe following means are available for troubleshooting:•LEDs and BITE display. Generally, if a fault occurs without any obvious reason, it is always recommended to observe the LEDs and the BITE display. For information on the LEDs and the BITE display, refer to Status signalling on page 8-17. For a list of all the BITE codes and Cause codes, refer to the appendix System messages on page D-1.•Web interface. For troubleshooting errors in the SBU, you may connect to the front LAN interface on the SBU and use the web interface to inspect any alarm messages. For information on the web interface refer to Built-in web interface for the SBU on page 6-16.•Low level commands. It may sometimes be necessary to use terminal commands for debugging, using the front Maintenance port of the SDU. For information on how to use the front port for debugging, see Using terminal commands on page F-1.•Diagnostic report. You can generate a diagnostic report that can be used for troubleshooting errors in the SBU of the AVIATOR 700 system. To generate the diagnostic report, access the web interface and select HELPDESK. then click Generate report. Save the report on your PC.• To generate the service log, click the Service log button to the left in the Aero-SDU Configuration Program. For information see Aero-SDU Configuration Program for the SDU on page 6-2.• Enclose the diagnostic report and the service log when requesting support.Problem What to doNo connection to the SBU maintenance connectorDepending on the options in your system you might experience limitations when using an Ethernet interface of the AVIATOR 700. For systems without the built-in router option enabled, i.e. the basic version or the version with Wireless option, note the following limitation:• To use the SBU Maintenance connector disconnect or switch off any PC connected to another LAN interface of the SBU.No GPS signal: Interference from satcom antenna on GPS antennaIf the existing GPS antenna on board the aircraft does not provide sufficient filtering of the satcom antenna signal to provide a usable GPS signal, you must replace the existing GPS antenna with a GPS antenna that has a satcom filter.Registration for voice or data not possibleIn case the system cannot register properly for voice or data service, check with your Service provider that the SIM card in the Configuration module of the SBU is not blocked.Table 8-10: Initial troubleshooting
Troubleshooting98-124743-F Chapter 8: Maintenance and troubleshooting 8-27Check of LEDsThe below flow chart shows the initial check of the LEDs on the SDU, HPA and SBU.Figure 8-15: Initial check of LEDs (1/2)&KHFN3RZHUFRQQHFWLRQV&LUFXLW%UHDNHUVQ2QLQSXW731R1R&KHFNIRUHUURUFRGHVLQ%,7(GLVSOD\RQ6'8+DQGVHW0DLQWHQDQFHSRUW6HWORJRQSROLF\WRDXWRPDWLFRUORJRQPDQXDOO\&KHFN/RJRQ&DXVHFRGHLQKDQGVHWRUPDLQWHQDQFHSRUW+3$WUD\FRQQHFWRU+3$FRUUHFWLQWUD\LQFO73QRWSXVKHGEDFN7[5)FDEOHDQGFRQQHFWRUV6LJQDOVWUHQJWK5HIHUWRWKHVHFWLRQDERXWVLJQDOVWUHQJWKLQWKH8VHU0DQXDO,IORZFKHFNWKDWWKHDQWHQQDKDVOLQHRIVLJKWWRWKHVDWHOOLWHDQGWKDWWKHQDYLJDWLRQGDWDDUHFRUUHFW5[5)FDEOHDQGFRQQHFWRUV6'8WUD\FRQQHFWRU6'8FRUUHFWLQWUD\$QWHQQDV\VWHPLQFO'/1$,V,&$2DGGUHVVFRPPLVVLRQHG"1R1R1R&KHFN6LJQDOVWUHQJWK5HIHUWRWKHVHFWLRQDERXWVLJQDOVWUHQJWKLQWKH8VHU0DQXDO,IORZFKHFNWKDWWKHDQWHQQDKDVOLQHRIVLJKWWRWKHVDWHOOLWHDQGWKDWWKHQDYLJDWLRQGDWDDUHFRUUHFW5[5)FDEOHDQGFRQQHFWRUV6'8WUD\FRQQHFWRU6'8FRUUHFWLQWUD\$QWHQQDV\VWHPLQFO'/1$<HV<HV<HV6'83RZHU/('JUHHQ"6'8)DLO3DVV/('VWHDG\JUHHQ"6'8/RJRQ/('JUHHQ"<HV<HV<HV&KHFN3RZHUFRQQHFWLRQV&LUFXLW%UHDNHUVQ2QLQSXW%3+3$3RZHU/('JUHHQ"&RQWLQXHWR&KHFNRI(WKHUQHW,6'1DQG+DQGVHWV+3$UHODWHG%,7("&KHFN3RZHUFRQQHFWLRQV&LUFXLW%UHDNHUVQ2QLQSXW736%83RZHU/('JUHHQ"6%8UHODWHG%,7("1R<HV1R<HV7URXEOHVKRRWDFFRUGLQJWR%,7(FRGH,I\RXDUHXQDEOHWRUHVROYHWKHLVVXHFDOO7KUDQH7KUDQH&XVWRPHU6HUYLFH1R<HV<HV1R&KHFN+3$FRUUHFWLQWUD\6'8WR+3$5)FDEOH6'8+3$FRQWUROVLJQDOV6'8%3%3DQG+3$%3%3&KHFN6%8FRUUHFWLQWUD\6'86%8FRQWUROVLJQDOV6'8%3%3%3DQG6%8737373(UURUIRXQG" 1R6'8/RJRQ/('RII"6'8/RJRQ/('UHG"6'8/RJRQ/('RUDQJH"&KHFN6'8FRQILJXUHGDV$9,$725V\VWHPLQ$HUR6'8&31R1R&KHFN,06,QXPEHULQ&RQILJXUDWLRQ0RGXOHDFWLYDWHG6LJQDOVWUHQJWKLQZHELQWHUIDFHRUKDQGVHW5)FDEOHVEHWZHHQ6%8DQGFRPELQHUVSOLWWHU6%8/RJRQ/('JUHHQ"6%8)DLO/('JUHHQ"<HV<HV6'83RZHU/('2UDQJH"1R 6RIWZDUHFRUUXSWHG5HORDGVRIWZDUHZLWK$HUR6'8&33RZHURQ6'8DIWHU´6WDUW´LVSUHVVHG<HV
Troubleshooting8-28 Chapter 8: Maintenance and troubleshooting 98-124743-FCheck of Ethernet, ISDN and handsetsAfter checking the LEDs, the user functions should be checked.The below flow chart shows the initial check of Ethernet, ISDN and handsets.Figure 8-16: Initial check of Ethernet, fax, 4-Wire Handsets and ISDN&RQWLQXHWR&KHFNRI)$;&KHFN3&KDVFRUUHFW,3DGGUHVV3&FDQSLQJ6%8GHIDXOWJZ<HV1R1R(WKHUQHWZRUNLQJ"ZLUHKDQGVHWVZRUNLQJ"<HV$FFHVVWR6%8:HE"<HV1R (WKHUQHW/LQN"1R<HV&KHFN:LULQJEHWZHHQ6%8DQG3&3&HWKHUQHWVSHHGFRUUHFW&KHFNRQ6%8$31$FFHVV3RLQW1DPH3URILOHVDQGIORZILOWHUV6LJQDOVWUHQJWK!G%+]DWFDOO6,0DFWLYDWHGIRUXVHGVHUYLFH/RJIRUHUURUFRGHV1R,6'1ZRUNLQJ" 'LDOWRQH"&KHFN6%8VLJQDOVWUHQJWK6HUYLFHDQGFDOOURXWLQJ/RJIRUHUURU<HV1R&KHFN,QWHUIDFHHQDEOHG([WHUQDOSRZHURQGHYLFH:LULQJEHWZHHQ6%873DQG,6'1GHYLFHZLUHKDQGVHWVZRUNLQJ",QWHUQDOFDOO2.1R$LUWR*1'2.*1'WRDLU2.1R1R&KHFN+DQGVHWSOXJJHGFRUUHFWO\LQWRFUDGOH:LULQJIURPFUDGOHWR6'8+DQGVHWFRQILJXUDWLRQLQ$HUR6'8&3<HV<HV&KHFN&DOOUHOHDVHFRGHGLVSOD\HGLQWKHKDQGVHWZKLOHPDNLQJDFDOO7URXEOHVKRRWDFFRUGLQJO\&KHFN'LDOHGQXPEHULVFRUUHFWDVVKRZQRQDFWLYDWLRQIRUP+DQGVHWLVQRWLQKLELWHGE\IODSVRUVODWV5RXWLQJLVFRUUHFWDVN\RXUVHUYLFHSURYLGHU'LDOWRQH" 1R&KHFN+DQGVHWSOXJJHGFRUUHFWO\LQWRFUDGOH:LULQJIURPFUDGOHWR6'86%81R<HV &KHFN(UURUWRQHLQKDQGVHWZKHQGLDOLQJ&DOOUHOHDVHFRGHLQFDOOORJ'DWD$),6$&$56&08ZRUNLQJ"1R 6\VWHPUHDG\1R&KHFN&RQQHFWLRQEHWZHHQ6'8%3DQG&08&RQILJXUDWLRQLQ$HUR6'8&3&08$&$56PDUNHG&RQQHFWHGDQGFRUUHFWVSHHGVHOHFWHG<HV&KHFN,&$2QXPEHULVDFWLYDWHGIRU'DWD<HV<HV<HV<HV
Troubleshooting98-124743-F Chapter 8: Maintenance and troubleshooting 8-29Check of faxThe below flow chart shows the initial check of the fax interfaces.Figure 8-17: Initial check of Fax&KHFN2.<HV1R1R&KHFN&RQQHFWLRQIURPID[/LQHWR6'8SRUW73RU733RUWFRQILJXUHGDV´)D[´LQ$HUR6'8&3&KHFN&RQQHFWLRQWRFRUUHFWSRUWRQ6'8E\GLDOLQJRUIURPDKDQGVHW5LQJ3URILOHVFRUUHFWO\VHWXS6HUYLFH3URYLGHUKDVV\VWHPVHWXSIRU)$;RQ+DQGRQFRUUHFWSRUWVDPHDVDERYH&KHFN7KHID[PDFKLQHLVVHWIRURYHUVHDVPRGH8VHDVSUHIL[.+]DXGLRVHOHFWHGDVRXWJRLQJVHUYLFH&KHFN7KHID[PDFKLQHLVVHWIRURYHUVHDVPRGH7KHID[LVVHWWRSLFNXSDIWHUWZRRUOHVVULQJV<HV 1R1R<HV1R<HV1R<HV)D[ZRUNLQJ" )D[RQ+" 'LDOWRQH"5LQJLQJ")D[RQ6%8"6HQGLQJ2.$LUWR*1'5HFHLYH2.*1'WR$LU&KHFN7KHID[PDFKLQHLVVHWIRURYHUVHDVPRGH8VHDVSUHIL[)D[VWDUWXSWUDQVPLWVSHHGELWVUHFRPPHQGHG&KHFN7KHID[PDFKLQHLVVHWIRURYHUVHDVPRGH7KHID[LVVHWWRSLFNXSDIWHUWZRRUOHVVULQJV7KHID[LVLQ)$;PRGH<HV1R1R6HQGLQJ2.$LUWR*1'5HFHLYH2.*1'WR$LU<HV&KHFN3RUWVLQWHUIDFHHQDEOHW&RQQHFWLRQIURPID[/LQHWR6%873RU73&KHFN6HUYLFH3URYLGHUKDVV\VWHPVHWXSIRU)$;RQ6ZLIW%URDGEDQG1R1R<HV'LDOWRQH"5LQJLQJ"<HV<HV
Returning units for repair8-30 Chapter 8: Maintenance and troubleshooting 98-124743-F8.6 Returning units for repairShould your Cobham SATCOM product fail, please contact your dealer or installer, or the nearest Cobham SATCOM partner. You will find the partner details on www.cobham.com/satcom/service-and-support/cobham-satcom-service-and-support where you also find the Cobham SATCOM Self Service Center web-portal, which may help you solve the problem. Your dealer, installer or Cobham SATCOM partner will assist you whether the need is user training, technical support, arranging on-site repair or sending the product for repair. Your dealer, installer or Cobham SATCOM partner will also take care of any warranty issue. Repackaging requirementsShould you need to send the product for repair, please read the below information before packing the product.The shipping carton has been carefully designed to protect the AVIATOR 700 and its accessories during shipment. This carton and its associated packing material should be used when repacking for shipment. Attach a tag indicating the type of service required, return address, part number and full serial number. Mark the carton FRAGILE to ensure careful handling.Correct shipment is the customer’s own responsibility.If the original shipping carton is not available, the following general instructions should be used for repacking with commercially available material.1. Wrap the defective unit in heavy paper or plastic. Attach a tag indicating the type of service required, return address, part number and full serial number.2. Use a strong shipping container, e.g. a double walled carton.3. Protect the front- and rear panel with cardboard and insert a layer of shock-absorbing material between all surfaces of the equipment and the sides of the container.4. Seal the shipping container securely.5. Mark the shipping container FRAGILE to ensure careful handling.Failure to do so may invalidate the warranty. 8.7 Disposal of electrical and electronic equipmentOld electrical and electronic equipment marked with this symbol can contain substances hazardous to human beings and the environment. Never dispose these items together with unsorted municipal waste (household waste). In order to protect the environment and ensure the correct recycling of old equipment as well as the re-utilization of individual components, use either public collection or private collection by the local distributor of old electrical and electronic equipment marked with this symbol. Contact the local distributor for information about what type of return system to use.Note
Appendices
98-124743-F A-1Appendix AEquipment specifications AA.1 IntroductionImportant note!The information, drawings, and wiring diagrams contained in this manual are intended as a reference for engineering planning only. It is the installer’s responsibility to compose installation drawings specific to the aircraft. In this appendix you find equipment specifications for the following units:•TT-5035A Satellite Data Unit (SDU)•TT-5014A High Power Amplifier (HPA)•TT-5040A SwiftBroadband Unit (SBU)•TT-5040A-004 WLAN antenna•TT-5038A-002 Tx Coupler•TT-5038A-003 Rx Power Splitter•TT-5620A 4-Wire Handset•TT-5622A 4-Wire Cradle•TT-5621B 2-Wire Handset•TT-5622B 2-Wire CradleFor specifications of the antenna please see the documentation provided with the antenna.For equipment drawings of the AVIATOR Wireless Handset and Cradle see AVIATOR Wireless Handset and Cradle Installation & Maintenance Manual (98-129600). NoteCables and connectors and DLNA are not included. Note
AVIATOR 700 system componentsA-2 Appendix A: Equipment specifications 98-124743-FA.2 AVIATOR 700 system componentsA.2.1 TT-5035A Satellite Data Unit (SDU)Specification with TT-5035A-001 Configuration Module (CM) mounted.Characteristics SpecificationDimensions (L x W x H)ARINC 404A 3/8 ATR short, 3 MCU 320.5 mm x 193.5 mm x 90.4 mm(12.62” x 7.62” x 3.56”)Weight 3.5 kg ±0.1 kg (7.72 lbs ±0.22 lbs) incl. Configuration ModuleMounting Mount in an ARINC 404A 3/8 ATR short tray in a temperature controlled location.Forced cooling is not recommended.Supply VoltagePower Hold-upNominal: +28.0 V DCVoltage rangecontinuous operation: +20.5 V DC to 32.2 V DCshort time operation: +18.0 V DC to 32.2 V DC5 ms. fully operational, 200 ms. Power Save Mode.Power Consumption Absolute max power consumptiona: 46.5 W (Heat dissipation: 27 W).Typical operating power consumption (3 channels transmitting, one 4-wire handset): 30 W (Heat dissipation: 25 W).Typical stand-by power consumption (no transmitting, one 4-wire handset): 25 W (Heat dissipation: 22 W).Inrush current:0-2 ms: Iin < 28 A2 ms: Iin < 26 A5 ms: Iin < 17 A10 ms: Iin < 5.5 A50 ms: Iin < 4.4 A50 ms ->: Normal operationTable A-1: General specifications for SDU
AVIATOR 700 system components98-124743-F Appendix A: Equipment specifications A-3Connectors Rear: ARINC 404AFront: SUB-D 15 Female.Operating TemperatureGround Survival Temperature-25 C to +55 C-55 C to +85 CAltitude 55000 ftEnvironmental Categories Refer to Environmental Qualification form in Satellite Data Unit on page B-2 in Appendix B.a. Includes 4 x 4-wire handsets, 2 x 2-wire handsets and 4 ISDN phones.Characteristics SpecificationTable A-1: General specifications for SDU
AVIATOR 700 system componentsA-4 Appendix A: Equipment specifications 98-124743-FA.2.2 TT-5014A High Power Amplifier (HPA)Characteristics SpecificationDimensions(L x W x H)ARINC 404A 3/8 ATR short, 3 MCU320.5 mm x 193.5 mm x 93.0 mm(12.62” x 7.79” x 3.66”)Weight 5.1 kg ±0.2 kg (11.24 lbs ±0.44 lbs) Mounting Can be installed in a non-temperature controlled location.The HPA is designed with built-in forced cooling. Do not block the cooling air holes. Minimum clearance top and bottom: 1” (25 mm) Mount in ARINC 404A 3/8 ATR short tray with oval cut-out as shown in Figure 3-16: Outline Drawing: Tray for SDU and HPA.. Supply VoltagePower Hold-upNominal: +28.0 V DCVoltage range,continuous operation: +20.5 V DC to 32.2 V DCshort time operation: +18.0 V DC to 32.2 V DC5 ms. fully operational, 200 ms. Power Save Mode.Power Consumption Absolute max power consumption: 235 W (Heat dissipation: 185 W).Typical operating power consumption (4 channels transmitting): 130 W (Heat dissipation: 110 W).Typical standby power consumption (no transmitting): 40 W (Heat dissipation: 40 W).Inrush current:0-10ms: Iin < 55A10ms: Iin < 6A10-30ms: Iin < 20A30ms: Iin < 15A40ms: Iin < 10A60ms: Iin < 4A60ms ->: Normal operationComposite Output Power 37.4 W (Burst Mode)30.0 W (Continuous Mode)Table A-2: General specifications for HPA
AVIATOR 700 system components98-124743-F Appendix A: Equipment specifications A-5Connectors Rear: ARINC 404AOperating TemperatureGround Survival Temperature-55 C to +70 C-55 C to +85 CAltitude 55000 ftEnvironmental Categories Refer to Environmental Qualification form in High Power Amplifier on page B-5 in Appendix B.Characteristics SpecificationTable A-2: General specifications for HPA
AVIATOR 700 system componentsA-6 Appendix A: Equipment specifications 98-124743-FA.2.3 TT-5040A SwiftBroadband Unit (SBU)Characteristics SpecificationDimensions (L x W x H)ARINC 404A 1/4 ATR short320.5 mm x 193.5 mm x 57.15 mm (12.62” x 7.62” x 2.25”)Weight 2.8 kg ±0.1 kg (6.2 lbs ±0.22 lbs) including TT-5040-001 CMMounting Mount in an ARINC 404A 1/4 ATR short tray in a temperature controlled location.Forced cooling is not required and not recommended.Supply VoltagePower Hold-upNominal: +28.0 V DCVoltage range,continuous operation: +20.5 V DC to 32.2 V DCshort time operation: +18.0 V DC to 32.2 V DC200 ms. Fully operational: 5 ms.Typical Power Consumption (idle) (SBU & CM)17 WTotal Maximum Power Consumption (SBU & CM)25 WMaximum Heat Dissipation (SBU & CM)<25 WConnectors Rear: ARINC 404AFront: RJ45 Female.Operating TemperatureGround Survival Temperature-25 °C to +55 °C-55 °C to +85 °CAltitude Non pressurized (Cat. F1): 55,000 ftPressurized (Cat. A1): 15,000 ftDecompression (Cat. A1): 55,000 ftOverpressure (Cat. A1): -15,000 ftRelative humidity 95% non-condensing at +50°CEnvironmental Categories Refer to Environmental Qualification form in SwiftBroadband unit (SBU) on page B-7 in Appendix B.Table A-3: Equipment specifications for TT-5040A SBU
AVIATOR 700 system components98-124743-F Appendix A: Equipment specifications A-7A.2.4 TT-5040A-004 WLAN antennaCharacteristics SpecificationDimensions (L x W x H) 12 mm x 119 mm x 13 mm (0.48” x 4.7” x 0.5”)Weight 28.3 g (1 ounce)Mounting For mounting instructions for WLAN antennas see Figure 5-3: Mounting two WLAN antennas for optimum performance in WLAN antennas on page 5-8.Connector Male TNCOperating TemperatureGround Survival Temperature-40 C to +71 C-55 C to +85 CAltitude Pressurized (Cat. A1): 15,000 ftDecompression (Cat. A1): 45,000 ftOverpressure (Cat. A1): -15,000 ftRelative humidity 95% non-condensing at +50°CCable type Plenum, RG-316U coaxialCable length (including connector)7.5” ± 0.25” (190.5 ±6.4 mm) Table A-4: Equipment specifications for WLAN antenna
AVIATOR 700 system componentsA-8 Appendix A: Equipment specifications 98-124743-FA.2.5 TT-5038A-002 Tx CouplerCharacteristics SpecificationDimensions (L x W x H)106.6 mm x 57.1 mm x 22.4 mm(4.20” x 2.25” x 0.88”)including connectors.Weight 230 g ±10 g (0.50 lbs ±0.02 lbs)Mounting Can be mounted in an unpressurized but temperature controlled location.Connectors 3 x N-connector, Female.Operating TemperatureGround Survival Temperature-25 C to +55 C-55 C to +85 CAltitude 55000 ftEnvironmental Categories Refer to Environmental Qualification form in Tx Coupler and Rx Power Splitter on page B-9 in Appendix B.Table A-5: General specifications for Tx Coupler
AVIATOR 700 system components98-124743-F Appendix A: Equipment specifications A-9A.2.6 TT-5038A-003 Rx Power SplitterCharacteristics SpecificationDimensions (L x W x H)86.8 mm x 50.8 mm x 19.1 mm(3.42” x 2.00” x 0.75”)including connectors.Weight 146 g ±10 g (0.32 lbs ±0.02 lbs)Mounting If the Rx Power Splitter is to be mounted on a flat surface, mount it on a 3 mm mounting plate to provide enough space for mounting of the connectors.Can be mounted in an unpressurized but temperature controlled location.Connectors 3 x N-connector, Female.Built-in DC-block on the HSU (SBU) port.Operating TemperatureGround Survival Temperature-25 C to +55 C-55 C to +85 CAltitude 55000 ftEnvironmental Categories Refer to Environmental Qualification form in Tx Coupler and Rx Power Splitter on page B-9 in Appendix B.Table A-6: General specifications for Rx Power Splitter
AVIATOR 700 handsets and cradlesA-10 Appendix A: Equipment specifications 98-124743-FA.3 AVIATOR 700 handsets and cradlesA.3.1 TT-5620A 4-Wire HandsetNoteFor specifications of the AVIATOR Wireless Handset see AVIATOR Wireless Handset and Cradle Installation & Maintenance Manual (part number: 98-129600)Characteristics SpecificationDimensions (L x W x H) 200.0 mm x 52.0 mm x 31.5 mm(7.87” x 2.05” x 1.24”)Weight 0.31 kg ±50 g (0.68 lbs ±0.11 lbs) incl. cable.Mounting Mount in a pressurized and temperature controlled location.Supply Voltage +28 V DC, provided by SDU via Handset Cradle.Power Consumption Max. 3.5 W for handset and cradle (included in SDU power consumption).Operating TemperatureGround Survival Temperature-25 C to +55 C-40 C to +80 CAltitude 55000 ftEnvironmental Categories Refer to Environmental Qualification form in 4-Wire Handset and 4-Wire Cradle on page B-11 in Appendix B.Table A-7: General specifications for 4-Wire Handset
AVIATOR 700 handsets and cradles98-124743-F Appendix A: Equipment specifications A-11A.3.2 TT-5622A 4-Wire CradleCharacteristics SpecificationDimensions (L x W x H) 160.5 mm x 61.0 mm x 28.4 mm(6.30” x 2.40” x 1.12”)Weight 0.27 kg ±50 g (0.60 lbs ±0.11 lbs) incl. connector cable.Mounting Mount in a pressurized and temperature controlled location.Supply Voltage +28 V DC, provided by SDU.Power Consumption See TT-5620A 4-Wire Handset on page A-10.Operating TemperatureGround Survival Temperature-25 C to +55 C-40 C to +80 CAltitude 55000 ftEnvironmental Categories Refer to Environmental Qualification form in 4-Wire Handset and 4-Wire Cradle on page B-11 in Appendix B.Table A-8: General specifications for 4-Wire Cradle
AVIATOR 700 handsets and cradlesA-12 Appendix A: Equipment specifications 98-124743-FA.3.3 TT-5621B 2-Wire HandsetA.3.4 TT-5622B 2-Wire CradleCharacteristics SpecificationDimensions (L x W x H) 200.0 mm x 52.0 mm x 31.5 mm (7.87” x 2.05” x 1.24”)Weight 0.22 kg ±50 g (0.49 lbs ±0.11 lbs) incl. cable.Mounting Mount in a pressurized and temperature controlled location.Power consumption Max. 750 mW for handset and cradle (included in SBU power consumption).Operating TemperatureGround Survival Temperature-25 C to +55 C-40 C to +80 CAltitude 55,000 ftEnvironmental Categories Refer to Environmental Qualification form in 2-Wire Handset and 2-Wire Cradle on page B-13 in Appendix B.Table A-9: Equipment specifications for 2-Wire HandsetCharacteristics SpecificationDimensions (L x W x H) 160.5 mm x 61.0 mm x 28.4 mm (6.30” x 2.40” x 1.12”)Weight 0.20 kg ±50 g (0.43 lbs ±0.11 lbs) incl. connector cable.Mounting Mount in a pressurized and temperature controlled location.Power consumption See TT-5621B 2-Wire Handset on page A-12.Operating TemperatureGround Survival Temperature-25 C to +55 C-40 C to +80 CAltitude 55,000 ftEnvironmental Categories Refer to Environmental Qualification form in 2-Wire Handset and 2-Wire Cradle on page B-13 in Appendix B.Table A-10: Equipment specifications for 2-Wire Cradle
98-124743-F B-1Appendix BDO-160 specifications BB.1 GeneralB.1.1 Certifying agencyApproval of the installation of the AVIATOR 700 system is not authorized by this installation manual. Acceptance for the installation and use of the AVIATOR 700 system and its associated components must be obtained through the appropriate offices of the FAA or other certifying agency. It is recommended that all proposed installations be coordinated with the local jurisdiction of the FAA or other certifying agency prior to performing the installation.B.1.2 Environmental Qualification FormsThe Environmental Qualification Forms list the environmental categories under which all Cobham SATCOM components of the AVIATOR 700 system are approved.Please refer to RTCA DO-160D/E for further details on the following Environmental Qualification Forms.
AVIATOR 700 system componentsB-2 Appendix B: DO-160 specifications 98-124743-FB.2 AVIATOR 700 system componentsB.2.1 Satellite Data Unit T&T Part Number: 405035A (AVIATOR 700) or 405035A-THD (AVIATOR 700D)DO-160D string: [(A1)(F1)X]CAB[(S2B2)(SM)]EXXXXXZ[A()B]A[A()B]Z[RR]M[A3E3]XXARTCA/DO-160D Change NumbersChange Number Date of Issue Title SectionChange No. 1 Dec. 14, 2000 VibrationRadio Frequency Susceptibility8.020.0Change No. 2 June 12, 2001 Power InputAudio Frequency Conducted Susceptibility - Power Inputs16.018.0Table B-1: RTCA/DO-160D Change Numbers, SDUConditions DO-160D Cat. CommentsTemperature and Altitude 4.0 A1 and F1Installation in controlled temperature locations and inside or outside pressurized locations.Low Temperature 4.5.1 Min. operating low temperature: -25°CHigh Temperature 4.5.2 & 4.5.3 Max. operating high temperature: +55°CIn-Flight Loss of Cooling 4.5.4 X Forced cooling is not recommended.Altitude 4.6.1 Max. altitude: 55000 ftDecompression 4.6.2 Decompression at 55000 ftOverpressure 4.6.3 Overpressure at -15000ftTemperature Variation 5.0 C Installation within controlled temperature locations: 2°/min.Humidity 6.0 A Standard Humidity: 95% relative humidity at 38°C to 50°C for 48 hours.Installation within environmentally controlled zones.Operational Shocks and Crash Safety7.0 B Equipment tested to: Standard operational shocks and crash safety.Table B-2: Environmental Qualification Form for SDU
AVIATOR 700 system components98-124743-F Appendix B: DO-160 specifications B-3Vibration 8.0 S2B2SMStandard random vibration:Aircraft type: Fixed wing. Turbojet or turbofan engines.Standard sinusoidal vibration:Aircraft type: Fixed wing. Reciprocating or turbo propeller engines.Aircraft zone: Instrument panel, console or equipment rack. Explosion Proofness 9.0 EWaterproofness 10.0 X No test requiredFluids Susceptibility 11.0 X No test requiredSand and Dust 12.0 X No test requiredFungus Resistance 13.0 X No test requiredSalt Spray 14.0 X No test requiredMagnetic Effect 15.0 Z Magnetic deflection distance: < 0.3 mPower Input 16.0 A()B Power supply: +28 V DC.Reconnection of voice and data calls is not required, if a power interrupt less than 200 ms occurs during transfer of power sources.Voltage Spike 17.0 AAudio Frequency Conducted Susceptibility - Power Inputs18.0 A()BInduced Signal Susceptibility 19.0 Z Equipment intended for operation in systems where interference-free operation is required.Radio Frequency Susceptibility 20.0 RR High Intensity Radiated Field (HIRF) associated with normal environment.Emission of Radio Frequency Energy21.0 MConditions DO-160D Cat. CommentsTable B-2: Environmental Qualification Form for SDU (Continued)
AVIATOR 700 system componentsB-4 Appendix B: DO-160 specifications 98-124743-FB.2.2 Configuration Module for SDUT&T Part Number: 405035A-001DO-160D string: Please refer to the section Satellite Data Unit on page B-2, as the Configuration Module is an integral part of the SDU during normal operation and tests. Lightning Induced Transient Susceptibility22.0 A3E3 Equipment and wiring in moderately exposed environment in an all metal airframe.The Configuration Module is an integrated part of the SDU, and so the pin injection tests are not required for the Configuration Module interface.Lightning Direct Effects 23.0 X No test requiredIcing 24.0 X No test requiredElectrostatic Discharge (ESD) 25.0 A Operation, installation and repair in an aerospace environment.Conditions DO-160D Cat. CommentsTable B-2: Environmental Qualification Form for SDU (Continued)
AVIATOR 700 system components98-124743-F Appendix B: DO-160 specifications B-5B.2.3 High Power AmplifierT&T Part Number: 405014A (AVIATOR 700) or 405014A-THD (AVIATOR 700D)DO-160D string: [(A2)(F2)Z]BBB[SCL]EXXXXXZ[A()B]A[A()B]Z[RR]M[A3E3]XXARTCA/DO-160D Change NumbersChange Number Date of Issue Title SectionChange No. 1 Dec. 14, 2000 VibrationRadio Frequency Susceptibility8.020.0Change No. 2 June 12, 2001 Power InputAudio Frequency Conducted Susceptibility - Power Inputs16.018.0Table B-3: RTCA/DO-160D Change Numbers, HPAConditions DO-160D Cat. CommentsTemperature and Altitude 4.0 A2 and F2Installation in non-controlled temperature locations and inside or outside pressurized locations.Low Temperature 4.5.1 Min. operating low temperature: -55°CHigh Temperature 4.5.2 & 4.5.3 Max. operating high temperature: +70°CIn-Flight Loss of Cooling 4.5.4 Z Continuous operation at 40°C, tested with internal fan turned off.Use the recommended tray and leave at least 1 inch (25 mm) of free space above and below the HPA, to allow free airflow.The HPA is overheat protected.External forced cooling is not recommended.Altitude 4.6.1 Max. altitude: 55000 ftDecompression 4.6.2 Decompression at 55000 ftOverpressure 4.6.3 Overpressure at -15000 ftTemperature Variation 5.0 B Installation within non-temperature-controlled location: 5°C/min.Humidity 6.0 B Severe humidity: 95% relative humidity at 38°C to 65°C for 240 hours.Installation within non-environmentally controlled zones.Operational Shocks and Crash Safety7.0 B Equipment tested to: Standard operational shocks and crash safety.Table B-4: Environmental Qualification Form for HPA
AVIATOR 700 system componentsB-6 Appendix B: DO-160 specifications 98-124743-FVibration 8.0 SCL Standard sinusoidal and random vibration:Aircraft type: Fixed wing. Turbojet, turbofan, reciprocating or turbo propeller engines.Aircraft zone: FuselageExplosion Proofness 9.0 EWaterproofness 10.0 X No test requiredFluids Susceptibility 11.0 X No test requiredSand and Dust 12.0 X No test requiredFungus Resistance 13.0 X No test requiredSalt Spray 14.0 X No test requiredMagnetic Effect 15.0 Z Magnetic deflection distance: < 0.3 mPower Input 16.0 A()B Power supply: +28 V DC.Reconnection of voice and data calls is not required, if a power interrupt less than 200 ms occurs during transfer of power sources.Voltage Spike 17.0 AAudio Frequency Conducted Susceptibility - Power Inputs18.0 A()BInduced Signal Susceptibility 19.0 Z Equipment intended for operation in systems where interference-free operation is required.Radio Frequency Susceptibility 20.0 RR High Intensity Radiated Field (HIRF) associated with normal environment.Emission of Radio Frequency Energy21.0 MLightning Induced Transient Susceptibility22.0 A3E3 Equipment and wiring in moderately exposed environment in an all metal airframe.Lightning Direct Effects 23.0 X No test requiredIcing 24.0 X No test requiredElectrostatic Discharge (ESD) 25.0 A Operation, installation and repair in an aerospace environment.Conditions DO-160D Cat. CommentsTable B-4: Environmental Qualification Form for HPA (Continued)
AVIATOR 700 system components98-124743-F Appendix B: DO-160 specifications B-7B.2.4 SwiftBroadband unit (SBU)T&T Part Number: 405040A (AVIATOR 700) or 405040A-THD (AVIATOR 700D)DO-160E string: [(A1)(F1)X]CAB[SB2M]ExxxxxZ[AB]A[RB][ZC][RR]M[A3J33]XXAXConditions DO-160E Cat. CommentsTemperature and Altitude 4.0 A1, F1 Installation in temperature controlled areas and inside or outside pressurized locations.Low Temperature 4.5.1 & 4.5.2 Short time operating low is -40°C. Unit is active, but inoperable until the unit temperature is > -30°C.Min. operational temperature is -25°C.High Temperature 4.5.3 & 4.5.4 Short time operating high (30 min.): +70°CMax. operating high temperature is +55°CIn-Flight Loss of Cooling 4.5.5 X Forced cooling is not required and not recommended.Altitude 4.6.1 Max. altitude: 55000 ftDecompression 4.6.2 Decompression test at 55000 ftOverpressure 4.6.3 Overpressure at -15000 ftTemperature Variation 5.0 C Installation within temperature controlled areas: 2°C/min.Humidity 6.0 A Standard Humidity: 95% relative humidity at 38°C to 50°C for 48 hours.Installation within environmentally controlled zonesOperational Shocks and Crash Safety7.0 B Equipment tested to: Standard operational shock and crash safety.Vibration 8.0 S, B2, MEquipment tested without shock mounts to Category S, Curve B2 and Curve M.Explosion Proofness 9.0 E Not hermetically sealed equipmentWaterproofness 10.0 X No test requiredFluids Susceptibility 11.0 X No test requiredSand and Dust 12.0 X No test requiredFungus Resistance 13.0 X No test requiredTable B-5: Environmental Qualification Form for SBU
AVIATOR 700 system componentsB-8 Appendix B: DO-160 specifications 98-124743-FSalt Spray 14.0 X No test requiredMagnetic Effect 15.0 Z Magnetic deflection distance: < 0.3 mPower Input 16.0 AB Power supply: +28 V DC.Reconnection of voice and data calls is not required, if a power interrupt less than 200 ms occurs during transfer of power sources.Voltage Spike 17.0 A Power supply: +28 V DC.Audio Susceptibility 18.0 RB Power supply: +28 V DC.Induced Susceptibility 19.0 ZC Equipment intended for operation in systems where interference-free operation is required.Radio Frequency Susceptibility 20.0 RR High Intensity Radiated Field (HIRF) associated with normal environment.Emission of Radio Frequency Energy21.0 M Installation in areas with significant electromagnetic apertures.Lightning Induced Transient Susceptibility22.0 A3J33 Equipment and wiring in moderately exposed environment in an all metal airframe.The Configuration Module is an integrated part of the SBU, and so the pin injection tests are not required for the Configuration Module interface.Lightning Direct Effects23.0 XNo test requiredIcing 24.0 X No test requiredElectrostatic Discharge ESD 25.0 A Operation, installation and repair in an aerospace environment.Fire, Flammability 26.0 X Equipment is tested according to FAR 25 Airworthiness Standards: Transport Category Airplanes, Paragraph 25.853(a) and Appendix F - Part I (a)(1)(ii) and Paragraph 25.869(a)(4) and Appendix F - Part I (a)(3).Conditions DO-160E Cat. CommentsTable B-5: Environmental Qualification Form for SBU (Continued)
AVIATOR 700 system components98-124743-F Appendix B: DO-160 specifications B-9B.2.5 Configuration Module (CM) for SBUT&T Part Number: 405040A-001DO-160E string: Please refer to the section SwiftBroadband unit (SBU) on page B-7, as the Configuration Module is an integral part of the SBU during normal operation and tests. However, the section 25 Category A test is performed on the Configuration Module as an individual LRU.B.2.6 Tx Coupler and Rx Power SplitterT&T Part Numbers: 405038A-002 and 405038A-003DO-160D string: [(A1)(F1)X]CBB[SCL]EXXXXXZXXXZ[RR]M[A3E3]XXARTCA/DO-160D Change NumbersChange Number Date of Issue Title SectionChange No. 1 Dec. 14, 2000 VibrationRadio Frequency Susceptibility8.020.0Change No. 2 June 12, 2001 Power InputAudio Frequency Conducted Susceptibility - Power Inputs16.018.0Table B-6: RTCA/DO-160D Change Numbers, Tx Coupler and Rx Power SplitterConditions DO-160D Cat. CommentsTemperature and Altitude 4.0 A1 and F1Installation in controlled temperature locations and inside or outside pressurized locations.Low Temperature 4.5.1 Min. operating low temperature: -25°CHigh Temperature 4.5.2 & 4.5.3 Max. operating high temperature: +55°CIn-Flight Loss of Cooling 4.5.4 X Forced cooling is not recommended.Altitude 4.6.1 Max. altitude: 55000 ftDecompression 4.6.2 Decompression at 55000 ftOverpressure 4.6.3 Overpressure at -15000 ftTemperature Variation 5.0 C Installation within controlled temperature locations: 2°/min.Humidity 6.0 B Severe humidity: 95% relative humidity at 38°C to 65°C for 240 hours.Installation within non-environmentally controlled zones.Table B-7: Environmental Qualification Form for Tx Coupler and Rx Power Splitter
AVIATOR 700 system componentsB-10 Appendix B: DO-160 specifications 98-124743-FOperational Shocks and Crash Safety7.0 B Equipment tested to: Standard operational shocks and crash safety.Vibration 8.0 SCL Standard sinusoidal and random vibration:Aircraft type: Fixed wing. Turbojet, turbofan, reciprocating or turbo propeller engines.Aircraft zone: FuselageExplosion Proofness 9.0 EWaterproofness 10.0 X No test requiredFluids Susceptibility 11.0 X No test requiredSand and Dust 12.0 X No test requiredFungus Resistance 13.0 X No test requiredSalt Spray 14.0 X No test requiredMagnetic Effect 15.0 Z Magnetic deflection distance: < 0.3 mPower Input 16.0 X No test requiredVoltage Spike 17.0 X No test requiredAudio Frequency Conducted Susceptibility - Power Inputs18.0 X No test requiredInduced Signal Susceptibility19.0 Z Equipment intended for operation in systems where interference-free operation is requiredRadio Frequency Susceptibility20.0 RR High Intensity Radiated Field (HIRF) associated with normal environment.Emission of Radio Frequency Energy21.0 MLightning Induced Transient Susceptibility22.0 A3E3 Equipment and wiring in moderately exposed environment in an all metal airframe.Lightning Direct Effects 23.0 X No test requiredIcing 24.0 X No test requiredElectrostatic Discharge (ESD)25.0 A Operation, installation and repair in an aerospace environment.Conditions DO-160D Cat. CommentsTable B-7: Environmental Qualification Form for Tx Coupler and Rx Power Splitter (Continued)
AVIATOR 700 handsets and cradles98-124743-F Appendix B: DO-160 specifications B-11B.3 AVIATOR 700 handsets and cradlesB.3.1 4-Wire Handset and 4-Wire CradleT&T Part Number: 405620A-THW / 405620A-THR / 405622A-THW / 405622A-THRDO-160C String: A1-BA[MNB]XXXXXXAXXXB[UR]ZXXE3XXNoteFor DO-160 specifications of the AVIATOR Wireless Handset see AVIATOR Wireless Handset and Cradle Installation & Maintenance Manual (part number: 98-129600)RTCA/DO-160C Change NumbersChange Number Date of Issue Title SectionChange No. 2 June 19, 1992 Lightning Induced Transient Susceptibility 22.0Change No. 3 May 13, 1993 Radio Frequency Susceptibility 20.0Table B-8: RTCA/DO-160C Change Numbers, 4-Wire Handset and CradleConditions DO-160C Cat. CommentsTemperature and Altitude 4.0 A1 Installation in controlled temperature and pressurized location.Low Temperature 4.5.1 Min. operating low temperature: -25°CHigh Temperature 4.5.2 & 4.5.3 Max. operating high temperature: +55°CIn-Flight Loss of Cooling 4.5.4 - No forced cooling required.Altitude 4.6.1 Max. altitude: 55000 ft Decompression 4.6.2 Decompression at 55000 ftOverpressure 4.6.3 Overpressure at -15000 ftTemperature Variation 5.0 B Installation within partially or non-controlled temperature locations: 5°C/min.Humidity 6.0 A Standard Humidity: 95% relative humidity at 38°C to 50°C for 48 hours.Installation within environmentally controlled zonesOperational Shocks and Crash SafetyOperational ShockCrash Safety7.07.27.3YesYesYesEquipment tested to: Standard operational shocks and crash safety.Table B-9: Environmental Qualification Form for 4-Wire Handset and Cradle
AVIATOR 700 handsets and cradlesB-12 Appendix B: DO-160 specifications 98-124743-FVibration 8.0 MBNStandard sinusoidal and random vibration:Aircraft type: Fixed wing. Turbojet, turbofan, reciprocating or turbo propeller engines.Aircraft type: Helicopter. Turbojet or reciprocating engines.Aircraft zone: Instrument panel, console or equipment rack.Explosion Proofness 9.0 X No test requiredWaterproofness 10.0 X No test requiredFluids Susceptibility 11.0 X No test requiredSand and Dust 12.0 X No test requiredFungus Resistance 13.0 X No test requiredSalt Spray 14.0 X No test requiredMagnetic Effect 15.0 A Magnetic deflection distance: 0.3 m to 1 mPower Input 16.0 X No test required. DC power is provided by the SDU.Voltage Spike 17.0 X No test requiredAudio Frequency Conducted Susceptibility - Power Inputs18.0 X No test requiredInduced Signal Susceptibility 19.0 B Installation where interference is controlled to a tolerable level.Radio Frequency Susceptibility20.0 UREmission of Radio Frequency Energy21.0 Z Equipment intended for operation in systems where interference-free operation is required.Lightning Induced Transient Susceptibility22.0 XXE3 Cable Bundle Test: Equipment and wiring in moderately exposed environment in an all metal airframe.Lightning Direct Effects 23.0 X No test requiredIcing 24.0 X No test requiredConditions DO-160C Cat. CommentsTable B-9: Environmental Qualification Form for 4-Wire Handset and Cradle (Continued)
AVIATOR 700 handsets and cradles98-124743-F Appendix B: DO-160 specifications B-13B.3.2 2-Wire Handset and 2-Wire CradleT&T Part Number: 405621B-THW / 405621B-THR / 405622B-THW / 405622B-THRDO-160C String: [A1X]CAB[(SMB2)(SM)(UFF1)]XXXXXXAXXXB[RR]M[A2E3]XXAConditions DO-160D Cat. CommentsTemperature and Altitude 4.0 A1 Installation in controlled temperature and pressurized location.Low Temperature 4.5.1 Min. operating low temperature: -25°CHigh Temperature 4.5.2 & 4.5.3 Max. operating high temperature: +55°CIn-Flight Loss of Cooling 4.5.4 X No forced cooling required.Altitude 4.6.1 Max. altitude: 55000 ftDecompression 4.6.2 Decompression at 55000 ftOverpressure 4.6.3 Overpressure test at -15000 ftTemperature Variation 5.0 C Installation within controlled temperature locations: 2°/min.Humidity 6.0 A Standard Humidity: 95% relative humidity at 38°C to 50°C for 48 hours.Installation within environmentally controlled zones.Operational Shocks and Crash Safety7.0 B Equipment tested to: Standard operational shocks and crash safety.Vibration 8.0 S2B2SMUFF1Standard random vibration:Aircraft type: Fixed wing. Turbojet or turbofan engines.Standard sinusoidal vibration:Aircraft type: Fixed wing. Reciprocating or turbo propeller engines.Robust Sine-on-Random vibration:Aircraft type: Helicopter. Turbojet or reciprocating engines.Aircraft zone: Instrument panel, console or equipment rack.Explosion Proofness 9.0 X No test requiredWaterproofness 10.0 X No test requiredTable B-10: Environmental Qualification Form for 2-Wire Handset and Cradle
AVIATOR 700 handsets and cradlesB-14 Appendix B: DO-160 specifications 98-124743-FFluids Susceptibility 11.0 X No test requiredSand and Dust 12.0 X No test requiredFungus Resistance 13.0 X No test requiredSalt Spray 14.0 X No test requiredMagnetic Effect 15.0 A Magnetic deflection distance: 0.3 m to 1 mPower Input 16.0 X No test requiredVoltage Spike 17.0 X No test requiredAudio Frequency Conducted Susceptibility18.0 X No test requiredInduced Signal Susceptibility 19.0 B Installation where interference is controlled to a tolerable level.Radio Frequency Susceptibility 20.0 RR High Intensity Radiated Field (HIRF) associated with normal environment.Emission of Radio Frequency Energy21.0 MLightning induced Transient Susceptibility22.0 A2E3 Cable bundle test: Equipment and wiring in moderately exposed environment in an all metal airframe.Lightning Direct Effects 23.0 X No test requiredIcing 24.0 X No test requiredElectrostatic Discharge (ESD) 25.0 A Operation, installation and repair in an aerospace environment.Conditions DO-160D Cat. CommentsTable B-10: Environmental Qualification Form for 2-Wire Handset and Cradle (Continued)
98-124743-F C-1Appendix CUpgrade from Aero-HSD+ to AVIATOR 700 CC.1 Avionics hardware neededDepending on your current HSD+ Level E installation you need the following items to upgrade your system to AVIATOR 700 (Level E) or AVIATOR 700D (Level D): Table C-1: Items needed for upgrading to AVIATOR 700 Level E or AVIATOR 700D (Level D)AVIATOR 700 (Level E) AVIATOR 700D (Level D)Items needed for existing Aero-HSD+ system Aero-HSD+4 channelsAero-HSD+5 channelsAero-HSD+4 channelsAero-HSD+5 channels 405040A SwiftBroadband Unit (SBU) [without CM] 405040A-THD SwiftBroadband Unit (SBU) [without CM]Connector kit for TT-5040ANew tray for TT-5040A SBU 405040A-001 Configuration Module (CM) for SBU 405040A-005 SDU to SBU Software Interface 405038A-002 TX-Coupler405038A-003 RX Power Splitter405035A-THD Satellite Data Unit (SDU) Level-D405014A-THD High Power Amp (HPA) Level-DTable C-2: Items needed for upgrading for different antenna types Satcom antenna system405013A DLNA Type F 405007A-801 Cobham BSU-7100yes yesyes yesyes yes yes yesyes yes yes yesyes yes yes yesyes yes yes yesyes yesyes yesyes yesyes yesItem HGA-7000 Otheryes yesyes no
Level-D and Level E consistency! When upgrading to a Level-D or Level-E certified system you must pay great attention to secure consistency of the hardware units SDU, HPA and SBU — all units and software must be either Level D or Level E. A mismatch of Level D and Level E units or software is not allowed and will result in a non-functioning system.Mounting and wiring considerationsC-2 Appendix C: Upgrade from Aero-HSD+ to AVIATOR 700 98-124743-FC.2 Mounting and wiring considerationsC.2.1 OverviewImportantFigure C-1: Upgrade overview, exchange HSU with SBUItems to mount and rewire Description More information1. Tray for the SBU The tray from an existing HSU can not be re-used. The SBU requires a tray that is more rigid.3.12: SBU trays on page 3-142. Connectors HSU versus SBUThe connector of an HSU only uses the top plug. The SBU also uses the bottom plug, and most of the pins in the top plug have moved or have new functions.4.3.3: SBU rear receptacle on page 4-143. Aircraft power If the SBU is replacing an existing HSU, the power wiring and circuit breaker may be re-used, if it fulfills the slightly stricter requirements.5.3.3 Wiring power supply: Wiring the SwiftBroadband Unit on page 5-15Table C-3: Upgrade to AVIATOR 700, mounting and wiring considerations
Mounting and wiring considerations98-124743-F Appendix C: Upgrade from Aero-HSD+ to AVIATOR 700 C-34. Satcom antenna For an existing AMT-50/HGA-6000 antenna, change only the diplexer to a Type F.For an existing HGA-7000 antenna in combination with a T&T 5012A Diplexer, the following changes must be made:• Change the diplexer to Type F, which is physically slightly different.• The Type F diplexer must be powered directly from the aircraft power.• The antenna, which was originally powered through the T&T 5012A diplexer, must now be powered through a Chelton BSU-7100.• Bring power wiring to the BSU.• A429 wires must connect the BSU to the HPA 5014A.5. WLAN Optionally, mount the two WAN antennas and connect them to the SBU.5.2.7 WLAN antennas on page 5-8 and 5.3.9 Wiring WLAN antenna interface on page 5-436. User interfaces If the user interfaces (ISDN, RS-232) of an existing HSU is wired directly to the cabin, it is recommended to wire some of the Ethernet interfaces (i.e. Ethernet 1) from the SBU to the cabin.If the user interfaces (ISDN, RS-232) of an existing HSU is wired to a Cabin Router, which in turn provides the user connectivity, one of the Ethernet interfaces of the SBU needs to be wired to the Cabin Router.If the system is a 4 channel, a new Ethernet cable may be needed from the SBU to the router. There should be two in total, one for Ethernet WAN and one for ISDN fallback (Swift64 on I3).Also, route one or both of the 2-wire POTS interfaces of the SBU to the cabin.5.3.8 Wiring Ethernet at the SBU on page 5-40Items to mount and rewire Description More informationTable C-3: Upgrade to AVIATOR 700, mounting and wiring considerations (Continued)
Upgrading the SDUC-4 Appendix C: Upgrade from Aero-HSD+ to AVIATOR 700 98-124743-FC.2.2 Wiring navigational input IRS/AHRSEven though the SDU has navigation data to feed to the SBU, the SBU also needs to receiver position, track and speed information. If IRS is used, the ARINC 429 signal must be wired to both the SDU and SBU.If AHRS/GPS is used (with HGA-7000), only GPS L-band RF coax needs to be wired to both the SDU and SBU. The cable to the SDU can be split with e.g. a 405038A-003 Power Splitter (see TT-5038A-003 Rx Power Splitter on page 3-8).Table C-4: Upgrade, wiring navigational inputInstallation Existing SDU Additional SBUNavigational input ARINC 429inputGPS RF pinTP A4ARINC 429inputGPS RF pinBP A4IRSAHRS/GPSFor more information see 5.3.5, Wiring ARINC 429 interfaces on page 5-32.C.3 Upgrading the SDUThe following steps are required to update the SDU to function properly in an AVIATOR 700 system:1. SDU software update to version 1.14 or higher2. Read the configuration from the SDU3. Select the correct product: AVIATOR 7004. Update the cable loss5. Update the GES list with I-4 satellites6. Update the known GES list7. Write the configuration to the SDU———NoteMake sure you have the Aero-SDU Configuration Program v. 1.14 or higher.
Upgrading the SDU98-124743-F Appendix C: Upgrade from Aero-HSD+ to AVIATOR 700 C-5C.3.1 SDU software update to version 1.14 or higher1. Click the button SW Update to start the software update procedure. Figure C-2: Upgrading HSD+ to AVIATOR 700, SDU, step 1/72. Download the software from www.cobham.com/satcom or for partners from https://sync.cobham.com/satcom/support/downloads. Select the .SWU file and click the button Start.Pay great attention to selecting the correct software file: Level D or Level E for both SDU and SBU. A mismatch of Level D and Level E software is not allowed and will result in a non-functioning system.Figure C-3: Upgrading HSD+ to AVIATOR 700, SDU, step 1/7, continuedImportant
Upgrading the SDUC-6 Appendix C: Upgrade from Aero-HSD+ to AVIATOR 700 98-124743-FC.3.2 Read the configuration from the SDUClick the button Read from SDU to read the current setting.Figure C-4: Upgrading HSD+ to AVIATOR 700, SDU, step 2/7C.3.3 Select the correct product: AVIATOR 700Select the product AVIATOR 700 and click OK.Figure C-5: Upgrading HSD+ to AVIATOR 700, SDU, step 3/7, continued
Upgrading the SDU98-124743-F Appendix C: Upgrade from Aero-HSD+ to AVIATOR 700 C-7C.3.4 Update the cable lossEnter the values for the cable losses for the SDU on the page RF.Figure C-6: Upgrading HSD+ to AVIATOR 700, SDU, step 4/7C.3.5 Update the GES list with I-4 satellitesAdd I-4 GESs on the page Satellite Network.Figure C-7: Upgrading HSD+ to AVIATOR 700, SDU, step 5/71234
Upgrading the SDUC-8 Appendix C: Upgrade from Aero-HSD+ to AVIATOR 700 98-124743-FC.3.6 Update the known GES list1. Update the Known GES Table on the page Satellite Network.Figure C-8: Upgrading HSD+ to AVIATOR 700, SDU, step 6/7C.3.7 Write the configuration to the SDUClick the red button W to write the new configuration into the SDU.Figure C-9: Upgrading HSD+ to AVIATOR 700, step 7/7
98-124743-F D-1Appendix DSystem messages DD.1 Types of messagesThe AVIATOR 700 system announces messages in the4-Wire Handset and the MCDU display or in the built-in web interface of the SBU. In this appendix you find:•H+ Cause Codes (information from I3 or I4 satellite)•MPDS Cause Codes (from Swift64 coverage on I3)•ISDN Cause Codes (SLCV, from Swift64 coverage on I3)•List of BITE codes•List of SBU eventsCause codes contain information from the satcom services or status information from the system to the user. BITE codes contain information from the AVIATOR 700 system. This information is a result of a POST or PAST sequence or Continuous Monitoring performed by the Built-In Test Equipment.
Cause CodesD-2 Appendix D: System messages 98-124743-FD.2 Cause CodesD.2.1 H+ Cause Codes (information from I3 or I4 satellite) Logon Reject Cause CodesDisplay Text ID Description GuidanceClassReject 0x88 Class rejected The GES does not support this class.GlobChanLoss 0x82 Global channel loss Verify that there are no obstacles between the satellite and the AES antenna.EMCON Active 0x8B Emission Control is activeGlobCunavlb 0x09 Global C channel not available at GESManualLogRej 0x89 Manual login rejected Manual logon is not allowed when logon policy is automatic.NetworkFail 0x03 Network FailureNoGesSignal 0x81 No GES signalNoInitData 0x86 No valid system table availableNoSatSignal 0x80 No satellite signal Verify that there are no obstacles between the satellite and the AES antenna.NotAuthorizd 0x0F AES not authorized Verify that the ICAO address used is correct.Verify that the ICAO address is registered, by contacting the service provider.OtherReason 0x0E Other ReasonOutsideCover 0x84 Outside spot beam coverage The AES is not under a spot beam of the specified GES.P/R/Tunavlb 0x07 Packet data channel unavailablePkdtaUnavlb 0x08 Packet data service unavailableSatHandover 0x8C Satellite handoverSDUfailure 0x8A SDU failure Check the current BITE errors.SpotChanLoss 0x83 Spot channel lossTableFull 0x00 Table FullTable D-1: List of H+ Logon Reject Cause Codes
Cause Codes98-124743-F Appendix D: System messages D-3Call Reject Cause CodesThe SLCV codes refer to: S = coding Standard, L = cause Location, C = cause Class, V = cause Value. UserLogoff 0x87 User logoffVCC&dUnavlb 0x0A Voice not available at GESVoiceUnavlb 0x01 Voice UnavailableWrongGES 0x85 GES not existing Check GES ID validity.WrongGESid 0x06 Wrong GES identifier Check GES ID validity.WrongParam 0x02 Wrong ParameterWrongSatID 0x05 Wrong Satellite identifier Check satellite ID validity.Display Text ID Description GuidanceTable D-1: List of H+ Logon Reject Cause Codes (Continued)Display text Code Description GuidanceS L C V0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 Normal clearing by called/calling party1 1 7 15 1 1 7 15 Undefined cause1 2 7 15 1 2 7 15 Undefined cause1 3 7 15 1 3 7 15 Undefined cause1 4 7 15 1 4 7 15 Undefined causeAddrComplete 1 3 0 1 Address complete signal sent to terrestrial networkAddrComplete 1 6 0 1 Address complete signal received from terrestrial networkAESabsent 1 3 7 3 Calling/called AES not logged-on to systemAnalogFail 1 4 2 3 Analog data equipment not supported at GESAnalogRate 1 4 6 2 Analog data rate not supported by GESCallBarred 1 4 4 3 Called AES barred for incoming callsTable D-2: List of H+ Call Reject Cause Codes
Cause CodesD-4 Appendix D: System messages 98-124743-FCallPreempt 1 1 1 1 Preemption by higher priority call at AESThe call is preempted, e.g. because you attempted to make an HSD call and HSD is barred in the FLEX configuration.CardInvalid 1 3 6 1 Credit card type not supported by GESCardRejected 1 3 3 1 Credit card number rejected by GESDigitalFail 1 4 2 4 Digital data equipment not supported at GESDigitalRate 1 4 6 3 Digital data rate not supported by GESHandover 1 3 7 4 Spot beam handoverInvalidAddr 1 2 3 2 Call Ann. / C-ch. Assign. not recd. from GESInvalidAddr 1 3 3 2 Incomplete called (AES) numberInvalidAddr 1 4 3 2 Invalid called number format received from AESInvalidNumbr 0 4 1 12 Incomplete called number format from AESNetwork busy 1 2 5 1 C-channel continuity test failure at AES/Connect acknowledge not received by AESNetwork busy 1 3 5 1 C-Channel continuity test failure at GES/AES not responding/Incomplete call information received from AES/Interruption in received AES carrier/Connect acknowledge not received by GESNoAnswer 0 1 1 2 Expiry of answer time supervision at AESNoAnswer 0 4 1 2 Expiry of answer time supervision at the MSSCDisplay text Code Description GuidanceS L C VTable D-2: List of H+ Call Reject Cause Codes (Continued)
Cause Codes98-124743-F Appendix D: System messages D-5NoChanAvail 1 3 2 1 C-channel frequency/power unavailable at GESNoUnitAvail 1 2 2 2 C-channel unit unavailable at AESNoUnitAvail 1 3 2 2 C-channel unit unavailable at GESSatDestFail 1 1 4 1 Called AES terminal not in serviceServiceType 1 3 6 5 Service type not supported by GESSwitchBusy 0 2 2 10 GES equipment congestionSwitchBusy 0 4 2 10 GES equipment congestion/No route to destination from GES/Circuit to terrestrial network unavailableUnassignedNo 1 4 7 2 AES not authorized for serviceUnauthorised 1 3 4 2 Calling AES not authorized for serviceUserBusy 1171 Called AES terminal busyUserBusy 1 3 7 1 Call reference number unavailable at GESVoiceTypeErr 1264 Required voice channel characteristics not supported by AESVoiceTypeErr 1364 Required voice channel characteristics not supported by GESWrongNumber 0 4 0 1 Unallocated called number received from AESDisplay text Code Description GuidanceS L C VTable D-2: List of H+ Call Reject Cause Codes (Continued)
Cause CodesD-6 Appendix D: System messages 98-124743-FD.2.2 MPDS Cause Codes (from Swift64 coverage on I3)Layer 2 Reason CodesL2 Reason Number Interpretation690 (2B2) Registration time-out691 (2B3) Service connection establishment time-out692 (2B4) Bearer time-out693 (2B5) Preempted by master unit700 Reason Unspecified 701 L3 Release 702 L3 Deregister 703 L3 Reject 716 SAN Idle Timer Expiry 717 MAN Idle Timer Expiry 718 SAN Connect Timer 719 SAN Modify Timer 720 SAN Handover Timer 721 SAN Connection Timer 722 MAN Connection Timer 732 Insufficient operating system resources at MAN 733 Insufficient memory at MAN 748 Invalid L3 Call Ref in Establish SDU749 Invalid L3 Call Ref in Modify SDU764 Unsupported IPDS MAC version 765 Invalid Bearer Connection type in Establish SDU766 Invalid Bearer Control type in Establish SDU767 Invalid Bearer Connection ID in Establish SDU768 Invalid Bearer Connection type in Modify SDU769 Invalid Bearer Control type in Modify SDU770 Invalid Bearer Connection ID in Modify SDUTable D-3: List of MPDS Layer 2 Reason Codes
Cause Codes98-124743-F Appendix D: System messages D-7771 Invalid Handover SDU 772 Invalid SDU type 773 SDU Incorrectly Formatted 780 Connection sub-layer protocol failure (MAN specific signalling)781 Connection sub-layer protocol failure (HDLC signalling) 796 Control sub-layer protocol failure 812 Channel Unit failure 813 Hardware failure 814 MAN not responding to frequency corrections 815 MAN not responding to power corrections 816 MAN not responding to timing corrections 828 Internal SAN failure 829 SAN Shutting Down 844 Bearer Control - No satellite link 845 Bearer Control - No suitable contention slot846 Bearer Control - Status Acknowledgement failure 847 Bearer Control - Incorrect SAN ID 860 No such MAN 861 Invalid L3 Call Reference L2 Reason Number InterpretationTable D-3: List of MPDS Layer 2 Reason Codes (Continued)
Cause CodesD-8 Appendix D: System messages 98-124743-FD.2.3 ISDN Cause Codes (SLCV, from Swift64 coverage on I3)The SLCV codes refer to: S = Coding Standard, L = cause Location, C = cause Class, V = cause Value.Code (Hex) InterpretationS L C V1 0 0 1 MES is clearing the call as instructed by the relevant MES terminal equipment (i.e., normal clearing due to MES terminal “on-hook” etc.).1 0 1 1 MES is rejecting the call because the specified MES terminal number is currently busy, and MES has not been authorized to divert calls which are addressed to that number.1012MES is clearing the fixed-originated call because subsequent to the acceptance of the call and the signalling of the identity of the mobile terminal to which the call will actually be routed, that terminal has become busy and cannot be called.1021MES is clearing the call because appropriate “off-hook” signalling has not been received from the addressed MES terminal (including any authorized diversions) within the allowed time limit.1081MES is rejecting the call because the specified MES terminal number has not been installed, and MES has not been authorized to divert calls which are addressed to that number.1 0 9 1 MES is rejecting the call because the specified MES terminal number is currently out-of-service, and MES has not been authorized to divert calls which are addressed to that number.1092MES is clearing the fixed-originated call because subsequent to the acceptance of the call and the signalling of the identity of the mobile terminal to which the call will actually be routed, that terminal has become out-of-service and cannot be called.1143MES is prematurely clearing the fixed-originated call which is in the process of being established because the MES user has initiated a call from a terminal which is authorized to automatically preempt an existing fixed-originated call.1144MES is prematurely clearing the MES-originated call which is in the process of being established because the MES user has initiated a higher priority call.1145MES is prematurely clearing the mobile-originated call which is in the process of being established because the MES user has initiated a call from a terminal which is authorized to automatically preempt an existing mobile-originated call.Table D-4: List of ISDN Cause Codes (SLCV)
Cause Codes98-124743-F Appendix D: System messages D-91 1 4 6 MES is prematurely clearing the mobile-originated call which is in the process of being established because the MES user has abandoned the call (by placing the originating terminal “on-hook”).1 1 D 1 LES is rejecting the call because the “Service Nature” and/or “Service Type” and/or “Channel parameter” information received from the MES is invalid (e.g., not currently defined in the SDM, mutually contradictory, or not applicable to a MES originated call).1 1 D 2 LES is clearing the call because the “service address” information received from the MES is invalid (i.e., less than 2 digits).1 1 D 3 LES is clearing the call because the “service address” information received from the MES is a 2-digit address which is either undefined or which is currently unavailable at this LES.1 1 D 5 LES is clearing the call because the “service address” information received from the MES contains a country code which is regarded (by this LES) as invalid.1 1 D 6 LES is clearing the call because the “PID” information received from the MES in the “scrambling vector” message (type 8D H) is not consistent with the PID information in the Fixed/MES Originated (PID) and PID/MES Registration Tables at the LES as it relates to this call.1 2 0 2 (Spot Beam Handover): MES is ready to make the transition from the current beam to the next beam.1281MES is rejecting the call because the MES is not equipped to provide the specified service.1291MES is rejecting the call because although it is equipped to provide the specified service, it is not currently able to do so.1 2 B 1 MES is rejecting or clearing the call for a reason which is not covered by any of the currently defined “Cause” events.1 2 C 3 MES is clearing the call because a “LES Connect” message (type 8C H) has not been received by the MES within the allowed time limit.1 2 C 4 MES is clearing the call because the “authentication query” ISU message (type B4 H) and/or the “authentication query” SSU message (type B5 H) have not been received by the MES within the allowed time limit.1 2 C 5 MES is clearing the call because an expected supplementary services SU(s) has (have) not been received by the MES within the allowed time limit.Code (Hex) InterpretationS L C VTable D-4: List of ISDN Cause Codes (SLCV) (Continued)
Cause CodesD-10 Appendix D: System messages 98-124743-F1 2 C 6 MES is clearing the call because the “supplementary services interrogation” ISU (type B2 H), and/or “subscriber digits” SSU (type AD H) messages have not been received by the MES within the allowed time limit.1 2 C 7 MES is clearing the call because a “SCPC channel release” SU (type 8A H) has not been received by the MES, in response to the transmission of a “notification acknowledge” message (type BA H) during the supplementary services call diversion information retrieval process, within the allowed time limit.1 2 C 8 (Spot Beam Handover): MES is clearing the call session in the next beam because the MES did not detect the LESH carrier on the new frequency.1 2 D 1 LES is rejecting the call because the “spot-beam ID” information received from the MES is invalid (i.e., ID is not allocated on satellite in use).1 2 D 2 LES is clearing the call because the “Scrambling Vector” information received from the MES is invalid (i.e., 0000H, 6959H or 7FFFH).1 3 6 2 MES is clearing the call because a long-term interruption in reception has occurred (the definition of a “long-term interruption” depends upon the service type, see Section B).1 3 6 3 A Secondary Functional Centre of a Multi-channel MES is clearing the call because the Primary Functional centre has commanded the Above-decks equipment to re-point to a different Ocean Region.Note: The above text is specific to a Fleet system. However, for the AVIATOR 700 system this SLCV code is relevant when the H+ sub-system is repointing the antenna from one ocean region to another. That will cause the Swift64 sub-system to be pre-empted with the SLCV 1363.1391MES is clearing the call because the call has lasted more than 700 km in linear travelled distance. 1392MES is clearing the call because it has moved out of spot beam coverage.1393MES in “cooperative mode” is clearing the call because of a pre-emption request from the master entity.1451LES is rejecting the call because an appropriate terrestrial circuit is not currently available at this specific LES.1452LES is rejecting the call because an appropriate channel unit and associated terrestrial circuit are not currently available at this LES. [This “cause” is only utilized when there is a permanent “one-to-one” connection between appropriate channel units and their terrestrial circuits].Code (Hex) InterpretationS L C VTable D-4: List of ISDN Cause Codes (SLCV) (Continued)
Cause Codes98-124743-F Appendix D: System messages D-111 5 0 2 (Spot Beam Handover): LES is ready to make the transition from the current beam to the next beam and is clearing the call session in the current beam (normal clear).1551LES is rejecting the call because an appropriate satellite channel is not currently available at this specific LES.1581LES is rejecting the call because the requested service is not provided by this specific LES.1591LES is rejecting the call because the requested service is temporarily not available at this specific LES.1 5 A 1 LES is rejecting the call because the specified MES is not authorized for any service at this specific LES.1 5 A 2 LES is rejecting the call because the specified MES is not authorized to use specific requested service via this specific LES.1 5 A 3 LES is clearing the call because the “credit card data” information received from the MES has been rejected by the credit card authorization process.1 5 A 4 LES is clearing the call because the data received from the MES in the “authentication reply” message (type B6 H) has been declared “invalid” by the LES authentication process.1 5 A 5 LES is rejecting the call because the specified PID is not authorized for any service at this specific LES.1 5 A 6 LES is rejecting the call because the specified PID is not authorized to use specific requested service via this specific LES.1 5 A 7 LES is clearing the call because the service address received from the MES is not authorized for the requested priority.1 5 B 1 LES is rejecting or clearing the call for a reason which is not covered by any of the currently defined “Cause” events.1 5 C 1 LES is rejecting the call because an appropriate “Channel Assignment” message has not been received by the LES within the allowed time limit.1 5 C 2 LES is clearing the call because the “service address” information has not been received by the LES within the allowed time limit.1 5 C 3 LES is clearing the call because a “Scrambling Vector” message (type 8D H) has not been received by the LES within the allowed time limit.1 5 C 4 LES is clearing the call because neither the “service address” information nor a “Scrambling Vector” message (type 8D H) has been received by the LES within the allowed time limit.Code (Hex) InterpretationS L C VTable D-4: List of ISDN Cause Codes (SLCV) (Continued)
Cause CodesD-12 Appendix D: System messages 98-124743-F1 5 C 7 LES is clearing the call because a “MES Connect” message (type 99 H) has not been received by the LES within the allowed time limit.1 5 C 9 LES is clearing the call because a “authentication reply” message (type B6 H) has not been received by the LES within the allowed time limit.1 5 C A LES is clearing the call because a “notification acknowledge” message (type BA H) has not been received by the LES within the allowed time limit.1 5 C B LES is clearing the call because the request sequence number contained in the received “notification acknowledge” message (type BA) is not valid (i.e. either not ‘0’ or not the next value in the sequence).1 5 C C (Spot Beam Handover): LES is terminating the procedure because it did not receive a response to the Handover Request from the NCS.1 5 C D (Spot Beam Handover): LES is clearing the call session in the next beam because the MES did not indicate that it was ready to make the transition (possibly because the MES did not receive the Channel Assignment).1 5 D 1 LES is rejecting the call because the “Channel Assignment” message received from the NCS contains inappropriate or conflicting information.1 5 D 2 LES is clearing this MES ID and channel number in the busy lists at LES and NCS because a new call to/from this MES is being set-up (and thus any previous call to/from this MES must have cleared).1 5 E 1 LES is attempting to clear an MES which has sent an SCPC channel release message but is found still to be transmitting 5.12 s later.1651LES is rejecting the call because an appropriate channel unit is not currently available at this specific LES.1 6 6 1 LES is clearing the call because of an interruption in reception of the MES carrier exceeding the allowed time limit.1 6 C 2 LES is clearing the call because an appropriate SCPC MES carrier has not been received by the LES (at the commencement of the call) within the allowed time limit.1 6 C 3 (Spot Beam Handover): LES is clearing the call session in the next beam because the LES did not detect the MESH carrier on the new frequency.1791LES is clearing the call because of a malfunction in the authentication checking database or in the communications links thereto.1811NCS is rejecting the call because the specified MES ID is in the “MES busy” list at the NCS.1812NCS is rejecting the call because the specified MES is busy with an IPDS call at the NCS.Code (Hex) InterpretationS L C VTable D-4: List of ISDN Cause Codes (SLCV) (Continued)
Cause Codes98-124743-F Appendix D: System messages D-131813NCS is rejecting the call because the specified MES is busy with an IPDS call at the NCS, and the call waiting notification was declined or timed out by the MES.1814NCS is rejecting the call because the specified MES is busy with an IPDS call at the NCS, and call waiting notification is unavailable.1851NCS is rejecting the call because an appropriate SCPC channel is not currently available.1852NCS is rejecting the call because no SCPC channel exists at the NCS which matches the contents of the Channel Parameters, Service Nature, Service Type, MES Category, Spot Beam ID and Priority fields contained in the Request for Channel Assignment.1853NCS is rejecting the call because no SCPC channel is currently available for the specified lease marked MES.1854NCS is rejecting the call because the MES is outside the spot beam coverage area.1855NCS is rejecting the call because an appropriate SCPC channel is not currently available and channel pre-emption failed.1 8 5 6 NCS is rejecting the call because the requested spot beam indicates failed spot beam selection (“FF”) and an appropriate global SCPC channel is not currently available.1857(Spot Beam Handover) NCS is rejecting the Handover Request because an appropriate SCPC channel is not available in the next beam.1 8 A 1 NCS is rejecting the call because the specified MES ID was not found in the “Forward and Return MES ID” cross-reference table.1 8 A 2 NCS is rejecting the call because the specified MES is not authorized for any service (except for Distress calls) at the NCS.1 8 A 3 NCS is rejecting the call because the specified LES is not authorized for the requested service at the NCS.1 8 B 1 NCS is rejecting or clearing the call for a reason which is not covered by any of the currently defined “Cause” events.1 8 B 2 NCS is rejecting the call because the requested service variant is invalid.1 8 C 1 NCS is rejecting the call because no message was received from the specified MES (in reaction to a Call Announcement message) within the allowed time limit.1 8 C 3 NCS is rejecting the call because the specified MES was busy and the MES pre-emption failed (i.e. no response within the allowed time limit).Code (Hex) InterpretationS L C VTable D-4: List of ISDN Cause Codes (SLCV) (Continued)
Cause CodesD-14 Appendix D: System messages 98-124743-F1 8 D 1 NCS is rejecting the call because the Request for Call Announcement or Request for Channel Assignment contains invalid or inappropriate information.1 8 E 1 NCS is rejecting the call because the specified MES ID is in the “MES busy” list at the NCS, and is listed as being busy with a call through the same LES as that now requesting a “call announcement” addressed to that MES.1 8 E 2 NCS is rejecting the call because the specified MES is busy with an IPDS call through the same LES which is requesting the call announcement.1 8 E 4 NCS is rejecting the call because the specified MES is busy with an IPDS call through the same LES which is requesting the call announcement, and the call waiting notification was declined or timed out by the MES.1 8 E 5 NCS is rejecting the call because the specified MES is busy with an IPDS call through the same LES which is requesting the call announcement, and call waiting notification is unavailable.1 F 0 1 LES is clearing the call because of the receipt of “on-hook” signalling from the relevant terrestrial circuit (i.e., normal clearing).1F11LES is clearing the call because the terrestrial called party is engaged (busy).1 F 2 1 LES is clearing the call because appropriate “off-hook” signalling from the terrestrial called party has not been received by the LES within the allowed time limit.1 F 6 1 LES is clearing the call because of the detection of a failure in the relevant terrestrial circuit.1 F 6 2 The LES is clearing the call because the terrestrial calling party or the terrestrial network has cleared the call before the “MES connect” message has been received by the LES.Code (Hex) InterpretationS L C VTable D-4: List of ISDN Cause Codes (SLCV) (Continued)
BITE Error codes98-124743-F Appendix D: System messages D-15D.3 BITE Error codesD.3.1 Definition of severity levelsThe 4-Wire Handset, the MCDU display and the SDU BITE display show Fatal and Essential faults when possible. Access to the full BITE log is only possible through the SDU Maintenance front connector. The BITE log is included in the service log.There are two BITE codes coming from the SBU. To see more details on errors and warnings coming from the SBU you must use the built-in web interface of the SBU. It provides access to the event list using the SBU Maintenance front connector.Severity DefinitionFatal Total loss of service – Ongoing calls are terminated and no further calls are allowed.Essential Partial loss of service, action taken to isolate the fault – some services / calls may work. Non-E Non-Essential, no action taken, not displayed in handset – only stored in BITE log.Table D-5: Definition of severity levels for BITE codes
BITE Error codesD-16 Appendix D: System messages 98-124743-FD.3.2 List of BITE codesCode LRU Severity Description RemedyA501 HGA Fatal Fatal Antenna Failure (Cobham HGA-7000)Replace antennaA502 HGA Essential Essential Antenna Failure (Cobham HGA-7000)Replace antennaA503 HGA Non-E. Antenna Warning (Cobham HGA-7000)Check antenna error detail in slog. Replace antennaAA01 HGA Essential High Gain Antenna (Label 350 Bit 11)Check antenna power and communications lines, replace antennaAAS1 S/HGA Essential STBO High Gain Antenna (Label 350 Bit 11)Check antenna power and communications lines, replace STBD antennaAC01 ACU Essential Communication ACU/BSU-HPA. No input from ACU/BSUCheck A429 lines between ACU/BSU and HPA (BP13 & BP14). Replace ACU/BSUAC02 ACU Essential Communication ACU/BSU-HPA. invalid input from ACU/BSUCheck A429 lines between ACU/BSU and HPA, (BP13 & 14). Replace ACU/BSUAC03 ACU Essential Any Internal Parameter (Label 350 Bit 18)Replace ACU/BSUAC04 ACU Non-E. Cross-talk Input Check A429 lines between Port & STBO BSUAC05 ACU Non-E. Control Bus Input (Label 350 Bit 13) BSU/ASU has no input from HPACheck Arinc 429 line from HPA to ACU/BSU. HPA pins BP8 & BP9 and BP10 & BP11 in case of dual BSU installationAC06 ACU Non-E. Internal RAM Replace ACU/BSUAC07 ACU Non-E. Internal ROM Replace ACU/BSUAC08 ACU Non-E. Internal Power Supply Replace ACU/BSUAC09 ACU Non-E. Temperature Replace ACU/BSUAC10 ACU Non-E. Parity Errors on ARINC429 Link Check A429 lines between ACU/BSU and HPA, replace ACU/BSUACS1 S/ACU Essential Communication STBD ACU/BSU-HPA. No input from ACU/BSU (Dual PNL only)Check A429 lines between STBD ACU/BSU and HPA (BP15 & BP16). Replace STBD ACU/BSUTable D-6: List of BITE codes
BITE Error codes98-124743-F Appendix D: System messages D-17ACS2 S/ACU Essential Communication ACU/BSU-HPA. Invalid input from ACU/BSUCheck A429 lines between STBD ACU/BSU and HPA (BP15 & BP16). Replace STBD ACU/BSUACS3 S/ACU Essential Any Internal Parameter (Label 350 Bit 18)Replace ACU/BSUACS4 S/ACU Non-E. Cross-talk Input Check A429 lines between Port & STBO BSUACS5 S/ACU Non-E. Control Bus Input (Label 350 Bit 13) BSU/ASU has no input from HPACheck Arinc 429 line from HPA to ACU/BSU. HPA pins BP10 & BP11 ACS6 S/ACU Non-E. Internal RAM Replace STBD ACU/BSUACS7 S/ACU Non-E. Internal ROM Replace STBD ACU/BSUACS8 S/ACU Non-E. Internal Power Supply Replace STBD ACU/BSUACS9 S/ACU Non-E. Temperature Replace STBD ACU/BSUACSA S/ACU Non-E. Parity Errors on ARINC429 Link Check A429 lines between STBD ACU/BSU and HPA, replace STBD ACU/BSUAH01 HGA Essential BSU-HPA Port Dual Antenna Cross installationCheck antenna coax lines, replace antennaAHS1 S/HGA Essential BSU-HPA STBD Dual Antenna Cross installationCheck antenna coax lines, replace antennaAL01 LNA Essential LNA/Diplexer (Label 350 bit 20)Check power and connections on DLNA, replace DLNAALS1 S/LNA Essential STBD LNA/Diplexer (Label 350 bit 20)Check power and connections on DLNA, replace DLNAAP01 HPR Essential High Power Relay Check wiring from BSU to HPR, replace HPRAPS1 HPR Essential STBD High Power Relay Check wiring from BSU to HPR, replace HPRC502 Cable Essential SDU-DLNA RF RX Cable broken Check if HSU/SBU and SDU coaxes are swapped or open on splitter, DLNA coax is removed or openC503 Cable Essential SDU-DLNA RF RX Cable shortedCheck if DLNA and HSU/SBU coaxes are swapped or shorted on splitter, DLNA and SDU coaxes are swapped or shortedCode LRU Severity Description RemedyTable D-6: List of BITE codes (Continued)
BITE Error codesD-18 Appendix D: System messages 98-124743-FC601 Cable Fatal SDU - HPA Cable Test Check if TX coax between SDU and HPA is open or shorted, Cables are swapped on TX couplerC705 Cable Fatal Communication Test with HGA-7000 AntennaCheck if GPS, Modem, control coax open or shorted between SDU and HGA-7000 antenna, Coax pigtails are swapped on HGA-7000 antennaC801 Cable Fatal Communication Test with HPA Check HPA power LED is green (if not, check HPA nON signal between SDU BP57 and HPA BP6 and power input) Check RS-422 control lines SDU BP78/79 to HPA BP27/28 and SDU BP80/81 to BP25/26. Replace HPA if persistsC802 Cable Fatal No GPS Signal to GPS Module Check GPS coax between antenna and SDU, replace GPS antenna, replace SDUC957 HPA Fatal HPA Communication with PSM ModuleReplace HPACA30 CM Fatal Invalid ICAO Number. (Mismatch between CM and strapping)Check that ICAO strapping matches ICAO programmed in configuration module and that it is correctCE01 SDU Fatal The H+ board certification level is inconsistentReplace SDUCE02 SDU Essential The SDU unit certification level is inconsistentReplace SDUCE03 HPA Fatal The HPA unit certification level is inconsistentReplace HPACE04 SDU Essential The HSD/HSU unit certification level is inconsistentReplace SDUCE05 SBU Essential The SBU unit certification level is inconsistentReplace SBUCE06 SDU, HPAFatal The certification level between SDU and HPA is inconsistentCheck and fix BITE C801. Check part numbers for the SDU, SBU/HSU and HPA all end in -THD (A700D) or all do NOT end in -THD (HSD+ & A700 level-E/legacy)CE07 SDU Fatal The H+ boot code cannot find the OTP cert. HW tagReplace SDUCode LRU Severity Description RemedyTable D-6: List of BITE codes (Continued)
BITE Error codes98-124743-F Appendix D: System messages D-19CE08 System Essential The certification level between H+, HSD or SBU is inconsistentCheck and fix BITE UU6S, Check part numbers for the SDU, SBU/HSU and HPA all end in -THD (A700D) or all do NOT end in -THD (HSD+ & A700 level-E/legacy)CE09 SDU Essential The HSD boot code cannot find the OTP cert. HW tagReplace SDUE108 CM Fatal Configuration Module Fitted TestEnsure that the proper Part number CM is fitted in the SDU, reseat the CM, Make sure SDU has latest SW, replace CM, replace SDUH201 HPA Fatal HPA Software Integrity Replace HPAH202 HPA Fatal HPA Communication with Main Module EEPROMReplace HPAH203 HPA Fatal HPA Essential Data Integrity If it happens after software upload, use terminal emulator in SDU+CP, press ctrl+x and select HPA shell, enter the command "fixcrc" then reboot the system to reset the HPA data table. If BITE persists, replace HPAH204 HPA Non-E. HPA Non-Essential Data IntegrityReplace HPAH401 HPA Fatal HPA Communication with Main Module UARTReplace HPAH502 HPA Fatal HPA Communication with RFHP ModuleReplace HPAH701 HPA Fatal HPA FPGA Version Conflict Replace HPAH803 HPA Fatal HPA Gain Adjustment Limit Fix any BITE C801/C601, Replace HPAH804 HPA Fatal HPA Frequency Calibration Check TX coax SDU to coupler and coupler to HPAH805 HPA Fatal HPA 1st and 2nd Transistor fail Replace HPAH901 HPA Fatal HPA Communication Failure HPA not receiving SDU RS-422 signal. Check SDU BP78/79 to HPA BP27/28HP01 HPA Fatal HPA Thermal Safe Operational LimitsCheck temperature around HPA, Replace HPAHP02 HPA Fatal RF power limit exceeded Replace HPACode LRU Severity Description RemedyTable D-6: List of BITE codes (Continued)
BITE Error codesD-20 Appendix D: System messages 98-124743-FHP11 HPA Fatal ARINC 429 Interface Voltage (-12 VD)Replace HPAHP13 HPA Fatal HPA Internal Voltage (+5V1A) Replace HPAHP14 HPA Fatal ARINC 429 Interface Voltage (+12 VD)Replace HPAHP15 HPA Fatal HPA HGA-7000 Supply Voltage (+26 VA)Replace HPAHP17 HPA Fatal HPA RFHP Module Voltage (+26 VC)Replace HPAHPF1 HPA Essential HPA Forced Cooling (FAN1, FAN2 and FAN3)Replace HPAL101 DLNA Essential DLNA Current too high Replace DLNAL102 DLNA Essential DLNA Current too low Replace DLNAL201 DLNA Essential DLNA Gain Failure Replace DLNAU402 SDU Fatal HPLUS Files Existing Test Replace SDUU403 SDU Essential HPLUS Files CRC Test Replace SDUU405 SDU Essential HPLUS Software Versions Inconsistency TestReplace SDUU901 Cable Non-E. IRS/AHRS 1 Failure Check that IRS is aligned and ready, Check A429 wires from IRS#1 to SDU (BP 26 & BP27), check correct configuration (Speed/Type), check all labels validU902 Cable Non-E. IRS/AHRS 2 Failure Check that IRS is aligned and ready, Check A429 wires from IRS#2 to SDU (BP 28 & BP29), check correct configuration (Speed/Type), check all labels validU908 Cable Fatal IRS/AHRS/GPS Data Invalid Check and correct any U901/U902/C802 BITEs.U915 SDU Fatal SDU needs SW update to support HPAUpdate software in SDUUA01 SDU Non-E. BITE Display Interface Data Loop TestReplace SDUCode LRU Severity Description RemedyTable D-6: List of BITE codes (Continued)
BITE Error codes98-124743-F Appendix D: System messages D-21UC00 SDU Essential 5.Lo Lock Detector Test Replace SDUUC0G SDU Essential 5.Lo Lock Failure Replace SDUUC0P SDU Essential Interface to C-FDM DSP Channel 1 TestReplace SDUUC0Q SDU Essential Interface to TIF DSP Channel 1 TestReplace SDUUC10 SDU Essential 6.Lo Lock Detector Test Replace SDUUC1G SDU Essential 6.Lo Lock Failure Replace SDUUC1P SDU Essential Interface to C-FDM DSP Channel 2 TestReplace SDUUC1Q SDU Essential Interface to TIF DSP Channel 2 TestReplace SDUUC1R SDU Essential SDU needs SW update (C-Channel)Try updating/reloading software in SDU and HSU, replace SDU/HSUUE01 SDU Non-E. HSD Rx Cable Test Replace SDUUF01 SDU Fatal 1.Lo Lock Detector Test Replace SDUUF02 SDU Fatal 2.Lo Lock Detector Test Replace SDUUF03 SDU Fatal 3.Lo Lock Detector Test Replace SDUUF04 SDU Fatal 4.Lo Lock Detector Test Replace SDUUF30 SDU Fatal RT Channel ALC Test Replace SDUUF51 SDU Essential 1.Lo Lock Failure Replace SDUUF52 SDU Essential 2.Lo Lock Failure Replace SDUUF53 SDU Essential 3.Lo Lock Failure Replace SDUUF54 SDU Essential 4.Lo Lock Failure Replace SDUUF71 SDU Fatal GPS Communication Test Replace SDUUH01 SDU Essential 1.LO Low Lock Detector Test Replace SDU/HSU depending on location in BITE listUH02 SDU Essential 2.LO Low Lock Detector Test Replace SDU/HSU depending on location in BITE listCode LRU Severity Description RemedyTable D-6: List of BITE codes (Continued)
BITE Error codesD-22 Appendix D: System messages 98-124743-FUH03 SDU Essential 3.LO Low Lock Detector Test Replace SDU/HSU depending on location in BITE listUH04 SDU Essential 1.LO High Lock Detector Test Replace SDU/HSU depending on location in BITE listUH05 SDU Essential 2.LO High Lock Detector Test Replace SDU/HSU depending on location in BITE listUH06 SDU Essential 3.LO High Lock Detector Test Replace SDU/HSU depending on location in BITE listUH11 SDU Essential 1.LO Minimum Frequency Test Replace SDU/HSU depending on location in BITE listUH12 SDU Essential 2.LO Minimum Frequency Test Replace SDU/HSU depending on location in BITE listUH13 SDU Essential 3.LO Minimum Frequency Test Replace SDU/HSU depending on location in BITE listUH18 SDU Essential 1.LO Lock Time Test Replace SDU/HSU depending on location in BITE listUH19 SDU Essential 2.LO Lock Time Test Replace SDU/HSU depending on location in BITE listUH20 SDU Essential 3.LO Lock Time Test Replace SDU/HSU depending on location in BITE listUH21 SDU Essential 1.LO Maximum Frequency Test Replace SDU/HSU depending on location in BITE listUH22 SDU Essential 2.LO Maximum Frequency Test Replace SDU/HSU depending on location in BITE listUH23 SDU Essential 3.LO Maximum Frequency Test Replace SDU/HSU depending on location in BITE listUH24 SDU Essential 1.LO DDS Divider Test SDU is not able to see the satellite. Bad PRT signal and the master oscillator is not able to tune. Normally shown with UH25,UH32 and UH3B. Check for ACU fault. Check coaxes in the RX path, make sure DLNA on/off is wired correctly, replace DLNA, replace SDUCode LRU Severity Description RemedyTable D-6: List of BITE codes (Continued)
BITE Error codes98-124743-F Appendix D: System messages D-23UH25 SDU Essential 3.LO DDS Divider Test SDU is not able to see the satellite. Bad PRT signal and the master oscillator is not able to tune. Normally shown with UH24,UH32 and UH3B. Check for ACU fault. Check coaxes in the RX path, make sure DLNA on/off is wired correctly, replace DLNA, replace SDUUH30 SDU Essential ALC Carrier off Test Replace SDU/HSU depending on location in BITE listUH31 SDU Essential ALC Carrier on Test Replace SDU/HSU depending on location in BITE listUH32 SDU Essential RF BER Loop Back Test SDU is not able to see the satellite. Bad PRT signal and the master oscillator is not able to tune. Normally shown with UH24, UH25 and UH3D. Check for ACU fault. Check coaxes in the RX path, make sure DLNA on/off is wired correctly, replace DLNA, replace SDUUH33 SDU Non-E. Average Amplitude Test Replace SDU/HSU depending on location in BITE listUH35 SDU Non-E. Step Attenuator Test Replace SDU/HSU depending on location in BITE listUH3B SDU Essential Rx TX frequency offset to big TestSDU is not able to see the satellite. Bad PRT signal and the master oscillator is not able to tune. Normally shown with UH24, UH25 and UH32. Check for ACU fault. Check coaxes in the RX path, make sure DLNA on/off is wired correctly, replace DLNA, replace SDUUH3D SDU Essential Loop Back Switch Test Replace SDU/HSU depending on location in BITE listUH51 SDU Essential 1.LO Lock Failure Replace SDU/HSU depending on location in BITE listUH52 SDU Essential 2.LO Lock Failure Replace SDU/HSU depending on location in BITE listUH53 SDU Essential 3.LO Lock Failure Replace SDU/HSU depending on location in BITE listUH61 SDU Essential ALC Level to Low Test Replace SDU/HSU depending on location in BITE listCode LRU Severity Description RemedyTable D-6: List of BITE codes (Continued)
BITE Error codesD-24 Appendix D: System messages 98-124743-FUH62 SDU Essential ALC Level to High Test Replace SDU/HSU depending on location in BITE listUH63 SDU Essential Master Oscillator to low Replace SDU/HSU depending on location in BITE listUH64 SDU Essential Master Oscillator to high Replace SDU/HSU depending on location in BITE listUH70 SDU Essential Communication problem with H+ systemReplace SDUUH78 SDU Essential Position Unavailable In HGR and/or IRS/AHRS not alignedUH79 SDU Essential Velocity Unavailable In HGR and/or IRS/AHRS not alignedUH7D SDU Non-E. Software Versions Consistency TestReload SDU software. Replace SDU is BITE persists.UH7F SDU Non-E. ATE pins connected. Not allowedEnsure ATE pins are not shorted (should not be pinned)UH7G SDU Non-E. ATE pins connected. Not allowedEnsure ATE pins are not shorted (should not be pinned)UH82 SDU Essential Parameter Block Checksum Test HSDReplace SDU/HSU depending on location in BITE listUH83 SDU Essential CPU Application CRC Test Replace SDU/HSU depending on location in BITE listUH84 SDU Essential CPU RAM Test Replace SDU/HSU depending on location in BITE listUH85 SDU Non-E. Battery Check Test HSD Replace SDU/HSU depending on location in BITE listUH87 SDU Essential All Files Exist in Flash Test Replace SDU/HSU depending on location in BITE listUH88 SDU Essential Flash Files CRC Test Replace SDU/HSU depending on location in BITE listUH89 SDU Essential SDU needs SW update (HSD) Try updating/reloading software in SDU, replace SDU UH91 SDU Non-E. DSP Debug Port Test Replace SDU/HSU depending on location in BITE listUH95 SDU Essential Frame DSP Interface Test Replace SDU/HSU depending on location in BITE listCode LRU Severity Description RemedyTable D-6: List of BITE codes (Continued)
BITE Error codes98-124743-F Appendix D: System messages D-25UH96 SDU Essential Turbo FPGA Interface Failure Replace SDU/HSU depending on location in BITE listUH97 SDU Essential Frame DSP to VFC DSP interfaceReplace SDU/HSU depending on location in BITE listUH98 SDU Essential VFC DSP Interface Test Replace SDU/HSU depending on location in BITE listUHA1 SDU Non-E. Burst Duration Monitor Circuit TestReplace SDU/HSU depending on location in BITE listUHA4 SDU Essential TDM Burst Duration Test Replace SDU/HSU depending on location in BITE listUHA5 SDU Essential Carrier On Signals Test Replace SDU/HSU depending on location in BITE listUHA6 SDU Essential Turbo FPGA Load Test Replace SDU/HSU depending on location in BITE listUHA7 SDU Essential ISDN Transceiver Interface TestReplace SDU/HSU depending on location in BITE listUHA8 SDU Essential ISDN Supply Voltage Test Replace SDU/HSU depending on location in BITE listUHA9 SDU Essential ISDN Rx Voltage Test Replace SDU/HSU depending on location in BITE listUHAA SDU Essential Turbo FPGA RAM Test Replace SDU/HSU depending on location in BITE listUHAB SDU Essential Power Fail sensor false alarm Replace SDU/HSU depending on location in BITE listUHAC SDU Essential ISDN 38 V shorted. The current limit on the 38V power output has been exceeded and the output power has therefore been turned off. Remove the device(s) connected and restart the system, check for proper pin out and shorted ISDN wiresUHB0 SDU Non-E. Environment temperature to lowReplace SDU/HSU depending on location in BITE listUHB1 SDU Non-E. Temperature Sensor Test Replace SDU/HSU depending on location in BITE listUHEE SDU Essential EEPROM Essential Data Test Replace SDU/HSU depending on location in BITE listCode LRU Severity Description RemedyTable D-6: List of BITE codes (Continued)
BITE Error codesD-26 Appendix D: System messages 98-124743-FUHEU SDU Non-E. EEPROM Test Replace SDU/HSU depending on location in BITE listUHP0 SDU Essential Communication Test with HSD-CPUReplace SDU/HSU depending on location in BITE listUHW2 SDU Non-E. Master Oscillator needs calibrationReplace SDU/HSU depending on location in BITE listUU02 SDU Essential Parameter Block Checksum TestWith aircraft outside and nave system up, from terminal emulator enter the command "TX -x -1" and hit enter. The system will reboot and parameter block will be reset. UU10 SDU Essential PRT DSP Interface Test Replace the SDUUU16 SDU Essential UART Loop Back, CPDF (COM12) TestReplace the SDUUU19 SDU Essential SDU needs SW update (H+) Replace the SDUUU1C SDU Non-E. Temperature Sensor Test Replace the SDUUU1D SDU Fatal Environment Temperature Failure, H-PlusReplace the SDUUU20 SDU Non-E. H+ EEPROM Non Essential Data TestReplace the SDUUU21 SDU Fatal H+ EEPROM Essential Data Test Replace the SDUUU23 SDU Essential H+/HSD SW Version Inconsistency TestMake sure SDU & HSU has latest software, replace SDU, replace HSUUU24 SBU Essential H+/SBU SW Version Inconsistency TestMake sure SDU & SBU has latest software, replace SDU, replace SBUUU60 SDU Essential PBX DSP Interface Test Replace the SDUUU6H SDU Essential Communication Problem with HSD CPU, H+ DetectedCheck "location" of BITE with SDU+CP Terminal Emulator "list" or in handset. If location [HSD pcb] reload software in SDU and replace SDU if BITE persists after reboot. If location [HSU pcb] check Arinc 429 connection to HSU (SDU BP32/33 to HSU TP19/20 and SDU BP34/35 to HSU TP21/22), check HSU power and software version. Replace HSU if persist after rebootCode LRU Severity Description RemedyTable D-6: List of BITE codes (Continued)
BITE Error codes98-124743-F Appendix D: System messages D-27UU6K Cable Essential Calibration problem with HSU TX cableHSU TX coax on TX coupler is disconnected or broken or the SDU and HPA connectors are swapped on the TX couplerUU6L SBU Essential Essential error in SBU See SBU dashboard/event list for further troubleshooting of the SBUUU6M SBU Non-E. Non-essential error in SBU See SBU dashboard/event list for further troubleshooting of the SBUUU6S SBU Essential Communication Problem with H+/SBU CPU, H+ DetectedEnsure SBU power LED is Green (if Amber, check SBU enable discrete (SDU BP56 to SBU TP8)), check SBU "SYSTEM TYPE" is configured as AVIATOR 700, check RS-422 lines between SDU BP73/72 to SBU TP20/19 and SDU BP71/70 to SBU TP22/21UUB1 SDU Non-E. Battery Check Test Replace the SDUUUC0 CM Fatal System Configuration Test Ensure SDU configuration is written to CMUUC1 CM Essential CM CRC Error Replace CMUUC2 CM Essential Config Module Needs Upgrade Replace CMUUCU CM Fatal Configuration Module Test Replace CMCode LRU Severity Description RemedyTable D-6: List of BITE codes (Continued)
List of SBU eventsD-28 Appendix D: System messages 98-124743-FD.4 List of SBU eventsThe following list explains the events (warnings and errors) that may show in the web interface of the SBU.Event ID ID range Severity Description Explanation Remedy0100 00100 to 00199ERROR System data damagedImportant system data is damagedDo not use the terminal. Contact your Cobham SATCOM partner.0210 00210 to 00219ERROR SIM module errorThe SIM interface on the terminal cannot be used.Contact your Cobham SATCOM partner.0240 00240 to 00249ERROR Temperature sensor errorThe terminal is in danger of overheating.Do not use the terminal. Contact your Cobham SATCOM partner.0260 00260 to 00269ERROR System error The terminal cannot communicate on the satellite network.Contact your Cobham SATCOM partner.0300 00300 to 00309ERROR GPS module errorThe GPS module is out of function. The terminal cannot obtain a valid GPS position.Contact your Cobham SATCOM partner.0310 0310 ERROR WLAN module errorThe WLAN access point failed initializationContact your Cobham SATCOM partner if the problem persists.0330 00330 to 00339ERROR ISDN failure The ISDN interface on the terminal cannot be used.Contact your Cobham SATCOM partner.0340 00340 to 00349ERROR 2-wire failure The Phone/Fax interface of the terminal cannot be used.Contact your Cobham SATCOM partner.0350 00350 to 00359ERROR AD9864 calibration data errorInternal error in the receiving part of the terminal.Contact your Cobham SATCOM partner if the problem persists.0380 0380 ERROR SNMP agent initialization failedThe SNMP agent failed initializationContact your Cobham SATCOM partner if the problem persists.1010 01010 to 01019WARNING Temperature too low (critical)Low ambient temperature is causing the performance of the terminal to be degraded or halted.Move the terminal to a warmer location. For information on ambient temperature limits, see the installation manual.Table D-7: SBU events
List of SBU events98-124743-F Appendix D: System messages D-291020 01020 to 01029WARNING Too low temperature warningLow ambient temperature is causing the performance of the terminal to be degraded or halted. The terminal will assume radio silence if the problem is in the HLD.Move the terminal to a warmer location. For information on ambient temperature limits, see the installation manual.1110 01110 to 01119WARNING Temperature too high (critical)Terminal: Critically high temperature is causing the terminal to shut down. HLD: Critically high temperature is causing the HLD to stop transmission.If possible, move the failing unit to a cooler location. For information on ambient temperature limits, see the installation manual. Contact your Cobham SATCOM partner if the problem persists.1120 01120 to 01129WARNING Too high temperature warningHigh ambient temperature is causing the performance of the terminal to be degraded or halted. If the problem is in the terminal: All PoE ports are shut down, except port 1 and the bit rate for Standard data is reduced. If the problem is in the HLD: The bit rate is reduced.Move the terminal to a cooler location. For information on ambient temperature limits, see the installation manual.1400 01400 to 01409WARNING Satellite signal lostThe AVIATOR system no longer receives a signal from the satellite.Make sure the antenna has a free line of sight to the satellite. Check the Rx cables W2 between the SBU and the HLD and W3 between the satcom antenna and the HLD.1600 01600 to 01609WARNING SOS call only The SIM card is not accepted by the network. Only emergency calls are allowed.Enter the PIN and wait for network approval. If the problem persists, contact your Airtime Provider.1700 01700 to 01709WARNING Registration for voice failedThe AVIATOR system has not yet been allowed to register for voice services (Circuit Switched).Your SIM card may be blocked by the service provider.Contact your service provider if the problem persists.Event ID ID range Severity Description Explanation RemedyTable D-7: SBU events (Continued)
List of SBU eventsD-30 Appendix D: System messages 98-124743-F1800 01800 to 01809WARNING Registration for data failedThe AVIATOR system has not yet been allowed to register for data services (Packet Switched).Your SIM card may be blocked by the service provider.Contact your service provider if the problem persists.2900 02900 to 02909WARNING Network failed authenticationThe AVIATOR system does not accept the network as a valid BGAN network.Restart the AVIATOR system. Contact your Cobham SATCOM partner if the problem persists.3500 3500 ERROR 2-wire calibration failure2-wire calibration failed on the Phone/Fax interface, because of: Common mode balance error. The phone is off hook. Wires are shorted to each other or shorted to ground.Check the wires to your phone or fax. Put the phone on hook. Check the wires.3600 03600 to 03609ERROR 2-wire operational failureThe Phone/Fax interface fails to operate, for one of the following reasons: Ground shorted. Power overload. Temperature overload.Check the wires. Wait until the event is cleared; then try again. Wait until the event is cleared; then try again.3900 3900 ERROR Air link error Problems related to TX and Rx DSPs. Example: PLL out of lock.Contact your Cobham SATCOM partner801F 801F WARNING Power Hold-up - the input voltage has droppedA power glitch was detected, the length of the glitch exceeds what the power supply can absorb. This event could have negative influence on ongoing connections.Check external power connection.8020 8020 ERROR Power Hold-up - the terminal has lost power for more than 200 msThe terminal has lost power for more than 200 ms.Check the external power connection.8040 8040 WARNING Excessive writes to the flash memoryWrong APN name or user name/ password for a connection which is set to auto-activate.Check that the APN name, user name and password are set up correctly for your connections.Event ID ID range Severity Description Explanation RemedyTable D-7: SBU events (Continued)
List of SBU events98-124743-F Appendix D: System messages D-318041 8041 ERROR Flex key is missing or corruptThe license system has detected a corrupt or missing Flex Key.Re-install your Flex key. Please find your Flex key on the Certificate of Conformity (CoC) of the TT-5040A-001 Configuration Module.8042 8042 ERROR Can not read from Configuration ModuleThis error occurs when the TT-5040A-001 Configuration Module has not been inserted into the back of the TT-5040A SBU.Insert the TT-5040A-001 Configuration Module into the back of the TT-5040A SBU.8043 8043 ERROR Flash on Configuration Module corruptThe AVIATOR system has detected corrupt data on the TT-5040A-001 Configuration Module.Please contact your Cobham SATCOM partner for further assistance.8044 8044 ERROR Flash on Configuration Module is getting worn outThe Configuration Module is aging and will have less that 10% of the expected lifetime left.The Configuration Module still works but has to be replaceable in a timely manner804A 804A WARNING Flash on Configuration Module is worn outThe Configuration Module is completely worn-out and will have to be replaced.The Configuration Module might still be operational but can fail at any time since the expected lifetime has been exceeded.804C 804C WARNING The chosen satellite is not visible at current GPS positionThe terminal is set up to use a satellite that is not visible at the current GNSS position.Enter the web interface and select SETTINGS > Satellite selection. Then select Auto to let the terminal automatically find the satellite with the best signal, or select a satellite visible from your current position.804F 804F WARNING ARINC-429 Navigational input is missing or not yet readyNone of the navigational inputs receive valid data for one of the following reasons: Wiring is broken. The navigational source is not switched on or power-on sequence takes longer time than expected.Check the wiring. Wait until power-on sequence has completed for the external navigational data source. Check if the external unit has been configured properly.Event ID ID range Severity Description Explanation RemedyTable D-7: SBU events (Continued)
List of SBU eventsD-32 Appendix D: System messages 98-124743-F8053 8053 ERROR SDU Communica-tion errorThe communication between the SBU (TT5040A) and SDU (TT5035A is not working. This error applies to AVIATOR 700 systems only.Check that the RS-422 connection between SBU and SDU is made correct. Check that the SDU has the correct SW and power up. Check that the SDU is configured to an AVIATOR 700 system.8054 8054 WARNING Transmission aborted due to extreme temperatureThe system stops all transmission because the temperature is critically high or critically low.None. The system must operate within the allowed temperature range to work properly. For information on ambient temperature limits, see the installation manual.8056 08056 WARNING USIM rejected The type of USIM card inserted in the terminal is not correct for your terminal.Make sure you have the correct type of USIM card.8060 8060 WARNING NAT session table fullThere are too many open connections through NAT - typically too many users generating too much web traffic.Do not establish new connections until the load has been reduced.8075 08075 ERROR DO-178B or DO-254 certification level is inconsistentThe system consists of mixed Level-E and Level-D units.The system is not operational. Contact your Cobham SATCOM partner.8077 8077 WARNING Multi-voice control connection config failureData write procedure failed when making a connection.Reboot the SBU or make a reset to factory default settings. If this does not help contact your Cobham SATCOM partner.8079 8079 WARNING Multi-voice control connection errorNot possible to establish connection to Multi-voice server.Check that Multi-voice is included in your airtime subscription. Check that the Multi-voice APN entered in the web interface under ADMINISTRATION > Multi-voice matches the Multi-voice APN from your airtime subscription.807C 807C WARNING Multi-voice register failedNot possible to register on the Multi-voice server.Check that Multi-voice is included in your airtime subscription. Event ID ID range Severity Description Explanation RemedyTable D-7: SBU events (Continued)
List of SBU events98-124743-F Appendix D: System messages D-33808D 808D WARNING ACARS failed, cannot create PDP contextThe SBU cannot open ACARS PDP context.A unique PDP context is used for the transfer of ACARS data and this PDP context cannot be opened.Check with the service provider that the SBU is allowed to logon to the ACARS APN. Use the default ACARS APN name if not instructed otherwise.808E 808E WARNING ACARS failed, cannot perform DNS lookupThe SBU cannot lookup the IP address for the AGGW.The SBU has created an ACARS PDP context and tries to find the IP address for the AGGW.Use the default AGGW name if not instructed otherwise. Check with your service provider that the AGGW name is correct.808F 808F WARNING ACARS failed, logon to AGGW rejectedThe AAGW in the SBU cannot login to the AGGW.Check with your service provider that your SBU (IMSI and ICAO) has been registered in the AGGW. Try again later. This can be temporary error in the AGGW.8090 8090 WARNING ACARS failed, lost contact with Ground Gateway (AGGW).The connection between AAGW and AGGW has been lost.The AAGW in the SBU has had contact with the AGGW but it has been lost. The AAGW in the SBU and AGGW on the ground can no longer communicate.This is typically a temporary problem. The signal can be lost or blocked. Try to make a normal voice call or data session. You cannot expect ACARS traffic to work if you can not make a normal voice or data call. Check if other alarms have been reported. Reboot the system.8091 8091 WARNING CMU link failureThe connection between CMU and SBU is not working.The CMU and SBU cannot communicate.Check the cabling between CMU and SBU. Check that the CMU is powered on.8092 8092 WARNING WLAN failure or power offWLAN FailureThe WLAN interface is not working. Check that the WLAN is not disabled with a discrete input (TP5).8093 8093 ERROR Selected Antenna cannot coexist with CMU/ACARS unitsMismatch between CMU and antenna configuration.The CMU interface is enabled together with an ARINC 741/781 antenna. It is not allowed since they are using the same ARINC 429 interface.Change configuration to use an antenna that does not use the ARINC 429 interface.Event ID ID range Severity Description Explanation RemedyTable D-7: SBU events (Continued)
List of SBU eventsD-34 Appendix D: System messages 98-124743-F8094 8094 WARNING Enabling ACARS Position reporting violates discrete operationMismatch between ACARS position reporting and discrete USIM.The SBU has a discrete USIM installed so that the airplane position is hidden, but at the same time can report if position reporting is enabled in ACARS.Disable position reporting in ACARS.8095 8095 WARNING The password is too weak for ACARS Safety or 700D use. See the manual for password requirements.Administrator password too weak.The administrator password is too weak when ACARS is enabled, it creates a safety risk. The SBU is probably using the default administrator password.Change the administrator password following the guidelines provided below:The password must• have at least 8 characters•contain letters, figures and special characters8096 8096 WARNING Activation of Self test or SW Upload are not protected by the administrator password.Software upload and self test unprotected.This alarm will only be seen on an AVIATOR 700D system. The user is allowed to upload software to the SBU or start self-test without a password. This will cause the SBU to reset and can cause the SDU to change from I4 to I3 satellite, and it will have an impact on the ACARS running on the SDU.In the web interface under User permissions, select No at Upload software and Perform self test. See Set up user permissions on page 6-84.809F 809F ERROR Aero basic config is not initialisedThe basic configuration of the system is not complete.Check the configuration in the web interface, see SBU Configuration tasks on page 6-12.80A0 80A0 ERROR Tracking register failedThe system fails to register on the Tracking server.Check with your Airtime provider that you have registered with the correct IMSI and IMEI/ICAO address. See Tracking on page 6-53.80A2 80A2 ERROR Tracking unregisteredThe system has not yet registered on the tracking server even though tracking is enabled.Check that you have the correct IP address, port numbers and encryption key. See Tracking on page 6-53.Event ID ID range Severity Description Explanation RemedyTable D-7: SBU events (Continued)
98-124743-F E-1Appendix EWLAN country codes EE.1 Restrictions in WLAN useNot all countries allow full use of all channels. Also, some countries do not allow operation according to the 802.11g standard. Therefore the WLAN interface must be set up to the right country code.By default, the SBU is set up to the US country code that allows the WLAN interface to operate according to the 802.11b and 802.11g standards on the channels 1 to 11. If the equipment is used in the countries listed in Table E-1 on page E-2, the default country code “US” can be used. In other countries the country code “other countries” must be used, allowing the interface to operate only according to the 802.11b standard on channels 4-9.To set up the country code, use the WLAN page of the built-in web interface in the SBU. For further information see WLAN interface of the SBU (option) on page 6-31.
Countries where the “US” country code appliesE-2 Appendix E: WLAN country codes 98-124743-FE.2 Countries where the “US” country code appliesThe below table shows the countries in which country code “US” applies.Antigua and Barbuda Estonia Latvia SingaporeAruba El Salvador Kuwait Saudi ArabiaAustralia EU Countries Latin America Serbia and MontenegroAustria Finland Liechtenstein SloveniaBahamas France Luxembourg South AfricaBarbados Germany Malaysia South KoreaBelgium Greece Malta SpainBermuda Guam Mexico SwedenBulgaria Guatemala Morocco SwitzerlandCanada Haiti Netherlands TaiwanCayman Islands Honduras Netherlands Antilles ThailandChina Hong Kong New Zealand TurkeyColombia Hungary Norway UKCosta Rica Iceland Oman UkraineCyprus Indonesia Peru United Arab EmiratesCzech Republic Ireland Poland USDenmark Israel Portugal VenezuelaDominican Republic Italy Puerto Rico Virgin Islands / BritishEcuador Japan Romania Virgin Islands / USEgypt Jordan Russia XAaa. The two letter code XA is available for individual use and will not be allocated to countries. (ISO 3166-1, Codes for the representation of names of countries and their subdivisions – Part 1: Country codes)Table E-1: Countries that accept the country code “US” for WLAN indoor operation
98-124743-F F-1Appendix FUsing terminal commands FF.1 Getting startedF.1.1 Connecting to the SDUHardware and software requirementsThe following items are required to run terminal commands:• One IBM compatible PC with a 9-pin serial COM port available (if not available, a USB to serial port converter can be used). • One serial interconnect cable 9-pin to 15-pin Sub-D, Cobham SATCOM part no. TT-37-112940. Refer to Figure 5-35: TT 37-112940 maintenance cable for front connector on SDU and PC.• The terminal emulator included in the Aero-SDU Configuration Program or another terminal program, e.g. Windows HyperTerminal.Preparing the terminalDo as follows to set up the terminal:1. Connect the SDU front connector to the PC COM port using the TT 37-112940 Data Cable.2. Open the Aero-SDU Configuration Program. (Other terminal programs: Set the terminal program to 115200 baud, No parity, 8 bit symbols)3. On the Start up page click Terminal Emulator. Press <Enter> a couple of times and confirm that the prompt “H+>” appears on the terminal monitor.4. Option: If you need to communicate with another unit in the installation you can change the shell. Press Ctrl+x, then type in the number of the desired unit and press enter.Figure F-1: How to change shells
Getting startedF-2 Appendix F: Using terminal commands 98-124743-FF.1.2 Connecting to the SBUHardware and software requirementsThe following items are required to run terminal commands:• One IBM compatible PC with an Ethernet port available.• One standard Ethernet cable. RJ-45<->RJ-45.• A suitable Telnet client. In Windows XP and previous versions of Windows, you can use the included HyperTerminal. In Windows Vista and Windows 7 you can use the included DOS-based client, but this is not optimal. A 3rd party client that supports logging to a file is recommended.Preparing the telnet clientDo as follows to set up the telnet client:1. Connect the SBU front connector to the PC Ethernet port.2. Open the Telnet client, and make a TCP/IP (winsock) connection to IP address (host) 192.168.0.1 and port 23 (default).3. Login with admin and 1234 (default) and press <Enter> a couple of times and confirm that the SBU prompt telnet:/$ appears.Option: If you need to save the output from HyperTerminal, go to the Transfer menu and select Capture text… In other clients, the menus will be different.
Commands for troubleshooting the SDU98-124743-F Appendix F: Using terminal commands F-3F.2 Commands for troubleshooting the SDUIntroductionIn this section, some of the useful commands for troubleshooting are listed. BITE List (“list” command)To get a list of BITE errors, use the list command.The following options are available with the list command:Response example:The following example shows a response to the command “list”, that is a list of all errors for the current session. “Session number” corresponds to <leg>“Error ID” corresponds to <id>, which is the BITE code for the error.H+> listH+> LOGFILEMANAGER:Displaying contents of session 11-------------------------------Session number: 11 Severity: Fatal ActiveError ID: C801-Communication Test with HPAError occurrence: 001 Found during: CMAdditional Information: ' ' Location: CablingFirst error: 09:40:14-27/08 Last error: 09:40:14-27/08Command to Type in(Followed by <Enter>) Result/Explanationlist Lists all errors for the current flight session.list a Lists all errors for all flight sessions.list <leg> Lists all errors for flight session number: lega.a. In this context, a leg is defined as a session, that is the time from the system was turned on until it is turned off.list <id> a Lists errors with error id: id, for all flight sessions.list <id><leg> Lists errors with error id: id, for flight session number: lega.Table F-1: “list” Commands
Commands for troubleshooting the SDUF-4 Appendix F: Using terminal commands 98-124743-FSystem Log (“slog” command)To access the system log, use the slog command. The following options are available with the slog command:Command to Type in (Followed by <Enter>) Result/Explanationslog l <prio>... Inserts text into the system log with priority <prio>a. a. <prio> : Priority limit (one of {facewnid} or 0-7).The priority parameters {facewnid} are defined as:f: System is unusable.a: Action must be taken immediately.c: Critical conditions.e: Error conditions.w: Warning conditions.n: Normal but significant condition.i: Informational.d: Debug-level messages.slog t Shows the priority thresholds.slog tp <prio> Sets the print threshold. Log entries with priority <prio>a or higher will be printed.slog ts <prio> Sets the store threshold. Log entries with priority <prio>a or higher will be stored.slog v[arl] [-p<prio>] [-t<text>] [<count>]Shows the system log as defined by the parameters.Explanation of parameters:a: All entriesr: Reverse orderl : Long time format (toggles between  long/short time format) (stickyb)<prio>: a (See table footnote)<text>: Only entries containing <text><count>: Max. number of entries shown  (stickyb)b. “Sticky” means this setting is maintained during future command sessions until the setting is changed by the user.slog R Reset system log.Table F-2: “slog” Commands
Commands for troubleshooting the SDU98-124743-F Appendix F: Using terminal commands F-5Response example:The following example shows a part of a response to the command “slog va”:H+> slog vaH+> Time Severity Process Info09:15:05.661 WARNING:LogServe:0:System log invalid - reset09:15:05.663 WARNING:LogServe:0:System log options invalid - reset09:14:53.005 NOTICE: Boot:0:Starting up09:14:54.523 ERROR: SATMGR:0:System table checksum failed09:14:54.525 ERROR:Nav_Main:0:Static RAM failure!!09:14:55.057 WARNING:FlashDis:0:PIT 1ms tick: Interrupts disabled too long: 531058 us.09:14:55.505 WARNING:FlashDis:0:PIT 1ms tick: Interrupts disabled too long: 505840 us.
Commands for troubleshooting the SDUF-6 Appendix F: Using terminal commands 98-124743-FCall Log (“call_log” command)To access the call log, use the call_log command.The following options are available with the call_log command:Response example:The following example shows a part of a response to the command “call -p”:Figure F-2: Troubleshooting SDU, Call Log command: call -pFlight Test (“flight” command)To trace flight data, use the flight command. The flight test data comprises position data, signal strength and EIRP. The following options are available with the flight command:Command to Type in (Followed by <Enter>) Result/Explanationcall_log -p Prints the call log.call_log -i <number> <device>Inserts a call into the call log, with the given phone number and device number.call_log -g <device> Returns the last call in the call log from the given device.call_log -d <device> <index>Deletes the call with index <index> from the given device in the call log.call_log -c Clears the call log.Table F-3: “call_log” Commands
Commands for troubleshooting the SDU98-124743-F Appendix F: Using terminal commands F-7Response example:The following example shows a response to the command “flight -s”, that is flight test data with an update rate of 1 second. The command “flight -e” stops the tracing.H+> flight -sH+> Fri Aug 27 12:26:32 2004 H+Temp 44NAV POS: Lon 9.13, Lat 55.73, Alt 117 mNAV ATT: Roll 0.41, Pitch -0.97, Hea 135.71, Speed 0 m/sDSP: Azi 73.11, Ele 23.60, VDopp 0 m/sPRT: C/No 54.0 EIRP 09.1 FreqOff 006C0: C/No 45.1 EIRP 06.5C1: C/No 54.1 EIRP 18.5HSD: C/No 57.3 EIRP 22.5 FreqOff -01--flight -eCommand to Type in(Followed by <Enter>) Result/Explanationflight -c <time> Change the update rate to <time>.flight -e End flight test traces.flight -s Start trace of flight test data with an update rate of 1 second.flight -s <time> Start trace of flight test data with an update rate of <time>.The unit for <time> is 10 ms, that is: <time>=2 corresponds to 20 ms.Table F-4: “flight” Commands
Commands for troubleshooting the SBUF-8 Appendix F: Using terminal commands 98-124743-FF.3 Commands for troubleshooting the SBUF.3.1 Monitoring the ARINC interfaces on the SBUBelow is an example on how to get a status for the ARINC interfaces. After the debug command for getting the status report (first line, bold) the status report is shown. stat -m arincSTAT ReportModule: ARINC, Status: Ok, Message:REPORT: SHORTCONFIGURATIONPrimary Receiver : ARINC 704-7 Inertial Reference System (IRS), speed: HighSecondary Receiver: Disabled, speed: LowAntenna Modem : Disabled STATUS ARINC DRIVERCurrent Time : Thu Jan 01 00:00:54 1970Primary Receiver : 6 RO_6_IRS_CONNECTED Qualified Forwarding forwardingPeriods:1Secondary Receiver: 0 RO_0_NULL Await-Label Standby forwardingPeriods:0Antenna Modem : 1 RT_1_INIT Await-LabelPrimary Receiver:Label Status Error Active Age Value Name 101 No Label 422 0 0 0.000000 HDOP 150 No Label 422 0 0 00:00:00 gnss UTC Time 260 No Label 422 0 0 00/00/00 UTC Date 273 Normal 353 69 158 Self Test GNSS Sensor Status 274 Normal 353 69 158 Self Test GPIRS Status 310 Normal 353 69 158 55.794067 N Latitude 311 Normal 353 69 158 12.523041 E Longitude 312 Normal 353 69 158 0.000000 Knots Ground Speed 313 Normal 353 69 158 0.000000 Deg Track Angle True 314 Normal 353 69 158 0.000000 E True Heading 324 Normal 353 69 158 0.010986 Deg Pitch Angle 325 Normal 353 69 159 0.120850 Deg Roll Angle 336 Normal 353 69 159 -0.015625 Deg/Sec Inertial Pitch Rate 337 Normal 353 69 159 0.000000 Deg/Sec Inertial Roll Rate 361 Normal 353 69 159 167.250000 Feet Altitude Inertial 377 Plus 353 69 159 0x004 IRS (704) Equipment IdentificationDetails: 273 Satellites-Tracked:0 Visible:0 273 IRS/FMS : Present Source: Primary 273 DADC/FMS: Present Source: Primary 274 Satellites-Tracked: 0 274 Primary GPSSU Validity: Valid 274 Secondary GPSSU Validity: Valid 274 GPSSU Source: Primary 377 Source Identifier: PrimaryCOUNTERS ARINC-429: Primary Secondary Ant-Rx Ant-Txallocation 20 0 0wordsA429 6752 0 0 0
Commands for troubleshooting the SBU98-124743-F Appendix F: Using terminal commands F-9discardError 0 0 0 0framingError 0 0 0parityError 0 0 0overflowError 0 0 0regStatusRead 422 0 0 FPGA Status ReadregTimeTagRead 422 0 0 FPGA TimeTag ReadregCtrlWrite 2 0 5 FPGA Control Writeinterrupt 0 0 0 FPGA Interruptreset 0 0 0 0 Debug onlyclearCounters 0 0 0 0F.3.2 Description of the status reportThe status report consists of up to seven parts:1. Report header2. ARINC driver configuration3. The overall status for the ARINC driver4. Status for the Primary ARINC Receiver5. Status for the Secondary ARINC Receiver, if configured6. Status for the ARINC Antenna modem, if configured7. Low level ARINC-429 countersBelow is a detailed description of each part of the status report.STAT ReportThe following lines are part of the standard system header, there is no information relevant for the ARINC interfaces present in the header, you may just ignore these lines:STAT ReportModule: ARINC, Status: Ok, Message:REPORT: SHORT CONFIGURATIONThe configuration part is a mirror of the ARINC information already available at Set up the navigational input of the SBU on page 6-51, SETTINGS > External systems of the SBU.STATUS ARINC DRIVERCurrent Time: This is the current UTC time, if available. In this example the year 1970 indicates that the UTC time not yet is available.
Commands for troubleshooting the SBUF-10 Appendix F: Using terminal commands 98-124743-FRead the following overview information in the following way:Table F-5: Status ARINC driver, overviewInterface State number and name Status Source Source ActivationsPrimary Receiver6 RO_6_IRS_CONNECTED Lost-Label Forwarding forwardingPeriods:1Secondary Receiver0 RO_0_NULL Await-Label Standby forwardingPeriods:0Antenna Modem1 RT_1_INIT Await-LabelThe states for receivers have the following purpose:Table F-6: Purpose of the states for receiversState name DescriptionRO_0_NULL The receiver is not configured and therefore not started.RO_1_INIT The receiver is in the progress of starting up.RO_2_LOOPBACK A loop back test command has been running and a power-cycle is needed.RO_4_AHRS_CONNECTED The AHRS driver is running.RO_6_IRS_CONNECTED The IRS driver is running.The states for the antenna modem can be used for the following purpose:Table F-7: Purpose of the states for the antenna modemState name DescriptionRT_0_NULL The antenna modem is not configured and therefore not started.RT_1_INIT Awaits the BSU (Beam Steering Unit) start sending the status word.RT_2_LOOPBACK A loop back test command has been running and a power-cycle is needed.RT_3_AMT50 The ARINC AMT-50 / HGA-6000 driver is running.
Commands for troubleshooting the SBU98-124743-F Appendix F: Using terminal commands F-11Status: This reflects the overall status considering all mandatory labels on the interface in question.Table F-8: Status for all mandatory labels on the interface in questionStatus DescriptionAwait-Label At least one mandatory label has never showed up on the interface.Lost-Label A label previously received is now missing on the interface.Unreliable May be used in the future for selecting between two channels where one of them is more degraded than the other.Degraded One or more of the labels is degraded.Evaluation All mandatory labels are operational and has to be stable for a period of time before they can be qualified.Qualified All mandatory labels are operational and this port can now be forwarded.Source:Table F-9: Status ARINC driver: SourceSource DescriptionForwarding This ARINC receiver is forwarding valid navigational date to the SBU. Forwarding means that the data on the interface is used by the system.Standby This ARINC receiver is on standby and not forwarding data to the SBU. Standby means that the data on the interface are not used by the system.Forwarding Periods: The number of periods the interface has being forwarding data to the system.RECEIVERHeader DescriptionLabel The label number in octal number system.Status Take status of the label word according to bit 30 and 31 Sign/Status Matrix. See table directly below.Error The number of 100mS interval the label has not been operational.Active The number of 100mS interval the label has been operational.Age The age of the label in ms sampled every 100 ms.Table F-10: Receiver: Header line for the table
Commands for troubleshooting the SBUF-12 Appendix F: Using terminal commands 98-124743-FThe specific label type (BCD/BNR/DISC) can be looked up in the ARINC-429 Specification.Table F-11: Status for label typesStatus BCD BNR DISC0Plus Failure Normal1No Data No Data No Data2Test Test Test3Minus Normal FailureThe underlined status is the operational state for the specific label type.Value The decoded value of the labelName The name of the label according to ARINC-429Header DescriptionTable F-10: Receiver: Header line for the table (Continued)
98-124743-F G-1Appendix GReferences GG.1 Applicable standards[1] IEEE Standard for Information technology - Telecommunications and information exchange between systems - Local and metropolitan area networks - Specific requirements Part 3: Carrier sense multiple access with collision detection (CSMA/CD) access method and physical layer specifications. IEEE Std 802.3, 2000 Edition (Incorporating IEEE Std 802.3, 1998 Edition, IEEE Std 802.3ac-1998, IEEE Std 802.3ab-1999, and IEEE Std 802.3ad-2000) [Adopted by ISO/IEC and re-designated as ISO/IEC 8802-3:2000(E)].[2] ISO/IEC 8877:1992 Information technology -- Telecommunications and information exchange between systems -- Interface connector and contact assignments for ISDN Basic Access Interface located at reference points S and T[3] RTCA/DO-160C and RTCA/DO-160D. Environmental Conditions and Test Procedures for Airborne Equipment. RTCA Inc. July 29, 1997, incl. Change No. 1 (Dec. 14, 2000) and Change No. 2 (June 12, 2001)[4] RTCA/DO-160E. Environmental Conditions and Test Procedures for Airborne Equipment. RTCA Inc. December 9, 2004[5] Integrated Services Digital Network (ISDN). Basic User-Network Interface (UNI). ETSI EN 300 012-1 V1.2.2 (ITU I.430))[6] Integrated Services Digital Network (ISDN). ISDN User Network Interfaces. ITU-T Recommendation I.420[7] ARINC 429. Mark 33 Digital Information Transfer Systems (DITS)[8] ARINC 404A. Air Transport Equipment Cases and Racking[9] ARINC 404B-1. Connectors, Electrical, Rack and Panel, Rectangular, Rear Release Crimp Contacts.[10] ARINC 702A-1. Advanced Flight Management Computer System. ARINC, January 31, 2000[11] ARINC 741 P1-10. Aviation Satellite Communication System. Part 1, Aircraft Installation Provisions[12] ARINC 741 P2-7. Aviation Satellite Communication System. Part 2, System Design and Equipment Functional Description[13] RFC 1549: PPP in HDLC Framing. December 1993. (Obsoleted by RFC 1662)
Other referencesG-2 Appendix G: References 98-124743-F[14] CCITT Rec. G.473. Standard US DTMF Telephone[15] RTCA/DO-178B. Software Considerations in Airborne Systems and Equipment Certification, December 1, 1992[16] RTCA/DO-254. Design Assurance Guidance for Airborne Electronic Hardware, April 19, 2000[17] ARINC CHARACTERISTIC 704A. Inertial Reference System[18] ARINC CHARACTERISTIC 705. Attitude and Heading Reference System[19] ARINC CHARACTERISTIC 743A. GNSS Sensor[20] ARINC CHARACTERISTIC 741P1. Aviation Satellite Communication System Part 1. Aircraft installation provisions[21] ARINC CHARACTERISTIC 781. Mark 3 Aviation Satellite Communication Systems[22] EIA/TIA-232-E: Interface Between Data Terminal Equipment and Data Circuit-Terminating Equipment Employing Serial Binary Data Interchange (superseded by TIA-232-F) Published: January 1, 1900. Category: Telecommunications.G.2 Other references[23] AVIATOR 700 User Manual. See also Related documentation on page 1-2.
98-124743-F Glossary-1GlossaryGlossary 8AACARS Airborne Communications Addressing and Reporting System ACAS Aircraft Collision Avoidance System. Early relative of the now operational TCAS (Traffic Alert and Collision Avoidance System) which warns pilots of potential conflicts with other aircraft. ACP Audio Control Panel ACU Antenna Control Unit ADF Automatic Direction Finder. A navigation receiver based on the AM radio band. A very simple device which literally points towards the station that is tuned in. AES Aircraft Earth Station AFIS Airborne Flight Information System AHRS Attitude and Heading Reference System ALC Automatic Level Control AMBE Advanced Multi-Band Excitation AMER Americas (Satellite coverage) AMS Audio Management System AOC Aeronautical Operational Control AORE Atlantic Ocean Region East (Satellite coverage) AORW Atlantic Ocean Region West (Satellite coverage) APAC Asia Pacific (Satellite Coverage) APN Access Point Name. The Access Point Name is used by the terminal operator to establish the connection to the required destination network. APS Aircraft Power Supply ARINC Aeronautical Radio, Incorporated. A provider of transport communications and systems engineering solutions AT AT commands are used for controlling modems. ATS Air Traffic Service AWG American Wire Gauge
GlossaryGlossary-2 98-124743-FBBGAN Broadband Global Area Network BITE Built-In Test Equipment. A BITE error is a hardware error detected by the automatic error detection system in the AVIATOR 700 System. BP Bottom Plug CC-FDM C-channel Frame Demodulator/Modulator CID Context Identifier CM Configuration Module CMU Communications Management Unit CP Cockpit CPU Central programming Unit CRC Cyclic Redundancy Check CS Circuit switched DDCE Data Communication Equipment. Equipment that does not generate data, but only relays data generated by someone else. DHCP Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol. A protocol for assigning dynamic IP addresses to devices on a network. With dynamic addressing, a device can have a different IP address every time it connects to the network. DME Distance Measuring Equipment DSP Digital Signal Processor DTE Data Terminal Equipment DTMF Dual Tone Multi Frequency. The signal to the phone company that is generated when you press an ordinary telephone’s touch keys. DTMF has generally replaced loop disconnect (pulse) dialing. EECS Electronic Cable Specialists, Inc., a Carlisle IT company EEPROM Electronically Erasable Programmable Read Only Memory EIA Electronic Industries Alliance. A US national trade organization that includes
Glossary98-124743-F Glossary-3the full spectrum of U.S. manufacturers, representing more than 80% of the electronics industry. The alliance provides several standards for the electronics industry. EIRP Effective Isotropic Radiated Power EMC Electromagnetic Compatibility ETSI European Telecommunication Standard Institute FFAA Federal Aviation Administration FNBDT Future Narrowband Digital Terminal. A US Government standard for secure voice communication. FPGA Field Programmable Gate Array GGES Ground Earth Station. GND Ground GPS Global Positioning System HHGA High Gain Antenna HPA High Power Amplifier HPR High Power Relay HS High Speed HSD High Speed Data II/O Input/Output IAI-2 Inmarsat Air Interface-2. The air interface used for BGAN. IAI-2 is an evolution of MPDS with new bearer types, which give a wide range of data rates from 16 kbps up to 492 kbps. By utilizing different modulation schemes, variable coding rate and power adjustment, it is possible to change the bearer type to give optimum throughput with efficient use of the satellite resources. ICAO International Civil Aviation Organization
GlossaryGlossary-4 98-124743-FIEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers ILS Instrument Landing System. A system of tightly focused transmitters located at the end of a runway that provides flight guidance information to flight crews. IMEI International Mobile Equipment Identity. A unique number identifying your terminal IMSI International Mobile Subscriber Identity IOR Indian Ocean Region (Satellite coverage) IP Internet Protocol IRS Inertial Reference System ISDN Integrated Services Digital Network ISN Inmarsat Serial Number ISP Internet Service Provider ITU International Telecommunication Union Kkbps kilobit per second, unit of data transfer rate LLAN Local Area Network LED Light Emitting Diode LES Land Earth Station. LRU Line Replaceable Unit. A separate unit or module which can easily be replaced. Examples are the SDU and the HPA. LS Low Speed MMCDU Multifunction Control and Display Unit. Part of the Flight Management System. MEAS Middle East, Asia (Satellite coverage) MES Mobile Earth Station MIB Management Information Base
Glossary98-124743-F Glossary-5MOD Modification MSN Multiple Subscriber Numbering. In most pieces of ISDN equipment you can program multiple subscriber numbers. The number programmed into the equipment should be the dial-in number that you wish that piece of equipment to answer. NNAT Network Address Translation. An Internet standard that enables a local-area network to use one set of IP addresses for internal traffic and a second set of addresses for external traffic. A NAT module makes all necessary address translations. NC No Connect NCS Network Coordination Station nON Power-on control signal, active low NT Network Termination. A device connecting the customer’s data or telephone equipment to the local ISDN exchange carrier’s line. It provides a connection for terminal equipment (TE) and terminal adaptor (TA) equipment to the local loop. PPAST Person Activated Self Test PBX Private Branch Exchange, telephone exchange that serves a particular PC Personal Computer PDF Portable Document Format, a file format created by Adobe Systems for document exchange PDP Packet Data Protocol. A network protocol used by external packet data networks that communicate with a GPRS network. PID Packet IDentifier POR Pacific Ocean Region (Satellite coverage) POST Power On Self Test. A system test that is activated each time the system is powered on. POTS Plain Old Telephony System. Traditional 2-wire system. PS Packet switched PSM Phase Shift Modulation PTT Push-To-Talk
GlossaryGlossary-6 98-124743-FQQoS Quality of Service RRAM Random Access Memory RF Radio Frequency RFHP Radio Frequency High Power RTCA Radio Technical Commission for Aeronautics SSATCOM Satellite Communications SB Swift Broadband, based on BGAN and offers similar services, simultaneous voice and broadband data. SBU SwiftBroadband Unit. Unit in the satcom system providing access to the aeronautical BGAN service, SwiftBroadband. SCPC Single Channel Per Carrier. A VSAT satellite transmission system that uses a separate carrier for each of its channels. In an SCPC system, transmissions are sent to the satellite continuously on a single satellite carrier. SDM System Definition Manual SDU Satellite Data Unit. The controlling unit of the AVIATOR 700 system. SDU Service Data Unit. Also known as a data packet. SIM Subscriber Identification Module SIP Session Initiation Protocol. An application-layer control (signaling) protocol for creating, modifying, and terminating sessions with one or more participants. Used e.g. for Internet telephony. SLCV S = coding Standard, L = cause Location, C = cause Class, V = cause Value SNMP Simple Network Management Protocol. An Internet-standard protocol for managing devices on IP networks. It is used mostly in network management systems to monitor network-attached devices for conditions that warrant administrative attention. SSID Service Set IDentifier. An SSID is the name of a wireless local area network (WLAN). All wireless devices on a WLAN must use the same SSID in order to communicate with each other. STBO Starboard STC Supplemental Type Certificate. FAA or EASA certification document issued
Glossary98-124743-F Glossary-7to companies that perform significant modifications on an aircraft. STE Secure Terminal Equipment STU Secure Telephone Unit TTC Type Certificate TCAS Traffic Alert and Collision Avoidance System. A system which warns pilots of potential conflicts with other aircraft. TDM Time Division Multiplex TE Terminal Equipment TFTP Trivial File Transfer Protocol. A very simple file transfer protocol, with the functionality of a very basic form of FTP. Since it is so simple, it is easy to implement in a very small amount of memory. TIA Telecommunications Industry Association. TIA is a U.S. non-profit trade association serving the communications and information technology industry. TIA provides several standards for these industries. TP Top Plug VVFC Voice Fax Codec VHF Very High Frequency. 30-300 MHz, a "straight-line" signal used for communication and navigation. VOR VHF Omnidirectional Range WWLAN Wireless Local Area Network WOW Weight On Wheels
GlossaryGlossary-8 98-124743-F
98-124743-F Index-1IndexIndex 9Numerics2.4GHz Cordless phonewiring (4-wire), 5-602-Wire Cradleconnector functions, 4-23DB9 male connector, 4-23Environmental Qualification Form, B-13outline drawing, 3-13specifications, A-122-Wire HandsetEnvironmental Qualification Form, B-13outline drawing, 3-12specifications, A-122-wire interfacesetting call type, 6-344-Wire Cradleconnector functions, 4-20DB15 male connector, 4-20Environmental Qualification Form, B-11outline drawing, 3-11specifications, A-114-Wire HandsetEnvironmental Qualification Form, B-11outline drawing, 3-10specifications, A-10Aabout this manual, 1-1ACARSwiring, 5-35Access Point Name, 6-37activationSIM card, 5-87additional numbersdescription, 6-89enter, 6-26addressmanufacturer, -iiadministration settings, 6-68administration, remote, 6-86administratorlog off, 6-71log on, 6-69password, reset, 6-71advanced configurationWLAN, 6-31Aero-SDU CPbasic configuration, 6-9installation requirements, 6-2software version, 8-8AES ID, 5-86AFISwiring, 5-35AHRSnavigational input, 5-6wiring, 5-32air interfacestatus, 8-25aircraftinterfaces, 4-16mating connectors, 4-24airtime services, 5-86Airworthiness, Continued, 8-1alarmslog, 8-24view, 8-24AMT-50 subsystemwiring, 5-18annunciatorsdefault setting, 4-16wiring, 5-65antennaGPS distance, 5-7mounting, 5-6systems, 2-8viewing properties, 6-27viewing status, 6-22viewing type, 6-22, 8-25wiring, 5-17antenna steering, 5-6APN, 5-87common, 6-37setup, 6-37, 6-38ARINCstat command, F-8stat report, F-8ARINC 404connectors, 4-12ARINC 429wiring, 5-32
IndexIndex-2 98-124743-FARINC 741 antenna systemcable requirements, 5-21wiring, 5-18ARINC 741 dual side panel antenna systemwiring, 5-22assigned numbers, 6-89assistance, telephone number, 8-1AT commands, 6-85ATE pins, 5-79automatic test equipment pins, 5-79AVIATOR Wireless Handsetconnect, 6-44setup, 6-45setup call types, 6-46Bbackup.configuration, 6-71barring calls, 6-40bit error ratio, 6-78BITE codeslist of, D-16severity levels, D-15block diagrams, 2-15ARINC 741 compatible antenna, 2-16dual side panel antenna system, 2-18Broadcast SSID, 6-32browser settingsfor web interface, 6-20browsers supported, 6-16buttonsPush To Test, 8-18Ccable loss, 6-50RF cables, 5-17cable specificationSBU maintenance connector, 4-13cablesallowed lengths for power, 5-81ARINC 429, 5-36ARINC 429, recommended types, 5-85ARINC 741 antenna system, 5-21discrete signals, 5-85Ethernet, 5-85Ethernet, recommended, 5-85HPA power supply, 5-15ISDN, requirements, 5-46maximum length, SBU to HLD, 5-84maximum length, WLAN, 5-84power, recommended types, 5-83recommended, 5-81RF, general requirements, 5-7RF, recommended types, 5-84RS-232 data cable, 5-78SBU power supply, 5-17SDU power supply, 5-12WLAN, max. length, 5-84call chargescalls, 6-74call limiting, 6-88call logclear, 6-75Call output, 6-48call typesetting for AVIATOR Wireless Handset, 6-46setting for ISDN, 6-35setting for Phone/Fax interface, 6-34callsbarring, 6-40closed user group, 6-43forwarding, 6-39line identification, 6-42ongoing, 8-25viewing ongoing, 6-23waiting indication, 6-41Cause codesH+, D-2ISDN (SLCV), D-8Cause codes, list, D-2chargescalls, 6-74data sessions, 6-74check procedures, 7-1after power-up, 7-4airborne, 7-7before inserting LRUs, 7-2interference with other systems on aircraft, 7-6
Index98-124743-F Index-3Chime/Lamps Inhibitconfiguration, 6-47wiring, 5-65Circuit breakerspecifications, 2-13circuit breaker, 5-16clearing logs, 6-75clearing usage counter, 6-75closed user group, 6-43CMDO-160 form, B-9Environmental Qualification Form, B-9CMU, wiring, 5-35Coax, 5-9Cockpit reserve, 6-92Cockpit Voicewiring, 5-69common network settings, 6-37compliance, 2-1configurationcable losses, 6-50discrete I/O, 6-48exporting to file, 6-71importing from file, 6-72input of navigational systems, 6-51ISDN, 6-35LAN, 6-28phone systems, 6-96phone, fax, 6-34step-by-step, 6-17upload, 6-72web interface, 6-12WLAN, 6-31configuration dataenter, 2-8, 6-16Configuration Module, 2-7DO-160 form, B-4Environmental Qualification Form, B-4outline drawing, 3-3configuration of SBUbackup, 6-71Configuration Program, 6-1connectAVIATOR Wireless Handset, 6-44connectionstandard data, 6-24start or stop, 6-24connectors, 4-12-Wire Cradle, 4-234-Wire Cradle, 4-20ARINC 404, 4-12Configuration Module, 4-12HPA receptacle, 4-10Maintenance front, 4-12mating, in aircraft, 4-24part number, 2-13SBU front, 4-12SBU rear receptacle, 4-14SDU front, 4-2SDU rear receptacle, 4-4contactaddress, -iicontact information, 8-5Continued Airworthiness, 8-1cooling requirements, 5-5counter reset, 6-75Countryselecting for WLAN, 6-32country codeWLAN, default, E-1WLAN, US, E-2Coupleroutline drawing, 3-7specifications, A-8Ddashboard, 6-22dataprofiles, 6-75traffic flow filters, 6-79data cable for RS-232 front connection, 5-78data limits, 6-75data rates, 2-4data sessionscost, 6-74viewing ongoing, 6-23debug commandARINC, F-8default button, 8-22default netmask, 8-23defect units, 8-2DHCP, 6-28no router option, single user, 6-28DHCP request, 6-24diagnostic report, 8-6, 8-26
IndexIndex-4 98-124743-FdimensionsHLD, A-7SBU, A-6direct diallocal phone, 6-44disableWLAN, 6-31, 6-53discrete I/Oconfiguration, 6-48discretestypes and description, 5-68wiring, 5-65DO-160 forms, B-12-Wire Handset and Cradle, B-134-Wire Handset and Cradle, B-11CM, B-9Configuration Module, B-4HPA, B-5SBU, B-7SDU, B-2drawings, 3-12-Wire Cradle, 3-132-Wire Handset, 3-124-Wire Cradle, 3-114-Wire Handset, 3-10Configuration Module, 3-3HPA, 3-4HPA Tray, 3-15HPA Tray connector, 3-19Rx Power Splitter, 3-8SBU, 3-5SBU Tray connector, 3-20SDU, 3-2SDU Tray, 3-15SDU Tray connector, 3-18Tx Coupler, 3-7dual side panel antenna systemwiring, 5-22Eelectrical installation, 5-9enable, 6-31SBU, 5-30WLAN, 6-31encryption key, 6-33Environmental Qualification Forms, B-12-Wire Handset and Cradle, B-134-Wire Handset and Cradle, B-11CM, B-9Configuration Module, B-4HPA, B-5SBU, B-7SDU, B-2error codes, D-1error correction for data packets, 6-78Ethernet interfacesetting up, 6-28Eval.Prec. Index, 6-80eventslist of, D-28list of active, 8-24exchanging units, 8-2exporting configuration, 6-71extended status, 8-7, 8-25external access, 6-86Ffactory settings, 8-23Fail/Pass LEDHPA, 8-20SDU, 8-19Fail/Pass LED, SBU, 8-21features, 2-9FLEX key sequence, 6-52forwarding calls, 6-39front connectorSBU, 4-12SDU, 4-2functional test, airborne, 7-7functional test, on ground, 7-4GGPS antennadistance from antenna, 5-7input, 4-16interference, 5-7wiring, 5-37ground speed, 5-34
Index98-124743-F Index-5HH+ number, 5-86handset contexts for Multi-voice, 6-89handsetsAVIATOR Wireless, configuration, 6-44initial configuration, 6-96wiring, 5-47header compression, 6-62heading, 5-34magnetic, 5-34help desk number, 8-6changing in web interface, 8-6helpdesktelephone number, 8-1HLDdimensions, A-7hotlinetelephone number, 8-1HPADO-160 form, B-5Environmental Qualification Form, B-5LEDs on front panel, 8-20mating connectors for, 4-25mounting, 5-6outline drawing, 3-4power cables, 5-15power supply, wiring, 5-13rear receptacle, 4-10specifications, A-4Tray connector, outline drawing, 3-19HSD+ upgrade, 2-14IIAIair interface status, 8-25ICAO, 5-86ICAO address, 24 bit discrete, 5-38ICAO, wiring, 5-37ICG DECT Cordless Handsetinitial configuration, 6-96wiring (2-wire), 5-64IDSBU software, 8-14SDU software, 8-14ID numbers, 5-86IMEI number, 6-22importing configuration, 6-72Inmarsat service number, 5-86inoperative units, 8-2inputGPS antenna, 4-16installation kitcontact information, 2-14part number, 2-13upgrade HSD+ to AVIATOR 700, 2-14installation kitssupplier, 5-1interfaceSNMP, 6-68WLAN, disable, 6-53interface for software upgrades, 4-13interfaces, 5-1user, 2-20interferenceGPS antenna, 5-7IP address, 8-22default, 8-22external, setting up, 6-57for connected device, 6-59for web interface, 6-18local, setting up, 6-29local, viewing, 6-22reset, 8-22IP connectionmonitoring, 6-87IP datastreaming rate, 2-5IP handsetsetting call type, 6-46setting up, 6-44Iridium ICS-200wiring, 5-57IRSnavigational input, 5-6, 6-51wiring, 5-32ISDNcable requirements, 5-46Cause codes (SLCV), D-8interface description, 5-46pins, 5-45setup, 6-35wiring, 5-45ISDN interfacesetting up, 6-35ISDN routingphone, fax and data, 5-48ISN, 5-86
IndexIndex-6 98-124743-FLlamp driver interfacespecifications, 5-68, 5-69LANmanaging network users, 6-54setting up interface, 6-28setup, 6-28LAN communication, 6-24LEDs on HPAFail/Pass, 8-20Power, 8-20LEDs on SBUFail/Pass, 8-21Logon, 8-20Maintenance connector, 8-21Power, 8-20system ready, 6-100, 6-101LEDs on SDUFail/Pass, 8-19Logon, 8-19Power, 8-19limit calls, 6-88limitingdata services, 6-75streaming, 6-75line identification, 6-42link monitoring, 6-87local exchange, 6-44Multi-voice, 6-44locationSBU temperature controlled, 5-5log offadministrator, 6-71log onadministrator, 6-69Logon LEDon SBU, 8-20Logon LED, SDU, 8-19logs, clearing, 6-75low pass filter, 5-43MMAC address, 6-22Maintenance connectorfunctional description, 4-13LED, 8-21PC and Reset, wiring, 5-76pin-out, 4-13Maintenance handsetwiring, 5-79Maintenance interfacepin allocation, 5-78manufactureraddress, -iiMCDUwiring, 5-35menu tree, 6-17messages, D-1MIB files, 6-68minimum setupSBU, 6-12SDU, 6-9minimum systemdrawing, 5-3mobile numbersviewing and editing, 6-25model numbers, applicable, 2-11monitoring external IP connection, 6-87mounting considerations, 5-5antenna, 5-6HPA, 5-6Rx Power Splitter, 5-5SBU, 5-5SDU, 5-5WLAN antenna, 5-8MSN number, 6-35Multi-voice, 2-9, 6-26, 6-92additional numbers, 6-89additional numbers, assign to 2-wire, 6-34additional numbers, assign to AVIATOR Wireless Handset, 6-46additional numbers, assign to ISDN, 6-35handset contexts, 6-89local exchange, 6-44NNAT, 6-63NAV sourcewiring, 5-32navigation in web interface, 6-19navigational input, 5-3AHRS/IRS, 5-6, 6-9enter in configuration, 6-51IRS in SBU, 6-51SBU, 6-16wiring, 5-32
Index98-124743-F Index-7netmaskdefault, 8-23Network Address Translation, 6-63network management, 6-54network termsdefinitions, 6-62non-safety interfaces, 2-2Ooperation, 2-22optionsFLEX keys, 6-52outline drawings, 3-1Ppackaging for return, 8-30part numberinstallation kit, 2-14part numbers, 2-11connector, 2-13installation kit, 2-13PAST, 8-17PBX unit, 2-7PC, Maintenancewiring, 5-76PDP context, 6-24permissionsuser, 6-84Person Activated Self Test, 8-17phone book, 6-25phone numbers for terminal, 6-25Phone/Faxsetup, 6-34Phone/Fax interfacesetting call type, 6-34phonebooklimit calls to, 6-88phoneswiring, 5-47PINadministration PIN, 6-69ping command from SBU, 6-87pin-out, 4-12-Wire Cradle, DB9 connector, 4-234-Wire Cradle, DB15 connector, 4-21HPA receptacle, 4-11ISDN, 5-45Maintenance interface, 5-78SBU front connector, 4-13SBU rear receptacle, 4-17, 4-18SDU front connector, 4-3SDU rear receptacle, 4-6pitch angle, 5-34pitch rate, 5-34port forwarding, 6-29POST, 8-17POTS interfaceconfiguration, 5-48power cables, 5-17recommended, 5-83Power LEDon HPA, 8-20on SBU, 8-20on SDU, 8-19Power On Self Test, 8-17power splitterDO-160 string, B-9equipment drawing, 3-8specifications, A-9PPPoEconnection, 6-64network connections, 6-65setup, 6-65setup equipment, 6-65PPPoE setupnon-default APN, 6-66profiles for data transmission, 6-75propertiesantenna, 6-27system, 6-22protectchange of SBU setup, 6-84protectionSBU setup, 6-68protocol number, 6-81provisioning, 5-87Proxy server, disabling, 6-20Push To Test button, 8-18QQoS, 6-75
IndexIndex-8 98-124743-FQuadrax connectorwiring, 5-42Quality of Service, 6-75quick startSBU, 6-12SDU, 6-9Rrear receptacleHPA pin-out, 4-11SBU pin-out, 4-17, 4-18SDU pin-out, 4-6reboot, 6-27, 8-25references, G-1remote controlSBU, 6-87remote management, 6-86Repackaging requirements, 8-30repair, 8-2returning units, 8-30reportsdistance, 6-53interval, 6-53position, 6-53server connection, 6-53Resetwiring, 5-76resetdefault IP-address, 8-22during self test, 8-25password, 6-71reset administrator password, 6-71reset time counter for calls, 6-75reset to factory settings, 8-23residual bit error ratio, 6-78restricted dialing, 6-46, 6-88returning units, 8-30RF cable requirementsWLAN, 5-44RF settingsSBU, 6-9, 6-50SDU, 6-9roll angle, 5-34roll rate, 5-34router optionlimit when not available, 6-17limits in single user mode, 6-28RS-232data cable, 5-78RS-232 Maintenancewiring, 5-76RTCA DO-160 forms, B-1Rx Power Splittermounting, 5-5outline drawing, 3-8specifications, A-9Ssatcom antennas, 2-8satelliteview selected, 6-22SBUconfiguration backup, 6-71cooling, 5-5dimensions, A-6DO-160 form, B-7Environmental Qualification Form, B-7front connector, 4-12front connector, pin-out, 4-13location in aircraft, 5-5mating connectors for, 4-25maximum cable length, 5-84mounting, 5-5outline drawing, 3-5power cables, 5-17protect for setup change, 6-84quick start, 6-12rear receptacle, 4-14remote control, 6-87software version, 8-8specifications, A-6Tray connector, outline drawing, 3-20SBU Enable, 5-30SBU Failed, 5-66, 6-47SBU nON, 5-68SBU nOnremote on/off, 5-68SBU setupprotection, 6-68SBU software ID, 8-14
Index98-124743-F Index-9SDUDO-160 form, B-2Environmental Qualification Form, B-2front connector, 4-2LEDs on front panel, 8-19mating connectors for, 4-24mounting, 5-5outline drawing, 3-2power cables, 5-12power supply, wiring, 5-10quick start, 6-9rear receptacle, 4-4rear receptacle, pin-out, 4-6software version, 8-8specifications, A-2Tray connector, outline drawing, 3-18SDU and HPA Trayoutline drawing, 3-15SDU software ID, 8-14security keywireless network, 6-33self test, 8-25serial number, 6-22server connectionreports, 6-53Service Available, 6-47service log, 8-5, 8-26service numbers, 5-86servicessupplementary, 6-35services available, 2-4sessionsongoing, 8-25SETTINGS page, 6-27setup, 5-87AVIATOR Wireless Handset, 6-45SBU minimum, 6-12SDU minimum, 6-9show number, 6-42Sigma7 handsetsinitial configuration, 6-96wiring, 5-63SIM card activation, 5-87SIM default, 6-37SIM Lock, 6-82SIM PIN, 6-82single user, 6-28single-user mode, 6-28SIP telephony, 5-47site map, 6-95SLCV codes, D-8SMS controlSBU, 6-87SNMP, 6-68softwareviewing version, 6-22software identificationSBU label, 8-14SDU label, 8-14software update, 8-8software upgradesinterface, 4-13software versionminimum, 8-8specifications, A-12-Wire Cradle, A-122-Wire Handset, A-124-Wire Cradle, A-114-Wire Handset, A-10circuit breaker, 2-13HPA, A-4Rx Power Splitter, A-9SBU, A-6SDU, A-2Tx Coupler, A-8WLAN antenna, A-7Splittermounting, 5-5outline drawing, 3-8specifications, A-9SSID, 6-32standards, applicable, G-1start connection, 6-24static IP addressdevice connected to SBU, 6-28static route, 6-67statusair interface, 8-25connection, 8-25extended, 8-25ongoing calls and data sessions, 6-23viewing, 6-22status information, 8-7streaminglimit, 6-75streaming rates, 2-5supplementary servicessetting up, 6-35supportcontact details, 8-1contact information, 8-5phone numbers, 8-1
IndexIndex-10 98-124743-FSwift 64 number, 5-86SwiftBroadband number, 5-86system drawingminimum, 5-3system messages, D-1system ready, 6-100, 6-101system type, 6-49system, minimum, 2-11Ttail number, 5-86tariffs, 6-74telephone interfacesetting call type, 6-34temperature controlledSBU, 5-5test procedures, 7-1after power-up, 7-4airborne, 7-7before inserting LRUs, 7-2interference with other systems on aircraft, 7-6time connected, 6-75time countercalls, reset, 6-75total usageviewing, 6-23track angle, 5-34tracking, 6-53traffic class, 6-77traffic flow filters, 6-79Transfer delay, 6-78troubleshooting, 8-17diagnostic report, 8-6service log, 8-5Tx Coupleroutline drawing, 3-7specifications, A-8Uupdating software, 8-8upgradefrom HSD+, trays needed, 2-14HSD+ to AVIATOR 700 installation kit, 2-14upload configuration, 6-72usage counter, 6-23clearing, 6-75user interfaces, 2-20user permissions, 6-84setup, 6-84Vversion of software, 6-22voice mail numberviewing, 6-27voice qualitysetting for IP handsets, 6-46setting for ISDN, 6-35setting for Phone/Fax interface, 6-34VoIP, 5-47Wwaiting calls, 6-41warranty, 8-30web interfaceaccessing, 6-16browser settings, 6-20configuration, 6-12menu tree, 6-17navigating, 6-19WH-10 handsetswiring, 5-54Wifiencryption key, 6-33name, 6-32Wireless Handset, 6-44wireless LAN interfacesetting up, 6-31wireless local area networkname, 6-32
Index98-124743-F Index-11wiring, 5-1, 5-92.4GHz Cordless phone (4-wire), 5-60ACARS, 5-35AFIS, 5-35AHRS and IRS, 5-32AMT-50 subsystem, 5-18annunciators, 5-65antenna, 5-17ARINC 429 interfaces, 5-32ARINC 741 antenna, 5-18Chime/Lamps Inhibit, 5-65CMU, 5-35Cockpit Voice, 5-69data cable for front connector, 5-76discrete annunciators, 5-65dual side panel antenna, 5-22GPS antenna, 5-37HPA power supply, 5-13ICAO, 5-37ICG DECT Cordless Handset (2-wire), 5-64Iridium ICS-200 interface, 5-57ISDN, 5-45Maintenance handset, 5-79Maintenance PC and Reset, 5-76MCDU, 5-35NAV source, 5-32phones and handsets, 5-47Quadrax connector, 5-42SDU power supply, 5-10Sigma7 handsets, 5-63symbols, 5-9WH-10 handsets, 5-54WLAN antenna, 5-43wiring symbolCoax, 5-9Ground, 5-9Shield, 5-9Twisted and shielded, 5-9WLANcable, max. length, 5-84country code, 6-32disable, 6-31, 6-53enable, 6-31encryption key, 6-33interface description, 5-43interface, setting up, 6-31low pass filter, 5-43maximum cable length, 5-84RF cable requirements, 5-44setup, 6-31single antenna, 5-44WLAN antennamounting, 5-8recommended type, 5-8specifications, A-7wiring, 5-43WLAN Enable, 5-68WOWSDU pins, 5-67
98-124743-Fwww.cobham.com/satcom

Navigation menu